Gymnema R.Br. and Leichhardtia R.Br. (Apocynaceae),

reinstated genera for taxa previously included

in Marsdenia R.Br.: a conspectus for Australia,

New Guinea and the Solomon Islands

Paul |. Forster

Summary

Forster, P.I. (2021). Gymnema R.Br. and Leichhardtia R.Br. (Apocynaceae), reinstated genera for

taxa previously included in Marsdenia R.Br.: a conspectus for Australia, New Guinea and the

Solomon Islands. Austrobaileya 11: 1-18. Species previously classified in a broadly circumscribed

Marsdenia have been reclassified into 24 segregate genera as a result of molecular analyses. The

species of Marsdenia previously recognised for Australia, New Guinea and the Solomon Islands are

reallocated here to Gymnema and Leichhardtia. A conspectus of these two genera for these regions 1s

provided with 72 new combinations as required, together with full synonymy and general distribution

notes. Lectotypes or second step lectotypes are selected for Gymnema muelleri Benth., Marsdenia

araujacea F.Muell., M. rostrata R.Br. and M. viridiflora R.Br.

Key Words: Apocynaceae; Marsdenieae; Gymnema; Gymnema erectum; Gymnema graniticola;

Gymnema hamatum; Gymnema_ longipedicellatum; Gymnema_ stramineum; Leichhardtia

ambuntiensis; Leichhardtia arachnoidea; Leichhardtia araujacea; Leichhardtia archboldiana;

Leichhardtia arfakensis; Leichhardtia argillicola; Leichhardtia belensis; Leichhardtia bilobata;

Leichhardtia_ bliriensis; Leichhardtia brassti; Leichhardtia brevifolia; Leichhardtia brevis;

Leichhardtia brunnea; Leichhardtii carrii; Leichhardtia connivens; Leichhardtia coronata;

Leichhardtia cremea; Leichhardtia cymulosa; Leichhardtia destituta,; Leichhardtia dischidioides;

Leichhardtia divisicola; Leichhardtia egregia; Leichhardtia flavescens; Leichhardtia flavida;

Leichhardtia fraseri; Leichhardtia glabrata; Leichhardtia glandulifera; Leichhardtia globosa;

Leichhardtia gonolobioides; Leichhardtia grandis; Leichhardtia jensenii; Leichhardtia kebarensis;

Leichhardtia kempteriana; Leichhardtia lacicola; Leichhardtia liisae; Leichhardtia lloydii;

Leichhardtia longiloba; Leichhardtia lorea; Leichhardtia micradenia; Leichhardtia microlepis;

Leichhardtia millariae; Leichhardtia mira; Leichhardtia paludicola; Leichhardtia papillosa;

Leichhardtia papuana; Leichhardtia parva; Leichhardtia poioensis; Leichhardtia praestans;

Leichhardtia primulina; Leichhardtia pumila; Leichhardtia quadrata; Leichhardtia racemosa;

Leichhardtia rara; Leichhardtia rostrata; Leichhardtia spathulata; Leichhardtia suaveolens;

Leichhardtia subglobosa; Leichhardtia torsiva; Leichhardtia trilobata; Leichhardtia tubulosa;

Leichhardtia tumida; Leichhardtia variabilis; Leichhardtia velutina; Leichhardtia venusta;

Leichhardtia viridiflora; Leichhardtia viridiflora subsp. tropica; Leichhardtia viridiflora subsp.

viridiflora; Leichhardtia volcanica; Marsdenia; Australia flora; New Guinea flora; Solomon Islands

flora; taxonomy; new combination

P.I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@des.qld.

gOv.au

Introduction

The genus Marsdenia R.Br. has been (Forster 1995a,b) with a_ global review

traditionally recognised as_ primarily — required to refine relationships in the group.

pantropical in distribution with major With the advent of molecular sequencing, a

centres of diversity in Africa, Asia, Malesia

(especially New Guinea), Australia and

South America. A very broad view of what

should be classified in Marsdenia in Australia

and New Guinea has been previously taken

long-term project and working group led by

Sigrid Liede-Schumann has now made an

initial step towards resolving what to do with

Marsdenia s.l. Unsurprisingly, such a large

eroup of species from multiple continents

Accepted for publication 2 February 2021, published online 24 March 2021

can be inferred from the molecular derived

clades to have formed many lineages (Liede-

Schumann et al. 2021). The crux of the matter

has been the decision as to where the molecular

derived tree of lineages should be allocated

into genera, and whether these genera can be

linked to morphological synapomorphies and

logical geographic patterns.

In contrast to some other large species

eroups (e.g. Euphorbia L. s.l.), 1t was decided

to recognise multiple genera for the species

previously included in Marsdenia s./.; thus

maximising an informative taxonomic

classification that recognises distinct lineages

whilst attempting to minimise nomenclatural

change. As a result, Marsdenia s.s. becomes

quite a small genus restricted to Asia, and a

total of 23 other genera are recognised, with

nearly all of them being reinstated names,

thus avoiding a very large scale renaming

of diverse taxa into a single hold all genus

(Liede-Schumann ef al. 2021). For Australia,

New Guinea and the Solomon Islands, it

means that there are now no species classified

in Marsdenia, and two genera, Gymnema

R.Br. and Leichhardtia R.Br. are reinstated.

Whilst a large number of nomenclatural

transfers have been undertaken to enable the

new classifications (Liede-Schumann ef al.

2021), the species from anumber of geographic

regions are being dealt with by individual

members of the working group. In the

current paper, I am allocating the species that

occur in Australia and New Guinea (Forster

1995b) to the reinstated genera Gymnema

and Leichhardtia. The genus Gymnema 1s

relatively widespread with species in Africa,

Asia, Malesia (including New Guinea) and

Australia. Leichhardtia is more restricted,

with species in Malesia (including New

Guinea), Australia and Melanesia (Fiji, New

Caledonia, Solomon Islands).

Materials and methods

Taxa are arranged alphabetically within

Gymnema and Leichhardtia respectively.

Type collection citation information is

updated where appropriately from __ that

provided in Forster (1995b). Some taxa that

were previously named (Forster 1995b) were

Austrobaileya 11: 1-18 (2021)

represented at the time by collections that

were accessioned only in the source herbarium

(e.g. QRS [now in CNS]), with undistributed

duplicates, or were unaccessioned with

undistributed duplicates (some collections

subsequently deposited at A, BISH and LAE).

Herbarium accession numbers for both types

and the now distributed isotypes have been

added where the information is now available

and if data previously given could be viewed

as ambiguous, i.e. there is no collector

number, or a collection has been databased

separately as unique specimens. Some

herbaria such as L have added new barcode

numbers to specimens that are quite different

to the older sheet numbers. Some additional

and previously unseen type material at A, K

and L has come to light via online images

and these have also been included as i.d.v.

(imago digitalis visa). Notes on distribution

are provided reflecting current knowledge.

Due to some type collections having been

either originally or subsequently, accessioned

separately at the distributing herbaria, it is

now necessary to undertake lectotypification

or second step lectotypification for a number

of names to ensure that Art. 8.2 and Art.

8.3 are adhered to. Example 7 of Art. 8.3 1s

particularly relevant here, where holotype

material can be mounted on separate sheets

with separate accession numbers, as long

as they are cross referenced (Turland ef al.

2018).

Taxonomy

Gymnema R.Br., Asclepiadeae 22 (1810).

Type: Gymnema sylvestre (Retz.) R.Br. ex

Schult.

Bidaria (Endl.) Decne. in DC., Prodr. 8:

623 (1844); Gymnema_ Bidaria Endl., Gen.

595 (1838); Gymnema sect. Bidaria (Endl.)

Benth., Fil. Austral. 4: 342 (1868). Type:

Bidaria tingens (Roxb.) Decne. [= Gymnema

inodorum (Lour.) Decne.].

Jasminanthes Blume, Mus. Bot. 1: 148 (1850).

Type: Jasminanthes suaveolens Blume

Liede-Schumann ef al. (2021) provide a

description; however, the salient descriptors

for Gymnema are as follows.

Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia

Corolline corona as five [ten| longitudinal

ridges below the sinus of the corolla lobes,

densely pubescent with trichomes. Staminal

corona absent.

List of taxa

1. Gymnema erectum (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Bidaria erecta F.Muell., Trans. Philos.

Inst. Vic. 3: 9 (1859); Marsdenia angustata

P...Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 793 (1995)

[non M. erecta R.Br. (1809)]. Type: Australia.

Northern Territory: on stony ridges along the

Victoria River, s.dat., F. Mueller s.n. (holo:

MEL 1515819).

[Gymnema stenophyllum auct., non A.Gray;

Bentham (1868: 344)].

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern

Territory, Western Australia).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Gymnema clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

2. Gymnema geminatum R.Br., Prodr. 462

(1810).

Marsdenia geminata (R.Br.) P.I.Forst.,

Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 805 (1995). Type:

Australia. Cook District: Islands of the Gulf

of Carpentaria, December 1802, R. Brown

s.n. (ecto: BM 001040551, fide Forster 1989:

128; isolecto: BRI [AQ333083], MEL 113347).

[Gymnema sylvestre auct., non (Retz.) R.Br.

ex Schult.; Bentham 1868: 342; Bailey 1900:

103-104].

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern

Territory, Queensland, Western Australia),

and Papua New Guinea on the island of New

Guinea.

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Gymnema clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

3. Gymnema _ graniticola

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

(P.I.Forst.)

Marsdenia_ graniticola P.\.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 37 (1995). Type: Australia.

Western Australia. Hospital Valley, Shark

Bay, 21 August 1959, R.D. Royce 5983 (holo:

PERTH 3613135; iso: BRI [AQ389864]).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Western

Australia).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Gymnema clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

4. Gymnema hamatum (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia hamata P.J.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 808 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: hills adjacent

to Bumayang settlement, 13 October 1990,

W. Takeuchi 6962 (holo: BISH 1000887 &

626572; iso: A 00348612 i.d.v.).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

Typification: The type collection at BISH was

mounted on two sheets that are separately

accessioned; however, it 1s clearly indicated

on BISH 1000887 that this 1s the case and Art.

8.3, Example 7 applies (Turland ef al. 2018).

Note: This species is yet to be sequenced.

Its placement in Gymnema is based on

morphology.

5. Gymnema longipedicellatum (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia longipedicellata P.I.Forst.,

Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 814 (1995). Type:

Australia. Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: State

Forest Reserve 310 Gadgarra, Goldsborough

Logging Area, 2 March 1993, B. Ayland

14662 (holo: CNS [QRS101387]; iso: A

00268156, BISH 1000888, BRI [AQ580015],

CANB 591156, LAE 285117).

Marsdenia sp. (Goldsborough P.I.Forster

PIF13089); Forster (1994: 29).

Marsdenia sp. (Goldsborough PIF 13089);

Hyland ef al. (1994: 301).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia

(Queensland).

Typification: The collection that comprises

the holotype and what has been distributed as

isotypes were all seen by me at QRS prior to

duplicate distribution.

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Gymnema clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021). It is worth observing

that the placement of the sample for this

species 1n this clade was not particularly close

to the superficially similar G. stramineum.

6. Gymnema muelleri Benth., F/. Austral. 4:

343 (1868).

Marsdenia muelleri (Benth.) — P.I.Forst.,

Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 812 (1995). Type:

Australia. Northern Territory: [Tableland

of the] Upper Victoria River, January 1856,

F. Mueller s.n. (ecto [here designated]: K

000873008 i.d.v.; isolecto: BRI [AQ333085],

K 000873009 i.d.v., MEL 1515818).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern

Territory, Queensland).

Typification: For the 1995 revision I only saw

material from BRI and MEL. The sheet at

MEL bears an ‘isotype’ label and I regarded

this incorrectly as the holotype (Forster

1995b). There are two excellent sheets at K

that were all seen and annotated by Bentham,

unlike both the BRI and MEL sheets that are

quite sparse, although fertile. The BRI sheet

bears a label in S.T. Blake’s handwriting

indicating that it was separated from the

MEL material (undoubtedly a kleptotype,

sanctioned or otherwise!).

The name requires lectotypification and

this is made based on the best of the two sheets

at K. The specimens K 000873008 and K

000873009 (designated here as the lectotype

and an isolectotype respectively) have ‘Upper

Victoria River’ and “Jan 1856. Ferd Mueller’

in Mueller’s hand on a label and both have the

label ‘FLORA AUSTRALIENSIS. Named by

Mr. Bentham.’ and Bentham’s annotation ‘Vol

IV. Page 343... Both the BRI and MEL sheets

have the locality information “Tableland of the

Upper Victoria River’; however, are clearly

part of the type collection.

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Gymnema clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

Austrobaileya 11: 1-18 (2021)

7. Gymnema pleiadenium F.Muell., Fragm.

11: 77 (1878).

Marsdenia pleiadenia (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst.,

Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 804 (1995). Type: East

Australia, in 1848, W. Hill s.n. (holo: MEL

151481).

Marsdenia rostrata var. dunnii Maiden &

Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales

32: 736 (1906); Gymnema dunnii (Maiden

& Betche) P.I.Forst., Austrobaileya 2: 401

(1987). Type: Australia. New South Wales.

Acacia Creek, McPherson Range, December

1905, JL. Dunn s.n. (holo: NSW 181363; iso:

BRI [AQ333081]).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New

South Wales, Queensland, Western Australia).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Gymnema clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al, (2021).

8. Gymnema rivulare Schltr., Bot. Jahrb.

Syst. 50: 141 (1913).

Marsdenia_ rivularis (Schltr.) — P.I.Forst.,

Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 813 (1995). Type: Papua

New Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Minjem

Tor, 7 December 1907, R. Schlechter 16972

(lecto: SING 0059486, fide Forster 1995b:

813; 1solecto: P 04256721 i.d.v.).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

Note: This species is yet to be sequenced.

Its placement in Gymnema is based on

morphology.

9. Gymnema_ stramineum _ (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia_ straminea P.I.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 816 (1995). Type: Australia.

Queensland. Cook District: State Forest

Reserve 191, 6 November 1978, B. Gray

20062V (holo: CNS [QRS51713]; 1so: BRI

[AQ474723]).

Marsdenia sp. (Wongabel PIF 3990); Hyland

et al. (1994: 301).

Distribution:

(Queensland).

Endemic to Australia

Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Gymnema clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

10. Gymnema_ suborbiculare K.Schum.

in K.Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtrdge FI.

Schutzgeb. Siidsee 354 (1905).

Marsdenia — suborbicularis | (K&.Schum.)

P...Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 806 (1995).

Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG

PROVINCE: Asinai-Bach, Minjem-Tal, 11

February 1908, R. Schlechter 17270 (neo:

SING, fide Forster 1995b: 807; isoneo: P

04256718 i.d.v.).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia

(Queensland) and Papua New Guinea and

Indonesia (Papua) on the island of New

Guinea.

Note: This species is yet to be sequenced.

Its placement in Gymnema is based on

morphology.

11. Gymnema tricholepis Schltr., Bot. Jahrb.

Syst. 40, Beibl. 92: 17 (1908).

Marsdenia_ tricholepis (Schltr.) P.I.Forst.,

Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 811 (1995). Type:

Papua New Guinea. CENTRAL PROVINCE: Mt

Gawada, Sogeri Region, 14 January 1886,

H.O. Forbes 534 (lecto: BM 001014172, fide

Forster 1995b: 811; isolecto: A 00076367, L

0360061, US 00478932 i.d.v.).

[Gymnema geminatum auct. non R.Br;

S.Moore, / Bot. 61, suppl. 34 (1923)].

Distribution: Endemic to Australia

(Queensland) and Papua New Guinea on the

island of New Guinea.

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Gymnema clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

12. Gymnema trinerve R.Br., Prodr. 462

(1810).

Bidaria trinervis (R.Br.) Decne. In DC.,

Prodr. 8: 624 (1844); Marsdenia_ trinervis

(R.Br.) P.L.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 794

(1995). Type: Northern Territory. Islands of

the Gulf of Carpentaria, December 1802, R.

Brown s.n. (lecto: BM 001040549, fide Forster

1995b: 794; isolecto: BRI [AQ333086], K

000873023 i.dv. K 000873021 idv., MEL

1515480, P 00645847 i.d.v., P 00645848 7.d.¥.).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern

Territory, Western Australia).

Note: This species 1s yet to be sequenced and

the placement here once again in Gymnema

is based on the sequencing result for what 1s

hypothesised to be a sister species, namely G.

erecta.

Leichhardtia R.Br. in Sturt [Leichardtia

orth. var.|, Bot. Sturt’s Exped. Australia 2

(App.): 81 (1849), (non Leichhardtia F.Muell.).

Type species: Leichhardtia australis R.Br.

Thozetia F. Muell. ex Benth., F7. Austral. 4:

347 (1868). Type species: Thozetia racemosa

F.Muell. ex Benth.

Liede-Schumann ef al. (2021) provide a

generic description; however, the salient

descriptors for Leichhardtia are as follows.

Corolline corona {when present] as five

ridges opposite the anthers, occasionally with

trichomes. Staminal corona attached at the

filament tube, carnose, erect, rather short.

Etymology: Brown (1849) made an

orthographic error when _ describing

Leichhardtia by including only one ‘h’ in the

generic name. On the same page he however

lists Leichhardtia australis with a separate

species description. Bullock (1957) repeated

this incorrect generic orthography.

The original publication is rare and

difficult to access. At least one facsimile

confounds the etymology of Leichhardtia

by correctly spelling the name, perhaps

indicating that the original error was quickly

noted and corrected by Brown and that there

may have been several printings of Sturt’s

work.

Ludwig Leichhardt and his disappearance

remains one of the mysteries of early European

exploration in Australia. His botanical

collections were made under what could only

be considered very difficult conditions, and it

is very appropriate that this generic name will

now be widely used in Australia.

List of taxa

1. Leichhardtia ambuntiensis (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia ambuntiensis P.I.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 799 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. EAST SEPIK PROVINCE: Near Ambunti,

29 May 1966, R.D. Hoogland 10163 & L.A.

Craven (holo: CANB 169942 & 169943; iso:

L 0004355, L 0004354, LAE 143648).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

Typification: The holotype collection at

CANB comprises two sheets (Forster 1995b)

that are databased as separate accessions;

however, these are clearly linked by labels on

the specimens and in the CANB database.

2. Leichhardtia (Schitr.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

arachnoidea

Marsdenia arachnoidea Schlitr., Bot. Jahrb.

Syst. 50: 151 1913). Type citation: | Papua New

Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE| ‘kleinere Liane

in den Waldern oberhalb Dschischungari,

im Wariagebiet’, April 1909, R. Schlechter

19845 (holo: Bt). Type: Papua New Guinea.

MOoROBE PROVINCE; Lae, hill near Taraka, 25

October 2003, W. Takeuchi & D. Ama 16667

(neo: BRI, fide Forster & Takeuchi 2005: 145;

iso: A 00255402, A 00255403, LAE 281182).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

3. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

araujacea = (F.Muell.)

Marsdenia araujacea F.Muell., Fragm. 6:

135 (1868). Type: Australia. Queensland.

Cook District: Rockinghams Bay [Stone

River], [24 October 1866], [/ Dallachy

s.n.| (lecto [here designated]: K 000872971

i.d.v.; 1solecto: BRI [AQ333092: with ‘Stone

River J. Dallachy 26.10.1866; ex herb.

Melbourne’|, MEL 113385 [with ‘Stone River

24 October 18667], MEL 113386 [with species

description by Mueller], MEL 113387 [with

‘Rockingham’s Bay’ }).

Vincetoxium pachylepis F.M.Bailey, Bot.

Bull. 8: 79 (1893); Cynanchum pachylepis

(F.M.Bailey) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 1085

Austrobaileya \1: 1-18 (2021)

(1928). Type: Australia. Queensland. Cook

DISTRICT: Kamerunga, Barron River, January

1893, E. Cowley s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ333088]).

Distribution: | Endemic to

(Queensland) (Forster 2019).

Typification: Mueller (1868) stated that

his species was based on material from

‘Rockingham’s Bay. Dallachy’. This collection

appears to have been fragmented and mounted

as five separate accessions at MEL, BRI and

K. The best of the MEL specimens (MEL

113385 with some flowers attached to a leafy

stem; labelled as the holotype and with cross

referencing to MEL 113386 and MEL 113387)

has the location as ‘Stone River’ and a date of

24 October 1866, both written in Dallachy’s

hand. MEL 113386 (labelled as an isotype)

has a description by Mueller, but no locality,

date or collector indicated. MEL 113387

(labelled as possibly an isotype) consisting

of three separate leaves and a bit of stem

has no description by Mueller, the locality

‘Rockingham’s Bay’, no date and no collector

indicated. The material on these three sheets

would have originally been unmounted and in

folders all kept together at MEL. The sheet at

BRI [AQ333092] has a label hand-written by

S.T. Blake and states ‘Stone River J. Dallachy

26.10.1866; ex herb. Melbourne’; it comprises

two loose leaves and a bit of stem. The

sheet at Kew (K 000872971) is an excellent

specimen, bearing a Botanical Museum of

Melbourne label with ‘Rockinghams Bay’

in Mueller’s hand, but no collector and no

date. It is annotated as being received by

Bentham in 1868 and is the material he cited

(Bentham 1868: 339); perhaps it was meant to

be returned to MEL, but this never occurred.

Australia

Because the five specimens are separately

accessioned, with different data and no clear

cross referencing between them (apart from

the three MEL specimens and this cross

referencing would only have been done when

the material was mounted), it is necessary to

select a lectotype for this name. The specimen

at K is easily the best of these, despite the lack

of indication of a collector or collection date

(although it does say ‘Rec. 1868’). The other

four sheets are regarded as isolectotypes.

Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia

4. Leichhardtia archboldiana (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia archboldiana P.\.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 776 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. MILNE BAy PROVINCE: North slopes

of Mt Dayman, Maneau Range, 3 June 1953,

L.J. Brass 22723 (holo: CANB 121075; 1so:

A 00216547 i.d.v., LAE 13135, US 00478935

i.d.v.).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

5. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

arfakensis (P.I.Forst.)

Marsdenia arfakensis P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 753 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua.

Minjambau, Arfak Mountains, 22 May 1962,

C’.. Versteegh BW12693 (holo: CANB 378761

& 378762; 1so: L 0004356 i.d.v.).

Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua)

on the island of New Guinea.

Typification: The holotype collection at

CANB comprises two sheets (Forster 1995b)

that are databased as separate accessions;

however, these are clearly linked by labels on

the specimens and in the CANB database.

6. Leichhardtia (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

argillicola

Marsdenia argillicola P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 756 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua.

Geelvinckbaai, Agathis area Bosnik, Biak, 22

November 1959, Versteegh & Vink BW&307

(holo: L 0004358; 1so: A 00216512 i.d.v.,

CANB 118751, LAE 32066).

Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua)

on the island of New Guinea.

7. Leichhardtia australis R.Br. in Sturt, Bot.

Sturt's Exped. Australia 2 (App.): 81 (1849).

Marsdenia leichhardtiana F.Muell., Fragm.

5: 150 (1866), nom. illeg.; M. australis (R.Br.)

Druce, Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit.

Isles 4(Suppl. 2). 634 (1917). Type: Australia.

New South Wales. common on the Murray in

the interior, s.dat., [C./ Sturt s.n. (holo: BM

001040529).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New

South Wales, Northern Territory, Queensland,

South Australia, Victoria, Western Australia).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

8. Leichhardtia belensis (P.1.Forst.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia belensis P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 741 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua.

Bele River, 18km NE of Lake Habbema,

November 1938, L./ Brass 11340 (holo:

L 0004359; iso: A 00216510 idv., BRI

[AQ36108], CANB 159443, LAE 72671).

Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua)

on the island of New Guinea.

9. Leichhardtia bilobata

P.I.Forst.), comb. nov.

(P.I.Forst.)

Marsdenia bilobata P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 747 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

CENTRAL PROVINCE: Boridi, 7 September

1935, CLE. Carr 13003 (holo: CANB 63944;

iso: BM 001014159, K 000872984, L 0004360,

LAE 58886, SING 0070820).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

10. Leichhardtia’ bliriensis (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia bliriensis P.I.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 773 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: near Wantipi

Village (on Bliri River), 4 August 1961, P.J/

Darbyshire & R.D. Hoogland 8382 (holo:

CANB 104646; iso: A 00348610 i.dv., BRI

[AQ217355]|, KO00872978 i.d.v., LAE 53377).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

11. Leichhardtia brassii (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia brassii P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 758 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

MILNE Bay PROVINCE: Sudest Island, Mt Riu,

west slopes, 31 August 1956, L./. Brass 27956

(holo: A 00076484; iso: L 0004361, LAE

25961, US 00478933 i.d.v.).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

12. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

brevifolia (Benth.)

Gymnema brevifolium Benth., Fl. Austral.

4: 343 (1868); Marsdenia brevifolia (Benth.)

P...Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 795 (1995).

Type: Australia. Queensland. PORT CURTIS

DISTRICT: Princhester Creek, s.dat., [E.M./

Bowman s.n. (lecto: MEL 0113343A, fide

Forster 1995b: 795; isolecto: BRI [AQ333098],

MEL 113343).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia

(Queensland).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by

Liede-Schumann ef al. (2021). In the 1995

account, this species was allied to what is

now Gymnema graniticola, so it can now be

assumed that the shrubby habit 1s derived in

both Gymnema and Leichhardtia.

13. Leichhardtia brevis (P.].Forst.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia brevis P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot.

8: 781 (1995). Type: Australia. Queensland.

NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Robinson Creek,

3 km NNE of Ravenshoe, November 1989, R.

Lockyer s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ500633]}).

Marsdenia sp. (Ravenshoe R.Lockyer

AQ500633); Forster (1994: 29).

Distribution: Endemic to — Australia

(Queensland).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

14. lLeichhardtia brunnea_ (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia brunnea_ P.l.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 729 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. MILNE BAy PROVINCE: track between

Gamwabila and Tutubea, Fergusson Island,

10 November 1976, /.R. Croft et al. LAE68738

(holo: BRI [AQ350505]; iso: LAE 233026).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

Austrobaileya \1: 1-18 (2021)

15. Leichhardtia carrii (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia carrii P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 810 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

CENTRAL PROVINCE: Boridi, November 1935,

CLE. Carr 13503 (holo: CANB 62205; iso: A

00216546 i.d.v., BM 001014158, K 000872974

i.d.v., L 0004362, LAE 70202, SING 0070821,

SING 0070822).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

16. Leichhardtia connivens’ (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia connivens P.I.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 769 (1995). Type: Australia.

Queensland. Cook District: Split Rock

Aboriginal Art Gallery, S of Laura, 22

January 1993, PJ. Forster PIF12530 & A.R.

Bean (holo: BRI [AQ580001: 1 sheet plus

spirit]; 1s0: CNS [QRS110293], DNA, MEL

240081).

Marsdenia annae P.\.Forst., nom. inval., nom.

nud.; Brennan (1992: 8).

Marsdenia sp. (Laura P.I.Forster PIF12830);

Forster (1994: 29).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern

Territory, Queensland).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

17. Leichhardtia coronata (Benth.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia coronata Benth., Fl. Austral. 4:

341 (1868). Type: Australia. Queensland.

MOoRETON DistRIcT: Brisbane River, in 1855,

F. Mueller s.n. (holo: K 000873037 i.d.v.; 1so:

MEL 113390).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia

(Queensland).

Typification: In the 1995 revision it was

incorrectly stated that the holotype for this

name was the MEL specimen. The specimen

at K is annotated by Bentham so should be

regarded as the holotype.

Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

18. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

cremea_ (P.I.Forst.)

Marsdenia cremea P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 777 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: near Daulo

camp, Asaro — Mairi Divide, 26 June 1956,

R.D. Hoogland 5458 & R. Pullen (holo: BRI

[AQ214339]; 1so: A 00216548 i.dv., CANB

55933, LAE 14741).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

19. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

cymulosa (Benth.)

Marsdenia cymulosa Benth., Fl. Austral. 4:

338 (1868). Type: Australia. Queensland.

Chin Chin Creek, s.dat., [E.M.] Bowman s.n.

(holo: K 000873038; iso: BRI [AQ333100:

with #319], MEL 9254 [with #319]).

Marsdenia rhyncholepis F.Muell., Fragm. 11:

77-718 (1878). Type: Australia. Queensland.

Cook District: Palmer River, in 1878, 7:

Gulliver s.n. (holo: MEL 9255; iso: BRI

[AQ333102]).

Marsdenia fragrans Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:

1086 (1928). Type: Australia. Queensland.

Cook District: In cacumine montis Metal

Mts. apud opp. Chillagoe, February 1910, K.

Domin 7878 (lecto: PR, fide Forster 1995b:

770).

Distribution: Endemic to — Australia

(Queensland). Whilst there is a Chin Chin

Creek in Goodnight Parish in the Burnett

District, this species does not occur anywhere

near there. The location of the Bowman type

collection remains a mystery but perhaps

was from somewhere on the Palmer River

goldfields.

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

20. Leichhardtia (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

destituta

Marsdenia destituta P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 803 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

EAST SEPIK PROVINCE: Eastern ridge of

Sumset (Mt Hunstein), 11 August 1966, A.D.

Hoogland 10930 & L.A. Craven (holo: BRI

[AQ0350498]; iso: A 00961860 i.d.v., CANB

198742, K 000872975, L 0360062 i.d.v., US

00478934 i.d.v.).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

21. Leichhardtia dischidioides (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia dischidioides P.\.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 802 (1995). Type: Indonesia.

Papua. 15 km SW of Bernhard Camp, Idenburg

River, January 1939, L./. Brass 12259 (holo:

BRI [AQ0361132]; iso: A 00348611 id.v.,

CANB 159442, LAE 72672).

Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua)

on the island of New Guinea.

Note: When described this species was

considered to be allied to Marsdenia urceolata

Decne. (now Dischidanthus — urceolatus

(Decne.) Tsiang; Liede-Schumann et al. 2021).

Both species included in Dischidanthus by

Liede-Schumann ef al. (2021) are restricted

to Asia and possess staminal coronas

in the flowers, whereas this species and

Leichhardtia torsiva from New Guinea lack

both. This species requires recollection and

sequencing to test the hypothesis that its best

classification 1s in Leichhardtia.

22. Leichhardtia~ divisicola (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia_ divisicola P.J.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 737 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. Eastern Highlands Province: Kassam

Pass, January 1968, M. Coode & A. Dockrill

NGF32666 (holo: A 00076485; iso: L 0004363,

LAE 98619).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

23. #Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

egregia (P.I.Forst.)

Marsdenia egregia P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 736 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

Morobe Province: Kauli Creek, 13 December

1962, A.N. Millar NGFI5612 (holo: BRI

[AQ217377]; iso: CANB 159442, LAE 46873).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

24. Leichhardtia flavescens (A.Cunn. ex

Hook.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia flavescens A.Cunn. ex Hook., Bot.

Mag. 60: t. 3289 (1833); Pergularia flavescens

(A.Cunn. ex Hook.) D.Dietr., Syn. Pl. 2: 894

(1840). Type: Australia. New South Wales.

Illawarra, April 1844, A. Cunningham [51].

(holo: K 000873041).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New

South Wales, Queensland, Victoria).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

25. Leichhardtia flavida (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia flavida P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 738 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Top of Paga

Hill, 11 miles from Kopiago, 1 November

1968, J. Vandenberg, J.S. Womersley & M.

Galore NGF39960 (holo: BRI [AQ0058155];

iso: A 00106875 i.d.v., BO, CANB 197744, K,

L 0004365, LAE).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

26. Leichhardtia fraseri (Benth.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia fraseri Benth., Fil. Austral. 4: 339-

340 (1868). Type: Australia. Queensland.

MOoRETON DISTRICT: native of Moreton Bay,

s.dat., [C.] Fraser s.n. (lecto: K 000873043,

fide Forster 1995b: 766).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New

South Wales, Queensland).

Austrobaileya \1: 1-18 (2021)

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

27. Leichhardtia glabrata (Schitr.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia glabrata Schitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst.

50: 150 (1913). Type: Papua New Guinea.

MADANG PROVINCE: Kani Geb., April 1908,

R. Schlechter 17618 (lecto: P 00645972, fide

Forster 1995b: 809).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

Note: This species is yet to be sequenced

and is placed here in Leichhardtia based on

morphology, albeit with some reservations.

28. Leichhardtia glandulifera (C.T.White)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia glandulifera C.T.White, Queens.

Nat. 12: 54 (1943). Type: Australia.

Queensland. WibE Bay DISTRICT: Fraser

Island, s.dat., F-C. Epps s.n. (holo: BRI

[AQ330901)).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern

Territory, Queensland, Western Australia) .

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

29. Leichhardtia globosa (P.I.Forst.)

P.[.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia globosa_ P.1.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 742 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. EASTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE:

Mt Gahavisuka, 8 July 1992, PJ. Forster

PIFI0887. & DJ. Liddle (holo: BRI

[AQ580003: 2 sheets plus spirit]; iso:

CNS [QRS114176], CNS [QRS100727], K

000872985, L 0821477, LAE).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia

30. Leichhardtia gonoloboides

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

(Schitr.)

Marsdenia gonoloboides Schltr., Bot. Jahrb.

Syst. 50: 144 (1913). Type: Papua New Guinea.

MADANG PROVINCE: Minjem Tor., April 1907,

R. Schlechter 17513 (lecto: P 00645973, fide

Forster 1995b: 755; isolecto: SING 00594872).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the islands of New Britain and New

Guinea.

31. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

grandis (P.I.Forst.)

Marsdenia grandis P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 729 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

MoroBE PROVINCE: Otetei Village, Langimer

River, 25 November 1970, H. Streimann & A.

Kairo NGF44516 (holo: BRI [AQ0214245];

iso: A 00216511 idv., CANB 2326089, K

000872986, LAE 126505).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

32. lLeichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

jensenii (P.I.Forst.)

Marsdenia jensenii P.1.Forst., Austrobaileya

5: 59 (1997). Type: Australia. Queensland.

Cook District: State Forest Reserve 310,

Gadgarra, track to Yeti Ridge, 15 February

1995, R. Jensen 105 (holo: CNS [QRS105813

& 105814]; iso: BRI [AQ0716431], CANB

590537).

Marsdenia sp. (Yeti Ridge P.I.Forster

+PIF17132); Forster (1997: 23).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia

(Queensland).

Typification: The type material of Marsdenia

jJensenii was deposited in QRS (now CNS)

subsequent to the species being described and

was incorporated as two separate accessions

despite being a single collection; these

are however, cross-referenced in the CNS

database as being both part of the holotype.

33. Leichhardtia kebarensis_ (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia kebarensis P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 760 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua.

Kebar Valley, c. 100 km W of Manowkar1,

30 October 1954, P. van Royen 3923 (holo: L

00043669; iso: CANB 65356).

Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua)

on the island of New Guinea.

34. Leichhardtia kempteriana (Schltr.)

P.[.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia kempteriana Schltr., Bot. Jahrb.

Syst. 50: 146 (1913). Type: Papua New

Guinea. MADANG PROVINCE: Kani Geb.,

November 1907, R. Schlechter 16751 (lecto:

P 00645974, fide Forster 1995b: 742; isolecto:

SING 0059483).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

35. lLeichhardtia lacicola — (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia lacicola P.\.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 749 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. NEW BRITAIN PROVINCE: Central

Nakanai Plateau, in the vicinity of small

lake, November 1975, N.M.U. Clunie et al.

LAE63248 (holo: BRI [AQ0350531]; iso: K

000872983 i.d.v., LAE 224527).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Britain.

36. lLeichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

liisae (J.B.Williams)

Marsdenia liisae J.B.Williams, Austrobaileya

3: 45 (1989). Type: Australia. New South

Wales. 9 km along Deervale loop road from

its western junction with Ebor—Dorrigo road,

February 1988, J. Williams 88078 (holo: BRI

[AQ0447374]; 1so: K 000872970, NE 52923,

NSW 541705).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New

South Wales).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

37. Leichhardtia Hoydii (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia lloydii P.1.Forst., Austrobaileya 2:

455 (1988); M. suberosa S.T.Blake, Proc. Roy.

Soc. Queensland 59: 167-168 (1948) [non

M. suberosa (Fourn.) Malme (1900). Type:

Australia. Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT:

Mt Roberts, McPherson Range, 7 December

1946, S.7. Blake 17375 (holo: BRI [AQ333107];

iso: K 000873044 i.d.v., NSW 212076).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New

South Wales, Queensland).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

38. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

longiloba (Benth.)

Marsdenia longiloba Benth., Fl. Austral.

4: 340 (1868). Type: Australia. New South

Wales: Hastings River, s.dat., [C.] Beckler

s.n. (lecto: K 00873046 [specimen on right

hand side of sheet], fide Forster 1995b: 762;

isolecto: BRI [AQ216695|, MEL 113418,

MEL 113419).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New

South Wales, Queensland).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

39. Leichhardtia lorea (S.Moore) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia lorea S.Moore, J. Bot. 61: 34

(1923). Type: Papua New Guinea. CENTRAL

PROVINCE: Sogeri region, 28 January 1886,

H.O. Forbes 635 (lecto: BM 000017027, fide

Forster 1995b: 728; isolecto: E 00288727

i.d.v., FI 008055 i.d.v., K 000872987 i.d.v.,

LAE 87224 i.d.v., MEL 578178).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

40. Leichhardtia

P.L.Forst., comb. nov.

micradenia (Benth.)

Gymnema micradenium Benth., Fl. Austral. 4:

344 (1868); Gongronema micradenia (Benth.})

Benth. & Hook.f. ex F.Muell., Syst. Census

Austrobaileya 11: 1-18 (2021)

Austral. Pl. 94 (1882); Marsdenia micradenia

(Benth.) P.JI.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8:

800 (1995). Type: Australia. Queensland.

Moreton District: Ugly Creek, s.dat., C.

Stuart 318 (ecto: MEL 113349, fide Forster

1995b: 800; isolecto: BRI [AQ2164539]).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia

(Queensland).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

41. lLeichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

microlepis (Benth.)

Marsdenia microlepis Benth., Fil. Austral.

4: 342 (1868). Type: Australia. PoRT CURTIS

DistRicT: Rockhampton, 9 June 1863, ///

Dallachy s.n. (lecto: K 000873032, left

specimen on sheet, fide Forster 1995b: 785;

isolecto: MEL 113430).

Distribution: Endemic to — Australia

(Queensland).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

42. Leichhardtia millariae (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia millariae P.J.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 759 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. EAST SEPIK PROVINCE: Amboin, 22

July 1967, A.N. Millar NGF35103 (holo: BRI

[AQ217360]; iso: LAE 89657).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

43. Leichhardtia mira (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia mira P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 739 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua.

Hollandia, Cycloop Mtns, path Har—Ormoe,

camp site, 29 June 1961, P. van Royen &

H. Sleumer 6094 (holo: L 0004367; iso: A

00076486).

Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua)

on the island of New Guinea.

Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia

44. Leichhardtia paludicola (P.I.Forst.)

P.L.Forst., comb. nov.;

Marsdenia_ paludicola_ P.1.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 734 (1995). Type: Australia.

Queensland. Cook DISTRICT. Cultivated at

Emerald Creek near Mareeba, (ex plant of

PI. Forster 5486 from Maloney’s Springs,

right branch), December 1991, D.J/. Liddle s.n.

(holo: BRI [AQ561263: 1 sheet plus spirit];

iso: CNS [QRS 110290]).

Marsdenia sp. (Bromley D.J.Liddle

AQ561263); Forster (1994: 29).

Distribution: Endemic’ to Australia

(Queensland).

45. Leichhardtia papillosa (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia papillosa P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 745 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

MorROBE PROVINCE: Kuper Range along

unpaved track to Biaru, 24 September 1988,

W. Takeuchi 4058 (holo: BISH 1000889).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

46. Leichhardtia papuana (van Royen)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Toxocarpus papuanus van Royen, Alpine

Fl. New Guinea 4: 2788 (1983); Marsdenia

argentata P.I.Forst., Blumea 36: 105 (1991)

[non Marsdenia papuana Schltr. (1913)].

Type: Papua New Guinea. EASTERN

HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: 16 July 1959, LJ

Brass 30545 (holo: L 0004357; iso: BO

110490, CANB 101971, K 000872977, LAE

35993, US 00664196 7.d.v.).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

47. Leichhardtia parva (P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia parva P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 760 (1995). Type: Indonesia. Papua.

Inggebit, 29 May 1969, S. Reksodihardjo 296

(holo: L 0004368; iso: K 000872980).

Distribution: Endemic to Indonesia (Papua)

on the island of New Guinea.

48. Leichhardtia (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

poioensis

Marsdenia poioensis P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 746 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

WESTERN HIGHLANDS PROVINCE: Near Poio

Village, middle Yaki Valley, 30 June 1960,

R.D. Hoogland 6853 & R. Schodde (holo:

BRI [AQ0214045]; iso: BM 000047373 2.d.v.,

CANB 83185, L 0004369, LAE 32095).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

49. lLeichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

praestans (Schlitr.)

Marsdenia praestans Schltr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst.

50: 152 (1913). Type: Papua New Guinea.

WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: Torriceli Geb., 10

September 1909, R. Schlechter 20216 (lecto: P

00645975, fide Forster 1995b: 798).

Distribution: Endemic to — Indonesia

(Moluccas, Papua) and Papua New Guinea on

the island of New Guinea.

50. Leichhardtia primulina_ (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia primulina P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 775 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: Hindenburg Range,

south of Nerenavip Village (Feramin Valley),

September 1966, D. Frodin NGF32198 (holo:

BRI [AQ217457]; iso: CANB 179506, LAE

91813).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

51. lLeichhardtia pumila _ (P.I.Forst.)

P.[.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia pumila _ P.I.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 780 (1995). Type: Australia.

Queensland. SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 78

km from Collinsville on Mt Coolon Road, 23

February 1994, PI. Forster PIF 14880 & A.R.

Bean (holo: BRI [AQ520806: 2 sheets plus

spirit]; iso: CNS [QRS 110288]).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia

(Queensland).

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

52. Leichhardtia quadrata _ (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia quadrata P.|.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 772 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Near Skindewai,

Wau-Salamaua road, 6 January 1956, JS.

Womersley & A. Millar NGF&387 (holo:

BRI [AQ214331]; 1so: A 00348614 i.d.v., BO

110453, CANB 55940, K 000872979 i.d.v., L

0004370, LAE 8823, SING 0070823).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

53. Leichhardtia racemosa (F.Muell. ex

Benth.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Thozetia racemosa ¥.Muell. ex Benth., F7.

Austral. 4: 347 (1868). Type: Australia.

Queensland. PorRT CURTIS DISTRICT: near

Rockhampton, s.dat., [A./ Thozet s.n. (holo:

K 000872972 i.d.v.; iso: BRI [AQ333119: with

no. S511], MEL 113557 [with no. 511], MEL

113558 [with no. 511, description by Mueller],

MEL 113560 [with no. 511], MEL 560756

[with no. 511]).

Marsdenia hemiptera Rchbf., Beitr.

Syst. Pflanzk. 73 (1871). Type: Australia.

Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT: Brisbane

River, s.dat., A. Dietrich 2671 (lecto: MEL

113656, fide Forster 1995b: 726; isolecto:

CANB [CBG 8801998], PR 7.¥.).

Distribution: Leichhardtia racemosa 1s

endemic to Australia (Northern Territory,

Queensland, Western Australia).

Typification: Bentham (1868) cited a single

collection ‘Near Rockhampton, Thozet’ when

he described Thozetia racemosa based on a

manuscript description by Mueller. There

is no evidence that Thozet made multiple

collections of the species and his material

would have been originally kept at MEL in

multiple papers, until Mueller sent some to

Bentham [albeit without Thozet’s collecting

number 511 attached], presumably with a draft

Austrobaileya 11: 1-18 (2021)

description. In the 1995 revision the holotype

for 7? racemosa was taken to be the MEL

specimen and this has now been accessioned

under four different numbers, all with cross-

referencing between the sheets. However,

Bentham as the describing author would not

have seen this material, so the sheet at Kew

should be regarded as the holotype with other

sheets in BRI and MEL regarded as isotypes,

despite some of the ones at MEL being better

than the K sheet.

Notes: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

When included in Marsdenia, this species

must be called M. hemiptera due to the earlier

named M. racemosa K.Schum. (1893) from

the African continent.

54. Leichhardtia rara (P.].Forst.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia rara P.|.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 782 (1995). Type: Australia. Cook

DIsTRIcT: Cairns, foot of Nisbet Range, 8

November 1993, C. Lyons 149 (holo: BRI

[AQ520833]).

Distribution:

(Queensland).

55. Leichhardtia rostrata (R.Br.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Endemic to Australia

Marsdenia_ rostrata R.Br. Prodr. 461

(1810); Pergularia rostrata (R.Br.) Spreng.,

Syst. Veg. 1: 844 (1820). Type: Australia.

Queensland. PoRT CurRTIS DISTRICT: Keppel

Bay, 13 August 1802, R. Brown s.n. (lecto,

2™ step [here designated]: BM 001040536

l.d.v., i1solecto: BM 001040535 id.v., BRI

[AQ342530], CANB 278889; K 000872967

[specimen on left of sheet], P 00645975

[lacking ‘13 August’| idv., P 0064977

[lacking °13 August’ | i7.d.v.).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New

South Wales, Queensland, Victoria).

Typification: Robert Brown collected this

species at several locations on his visit to

Australia. In 1995 I selected his Keppel

Bay collection made on 13 August 1802

as the lectotype (BM with 2 sheets) with

Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia

isolectotypes at BRI, CANB and K. At the

time this was reliant on specimen images

made by Australian Botanical Liaison Officers

working at Kew, or material examined on

loan. In the retrospect of online availability of

specimen images, there are more specimens

available than were viewed in the late 1980s.

As accession numbers were not indicated

for the BM specimens in the 1995 revision,

it is necessary to take the lectotypification of

the name to a second step, so the excellent

specimen BM 00100536 is chosen as the

lectotype.

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

56. Leichhardtia spathulata (P.[.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia spathulata P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 761 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

BOUGAINVILLE PROVINCE: Crown Prince

Mountains, October 1960, &./.H. Corner

NGF13598 (holo: BRI [AQ217372]; 1so: LAE

31866).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of Bougainville.

57. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

suaveolens (R.Br.)

Marsdenia suaveolens R.Br., Prodr. 461

(1810); Pergularia suaveolens (R.Br.) Spreng.,

Syst. Veg. 1: 844 (1820). Type: Australia. New

South Wales. Port Jackson [Sydney], 11 May

1802, R. Brown s.n. (lecto: BM 001040534,

fide Forster 1995b: 790; isolecto: CANB

278890, K 000873027 [righthand specimen

on sheet| i.d.v.).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New

South Wales).

58. Leichhardtia subglobosa (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia_ subglobosa_ P.1.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 744 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. NORTHERN PROVINCE: Gwiroro, 14

November 1955, N.E.G. Cruttwell 672 (holo:

K).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

59. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

torsiva (P.I.Forst.)

Marsdenia torsiva P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 801 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

WEST SEPIK PROVINCE: Second bush camp

on ridge below Tamanagabip on track to

Busilmin, 20 May 1975, A. Vinas & J.

Wiakabu LAE59549 (holo: L 0834586; 1so:

LAE 223977).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

60. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

trilobata (P.I.Forst.)

Marsdenia trilobata P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 748 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

WESTERN PROVINCE: Tarara, Wassi Kussa

River, January 1937, L.J. Brass 8657 (holo:

CANB 159675; iso: A 00348615 i.d.v., BM

001014155, BRI [AQ0361126], LAE 72165, L

0004372 i.d.v., L 0004373 i.d.v.).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

61. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia tubulosa F.Muell, Fragm. 9: 71

(1875). Type: Australia. New South Wales.

Lord Howe Island, Mt Gower, in 1871, JP.

Fullagar s.n. (holo: MEL 1515823A\).

tubulosa (F.Muell.)

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (New

South Wales: Lord Howe Island).

62. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

tumida (P.I.Forst.)

Marsdenia tumida P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 797 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

MILNE Bay PROVINCE: Mt Rossel, Rossel

Island, 18 March 1979, P. Katik LAE70925

(holo: BRI [AQ370292]; iso: A 00348616

i.d.v., CANB 305334, K 000872976 i.d.v., L,

LAE 243535).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

63. Leichhardtia variabilis (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia_ variabilis P.J.Forst., Austral.

Syst. Bot. 8: 751 (1995). Type: Papua New

Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Andarova, Slate

Creek, Upper Watut, 10 December 1970, 4.

Streimann & A. Kairo NGF44553 (holo: BRI

[AQ350445]; iso: BO 110456, CANB 226210,

K 000872982 i.dv., L 2725683 i.d.v., LAE

128192, SING 0070824).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

64. Leichhardtia velutina (R.Br.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Marsdenia velutina R.Br., Prodr. 461 (1810);

Pergularia velutina (R.Br.) Spreng., Syst.

Veg. 1: 844 (1820); TZylophora_ velutina

(R.Br.) G.Don., Gen. Hist. 128 (1837). Type:

Australia. Northern Territory. Mainland

opposite Groote Eylandt, 4 January 1803, R.

Brown s.n. [Bennett 2882] (lecto, 2" step:

BM 001040538; isolecto: BM 001040539,

CANB 278891, fide Forster 1990: 285; Liede-

Schumann & Meve 2018: 173).

Marsdenia papuana Schlitr., Bot. Jahrb. Syst.

50: 144 (1913); M. verrucosa Watb., Bot. Jahrb.

Syst. 13: 410 (1891) [non M. verrucosa Decne.

(1844)|. Type: Papua New Guinea. MADANG

PROVINCE: 1889-1891, C. Lauterbach 437

(lecto: SING, fide Forster 1995b: 765).

Marsdenia klossii S.Moore, Trans. Linn. Soc.

Bot. 9: 112 (1916). Type: Indonesia. Papua.

Utakwa River to Mt Carstensz, in 1912-1913,

C.B. Kloss s.n. (holo: BM 001014157).

Distribution: Widespread in_ Indonesia

(Ceram, Papua, West Timor), Timor-Leste,

Papua New Guinea, Philippines, the Solomon

Islands and Australia (Northern Territory,

Queensland, Western Australia).

Note: This species is yet to be sequenced.

While I have placed it here in Leichhardiia,

it may resolve that it fits into the clade

containing the type of Marsdenia.

Austrobaileya \1: 1-18 (2021)

65. Leichhardtia (P.I.Forst.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

venusta

Marsdenia venusta P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 740 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

GULF PROVINCE: Near Ihu, 14 January 1966,

L.A. Craven 700 & R. Schodde (holo: L

0004374 & 0004376; iso: A 00348617 i.d.v.,

CANB 194618, CANB 194619, K, LAE

143819).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of New Guinea.

Typification: In the 1995 revision it was stated

that the holotype comprised two sheets. These

were both sent on loan to BRI from L in the

same specimen folder and labelled clearly as

Vel [sheet in Dutch] | and Vel 2, despite the

two sheets having different accession numbers

(No. 226596 and 226597; these being pre

barcode numbers used at the Rijksherbarium).

I stated clearly on L 0004374 that the holotype

comprised two sheets, so lectotypification is

considered unnecessary.

66. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia viridiflora R.Br., Prodr. 461 (1810).

Type: Australia. Queensland. PORT CURTIS

DIstRIcT: Broad Sound, Thirsty Sound —

inner entrance, 24 September 1802, R. Brown

s.n. (lecto 2" step [here designated]: BM

001040531; isolecto: BM 001040533 [lacking

Iter Australiense 2885], CANB 278893, K

000873030 [lacking date]).

Bidaria leptophylla F.Muell., Trans. Phil.

Inst. Vict. 3: 60 (1859). Type citation: “At

the sources of the Burdeken River.” Type:

Australia. Queensland. NORTH KENNEDY

District: Upper Burdekin, s.dat., F. Mueller

s.n. (holo: MEL 9253: specimen B).

Marsdenia leptophylla F.Muell. ex Benth., FI.

Austral. 4: 340 (1868); Leichardtia leptophylla

(F.Muell. ex Benth.) Bullock, Kew Bull. 1957:

287 (1957). Type: Australia. Queensland.

NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: very rare at the

sources of the Burdekin [River], s.dat., F-

Mueller s.n. (holo: K 000873031).

viridiflora (R.Br.)

Forster, Gymnema and Leichhardtia

Typification: In the 1995 revision the type

for Marsdenia viridiflora R.Br. was given as

“Broad Sound, Thirsty Sound-inner entrance,

R. Brown s.n., 24 Sep. 1802 (iter Australiense

2885) (with the words ‘Marsdenia viridiflora

R. Br. Prod. xx’ in Brown’s hand along the

bottom of the sheet)”. There are two sheets

of this collection at BM that are available

as online images: BM 001040533 does not

have the Bennett number 2885, whereas BM

001040531 does. It is possible that the words

written in Brown’s hand that I quoted in 1995

are on the reverse side of the white piece of

paper that 1s currently mounted above the

modern BM barcode label. The name requires

a second step lectotypification due to the

presence of two separate accessions at BM,

with my original choice being reaffirmed.

In the 1995 revision the type for Bidaria

leptophylla F.Muell. was given as “Burdekin

River, F! Mueller s.n., specimen D (undated)

(holo: MEL 9253)”. This is incorrect as

specimens C and D on MEL 9253 (that

comprises four separate specimens) are

Leichhardtia australis. also clearly indicated

on the sheet in October 1988 that the specimen

B is the type for this name as reflected

above. Specimen A on MEL 9253 1s also this

species and has been annotated as a possible

isotype by an unknown person. Specimen A

is labelled as being from the Suttor River, so

cannot be considered an isotype.

Note: This species was sequenced and

included in the Leichhardtia clade by Liede-

Schumann ef al. (2021).

Two subspecies are recognised.

66a. Leichhardtia viridiflora — subsp.

viridifiora,

Marsdenia_ viridiflora subsp. viridiflora,

P.I.Forst., Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 787 (1995).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia

(Queensland).

66b. Leichhardtia viridiflora subsp. tropica

(P.I.Forst.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Marsdenia viridiflora subsp. tropica P.I.Forst.,

Austral. Syst. Bot. 8: 788 (1995). Type:

Australia. Queensland. Cook DISTRICT:

Lakefield National Park, 33 km from Laura

on road to New Laura Homestead, 23 January

1993, PL. Forster PIF12876 & A.R. Bean

(holo: BRI [AQ58002: 2 sheets plus spirit]; iso:

CNS [QRS 110291], DNA, MEL 0240082A).

Distribution: Endemic to Australia (Northern

Territory, Queensland, Western Australia)

and to Papua New Guinea on the island of

New Guinea.

67. Leichhardtia

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

volcanica (P.I.Forst.)

Marsdenia volcanica P.1.Forst., Austral. Syst.

Bot. 8: 750 (1995). Type: Papua New Guinea.

BOUGAINVILLE PROVINCE: Maide_ River

Gorge, lower south slopes of Lake Loloru

crate, c. 15 miles N of Buin, 17 August 1964,

L.A. Craven 280 & R. Schodde (holo: CANB

146783 & 146784; iso: LAE 81986).

Distribution: Endemic to Papua New Guinea

on the island of Bougainville.

Typification: The holotype collection at

CANB comprises two sheets (Forster 1995b)

that are databased as separate accessions;

however, these are clearly linked by labels on

the specimens and in the CANB database.

Excluded names

Marsdenia brachystephanus Schltr. =

Sarcolobus _brachystephanus = (Schitr.)

P.1.Forst.

Marsdenia secamonoides (Schlitr.) Omlor =

Sarcolobus secamonoides (Schltr.) P.I.Forst.

Marsdenia_ urniflora P.1.Forst. = Hoya

uniflora (P.I.Forst.) Simonsson & Rodda

Acknowledgements

Peter Bostock, Gordon Guymer and Sigrid

Liede-Schumann reviewed this paper. Sigrid

especially helped with finding additional

type material and resolving typification of

some names. Anna Monro investigated extant

copies of Brown (1849) and helped to resolve

once and for all just what was published

in the original version. Brendan Lepschi

provided images of some holotypes at CANB

and checked the CANB database for cross

referencing between specimen accessions.

References

Bailey, F.M. (1900). Asclepiadeae. In The Queensland

Flora 3: 995-1015. H.J. Diddams: Brisbane.

Bentham, G. (1868). Asclepiadeae. In Flora Australiensis

4: 324-348. L. Reeve & Co.: London.

Brennan, K. (1992). Checklist of Vascular Plants of the

Alligator Rivers Region, Northern Territory.

2™ edition. Office of the Supervising Scientist,

Alligator Rivers Region Research Institute.

Brown, R. (1849). Botanical Appendix. In C. Sturt,

Narrative of an Expedition into Central

Australia 2: 66-92. T. & W. Boone: London.

Bullock, A.A. (1957). The genus Leichardtia R.Br. Kew

Bulletin 11: 287-288.

Forster, PI. (1987). Studies on the Australian

Asclepiadaceae. II. A new combination in

Gymnema R.Br. Austrobaileya 2: 401—404.

— (1989). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 1. Austrobaileya

3: 109-133.

— (1990). Notes on Asclepiadaceae, 2. Austrobaileya

3: 273-289.

— (1994). Asclepiadaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson

(ed.), Queensland Vascular Plants: Names and

Distribution, pp. 27-30. Queensland Herbarium,

Queensland Department of Environment and

Heritage: Herbarium: Indooroopilly.

— (1995a). New names and combinations in

Marsdenia_ (Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae)

from Asia and Malesia (excluding Papuasia).

Australian Systematic Botany 8: 691-701.

— (1995b). Circumscription of Marsdenia

(Asclepiadaceae: Marsdenieae), with a revision

of the genus in Australia and Papuasia.

Australian Systematic Botany 8: 703—933.

— (1997). Asclepiadaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.),

Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution,

pp. 22—24. Queensland Herbarium, Queensland

Government Department of Environment:

Indooroopilly.

— (2019). Rediscovery of the previously Extinct

Marsdenia araujacea F.Muell. (Apocynaceae).

Austrobaileya 10: 539-540.

Forster, P.I. & Takeuchi, W. (2005). Rediscovery and

neotypification of Marsdenia arachnoidea

Schltr. (Apocynaceae: Asclepiadoideae —

Marsdenieae), an endangered species from

Papua New Guinea. Austrobaileya 7: 145—150.

Hyland, B.P.M., Gray, B. & Elick, R.W. (1994). In W.E.

Cooper & W.T. Cooper, Fruits of the Rain

Forest, Appendix |: Provisional Species List:

301. Geo: Sydney.

Austrobaileya 11: 1-18 (2021)

Liede-Schumann, S. & Meve, U. (2018). Vincetoxicum

(Apocynaceae—Asclepiadoideae)

expanded to include Tylophora and

allies. Phytotaxa 369: 129-184.

Liede-Schumann, S., Reuss, S., Meve, U., Gateblé, G.,

Livshultz, T., Forster, P.I., Wanntorp, L. &

Rodda, M. (2021). Phylogeny of Marsdenieae

(Apocynaceae, Asclepiadoideae) based on

chloroplast and nuclear loci, and a conspectus

of the genera. Botanical Journal of the Linnean

Society in press.

Mueller, F.M. (1868). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 6: 135. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

Turland, N.J., Wiersema, J.H., Barrie, F.R., Greuter, W.,

Hawksworth, D.L., Herendeen, P.S., Knapp,

S., Kusber, W.-H., Li, D.-Z., Marhold, K., May,

T.W., McNeill, J., Monro, A.M., Prado, J., Price,

M.J. & Smith, G.F. (eds.) 2018: /nternational

Code of Nomenclature for algae, fungi,

and plants (Shenzhen Code) adopted by the

Nineteenth International Botanical Congress

Shenzhen, China, July 2017. Regnum Vegetabile

159. Koeltz Botanical Books: Glashiitten. DOI

https://doi.org/10.12705/Code.2018

Lomandra phillipsiorum Jian Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae),

a new species from south-eastern Queensland

Jian Wang

Summary

Wang, J. (2021). Lomandra phillipsiorum Jian Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae), a new species from south-

eastern Queensland. Austrobaileya 11: 19-25. Lomandra phillipsiorum Jian Wang ter is described,

illustrated and compared to putatively related species such as L. filiformis (Thunb.) Britten. The new

Species 1s known only from the Mt Glorious — Mt Nebo area, north-west of Brisbane. Notes on its

distribution (including a map), habitat, phenology and affinities are provided. A conservation status

of Least Concern is recommended.

Key Words: Laxmanniaceae; Lomandra; Lomandra phillipsiorum; Australia flora; Queensland flora;

taxonomy; new species

Jian Wang, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: jian.wang@des.qld.gov.

Introduction

Lomandra Labill. 1s a genus of four sections

currently with 56 species in Australia, with

two species extending to New Guinea and one

species in New Caledonia (Lee & Macfarlane

1986; CHAH 2006; Wang & Bean 2017; Wang

2018, 2019). The genus was revised for New

South Wales by Lee (1966) and for Australia

by Lee & Macfarlane (1986). Currently, there

are 16 recognised species in Queensland

(Wang 2019). Lomandra has had various

family placements over the past decades,

such as Xanthorrhoeaceae (Lee 1966; Lee &

Macfarlane 1986), Dasypogonaceae (Briggs

1986; Chase et al. 1995) and Laxmanniaceae

(Chase & Stevens 1998). The genus has

most recently been placed in a _ broadly

circumscribed Asparagaceae in subfamily

Lomandroideae based on_ corroborating

morphological and phylogenetic evidence

(Barrett 2018; Govaerts et al. 2020; Gunn ef

al, 2020).

The new species described here was

brought to my attention by Susan and Brian

Phillips. It brings to thirteen, the number of

Lomandra species found in the South East

Queensland Bioregion, and is the first to be

considered endemic to basalt substrates.

Materials and methods

This study is based on morphological

examination of Lomandra material at

the Queensland Herbarium (BRI). All

measurements are based on fresh and dried

material, except the dimensions of florets,

which are based on material reconstituted with

boiling water. Dimensions of measurements

are inclusive, 1.e. 1.0—1.7 is given as I—1.7.

Common abbreviations in the specimen

citations are Mt (Mountain, except where part

of a National Park or State Forest name) and

NP (National Park).

Taxonomy

Lomandra phillipsiorum Jian Wang ter sp.

nov., resembling L. filiformis (Thunb.) Britten

but differing in the 3-toothed leaf tips, the

inflorescences of simple and _ significantly

shorter racemes, violet to purple flowers,

shorter fruiting styles and transverse wrinkled

capsules with yellow-coloured stripes. Typus:

Australia. Queensland. MORETON DISTRICT:

D’Aguilar National Park (Boombana), c. 100

m along Thylogale Track from Boombana

car park towards Jollys Lookout, D’Aguilar

Range, 8 October 2016, S.P. Phillips 2722B &

B.A. Phillips (holo: BRI [AQ857607]).

Accepted for publication 19 January 2021, published online 24 March 2021

Plants forming tussocks from condensed

ascending rhizomes. Each tussock comprising

1 to 4 tufts. Each tuft up to 1 cm in diameter

at the base with leaves arranged irregularly or

often distichously. Leaves tough and upright.

Leaf sheath margins at first membranous or

cartilaginous, fraying into strips or fibres

up to 5 cm long, purplish to dark brown.

Leaf blades glaucous, scabrid, flat adaxially,

slightly to strongly convex abaxially, with

6—16 parallel veins on both sides; the margins

mostly minutely denticulate; leaf apex usually

with 3 sharp teeth with the middle one usually

the longest, to 2.5 mm long (Fig. 1). Leaves

of male plants are 30—60 cm long, 1.4—2.4

mm wide. Leaves of female plants are 38—67

cm long, 1.4—2.7 mm wide. Male and female

inflorescences similar in appearance, 1-6

per tuft, 1/20-1/8 as long as leaves. Male

inflorescence comprising simple racemes,

subtending bracts at the base up to 8, deltoid,

up to 8 mm long and 1.5 mm wide at the base

that is usually the widest point; inner bracts

(up to 6) membranous, outer 2 bracts with 3

veins each (Fig. 2); scape flattened, verrucate,

2—5 cm long, 0.4—0.6 mm broad, light brown

near the base, violet to purple towards apex;

the rachis slightly flat, irregularly angled or

channelled, 2—4 cm long, violet to purple,

verrucate; flowers 4—15, solitary, alternate or

rarely appearing paired or whorled. Flowers

similar ages within each raceme (Fig. 2);

bracts 1, cucullate, 1.8—3.4 mm long and 0.8—

1.5 mm wide, membranous except the major

mid-vein, usually completely encircling the

pedicel; pedicels terete, erect, 1.3-—3.5(—5)

mm long, 0.3—0.5 mm wide, pale purplish

to brown; buds globular, becoming ovoid at

anthesis, violet to purple; perianth segments

6 with distinct outer and inner whorls; outer

tepals (sepals) 3, elliptical, free except on the

very base, uniform in size, thick with slightly

thin whitish margins in texture, 1.4—-1.5 mm

long, 1.1-1.3 mm wide, violet to purple;

inner tepals (petals) 3, broadly elliptical,

free except on the base 1/3—1/2, uniform in

size, thick with slightly thin whitish margins,

1.1-1.3 mm long, 1.6—1.8 mm wide, violet to

purple except for whitish margins and inner

surface. Stamens 6, all adnate basally to a

swollen centre surrounded by the inner tepals,

Austrobaileya 11: 19-25 (2021)

3 slightly higher, alternating with inner tepals

and 3 slightly lower, alternating with outer

tepals; the filament not obvious, 0.1—0.2

mm long, 0.2—0.25 mm diameter; anthers

all similar, versatile, c. 0.4 mm long and

0.3 mm wide, bright yellow to occasionally

creamy yellow (Fig. 2); pistillode in the

swollen centre very rarely developed, mostly

purple; stigma and style not formed. Female

inflorescence comprising simple racemes

(Fig. 3) or rarely as a single branch bearing

one flower; scape flattened, smooth to slightly

verrucate, 1.5—5 cm long, 0.8—1.5 mm broad,

creamy to pale brown; the rachis flat or rarely

irregularly angled or channelled, smooth or

rarely verrucate, 0.5-—2.5 cm long; flowers

2-8, alternate, single or rarely appearing

paired or whorled; subtending bracts 4—8,

deltoid, up to 15 mm long and 3 mm wide

at the base, that is usually the widest point,

inner bracts (up to 6) membranous, outer pair

with 3—5 veins. Flowers usually similar ages

within each inflorescence; bracts 1, cucullate,

1.5—2.2 mm long and 0.8-1.2 mm wide,

creamy to pale brown, 4/5—3/4 encircling the

pedicel; pedicels 0.8—2 mm long, 0.3—0.5

mm wide, terete or irregularly angled and

channelled, purple or creamy to pale brown;

buds globular, becoming cup-shaped with

age, violet to purple or yellowish brown;

perianth segments 6 with distinct outer and

inner whorls, violet to purple or sometimes

yellowish brown with purple tinges; outer

3 tepals (Sepals) ovate, 1.4-1.6 mm long,

1.1-1.3 wide, connate at the base; inner 3

tepals (petals) broadly ovate, 1.8-2 mm

long, 1.7-1.9 mm wide, connate near base.

Staminodes inconspicuous or sometimes

absent, when present lacking filaments and

bearing vestigial anthers, 3 inserted on the

middle part of inner tepals, 3 alternating with

them on the middle of lower part of each inner

tepal; pistil conspicuous, styles very short and

fused with 3 stigmatic lobes; ovary sessile,

nearly globular, 1.3-1.5 mm long, 1.3—1.4

mm diameter, with 3 locules; ovules | per

loculus. Fruiting pedicels 1.8—6 mm long,

single (occasionally appears in groups of 2).

Immature fruiting styles 0.2—0.5 mm long,

disappearing with age. Capsules obvoid, 6—8

mm long, 5—7 mm diameter, dark brown with

10 mm

Wang, Lomandra phillipsiorum 21

Fig. 1. Leaf tips of Lomandra phillipsiorum. A. young male leaf tip. B. mature male leaf tips. C. mature female leaf

tips. Scales as indicated. A from Phillips 2722B & Phillips (BRI); B from Phillips 2719 & Phillips (BRI); C from

Phillips 2718 & Phillips (BR1). Photos: B. Phillips

Fig. 2. Male plants of Lomandra phillipsiorum. A. inflorescences. B. flowers. A & B from Phillips 2629 & Phillips

(BRI). Photos: B. Phillips.

Austrobaileya 11: 19-25 (2021)

Fig. 3. Female plants of Lomandra phillipsiorum. A. habit. B. buds. C. young fruits. D & E. mature fruits. A from

Phillips 2718 & Phillips (BR1); B from Phillips 2634 & Phillips (BRI); C from Phillips 3053 & Phillips (BRI); D & E

from Phillips 2722B & Phillips (BRI). Photos: B. Phillips.

2—5 transverse yellow stripes when fresh (Fig.

3D & E), 1—4 transverse wrinkles near each

carpel base, especially after opening; carpel

orange-yellowish brown inside; the carpel

margins slightly ridged; fruiting perianths,

usually 6, leathery, persistent, each 1.8—2.8

mm long, 1.5—2.7 mm wide, bracts leathery,

occasionally persistent. Seeds 1 per locule,

narrowly ovoid to ovoid, 4.6—5.1 mm long,

2.5—3 mm wide, usually 2-angled on inner

face, rounded on outer face, rough or slightly

wrinkled, translucent in appearance, light

orange to brown.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland.

Moreton District: Track to Mt D’Aguilar from

Lepidozamia Road, c. | km along from Tenison Woods

Mountain, D’Aguilar Range, Dec 2015, Phillips 2629

& Phillips (BRI); Old logging track heading N from

Tenison Woods Mountain to Mt D’Aguilar walking

track, D’Aguilar Range, Apr 2016, Phillips 2634 &

Phillips (BRI); Walking track from Tenison Woods

Mountain to Mt D’Aguilar, N facing spur off this

track, Oct 2016, Phillips 2718 & Phillips (BRI); ibid,

Oct 2016, Phillips 2719 & Phillips (BRI); D’Aguilar

NP (Boombana), c. 100 m along Thylogale Track from

Boombana car park towards Jollys Lookout, D’Aguilar

Range, Oct 2016, Phillips 2722A & Phillips (BRI);

Morelia walking track to Mt Nebo Lookout from

Manorina, D’Aguilar NP, Apr 2018, Phillips 2935 &

Phillips (BRI); Pitta Circuit, D’Aguilar NP (Boombana),

c. 30 m from picnic area (going in clockwise direction),

Feb 2020, Phillips 3025 & Phillips (BRI); Pitta Circuit,

D’Aguilar NP (Boombana), c. 80 m from picnic area

(going in clockwise direction), Feb 2020, Phillips 3026

& Phillips (BRI); Morelia walking track to Mt Nebo

Lookout from Manorina parking area, D’Aguilar NP,

Feb 2020, Phillips 3027 & Phillips (BRI); ibid, Feb 2020,

Phillips 3028 & Phillips (BRI); Redmans Break, W of

Tenison Woods Mountain, D’Aguilar NP, (c. 0.4 km

from Northbrook Parkway), Mar 2020, Phillips 3037 &

Phillips (BRI); Redmans Break, W of Tenison Woods

Mountain, D’Aguilar NP, c. 0.7 km from Northbrook

Parkway, Mar 2020, Phillips 3038 & Phillips (BRI); 0.7

km along Redmans Break from Northbrook Parkway, W

of Tenison Woods, D’Aguilar Range, May 2020, Phillips

3053 & Phillips (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Lomandra

phillipsiorum 1s endemic to south-eastern

Queensland, with a restricted distribution

within D’Aguilar NP in ac. 20 km area west

of Tenison Woods Mountain and south of Mt

Nebo (Map 1). The altitude range is from 440

Wang, Lomandra phillipsiorum

m to 730 m.

The habitat in D’Aguilar NP varies

from subtropical rainforest with eucalypt

emergents to wet sclerophyll forest with a

low rainforest understorey on red-brown

krasnozem soils derived from basalt. Some

sites have been disturbed by past clearing and

receive more light. The tree species usually

include Callitris macleayana’ (¥F.Muell.)

F.Muell., Cinnamomum oliveri F.M.Bailey,

Cyclophyllum longipetalum S.T.Reynolds

& R.J.FHend., Eucalyptus saligna Sm., E.

microcorys F.Muell., Guioa semiglauca

(F.Muell.) Radlk., Lophostemon confertus

(R.Br.) Peter G.Wilson & J.T.Waterh., Olea

paniculata R.Br., Pittosporum undulatum

Vent., Polyscias elegans (C.Moore &

F.Muell.) Harms, Rhodosphaerarhodanthema

(F.Muell.) Engl., Synoum glandulosum (Sm.)

Juss. subsp. glandulosum and Trochocarpa

laurina (R.Br. ex Rudge) R.Br. The shrub and

eround layers consist of Ajuga australis R.Br.,

Alpinia caerulea (R.Br.) Benth., Arthropodium

milleflorum (DC.) J.F.Macbr., Billardiera

scandens Sm., Breynia oblongifolia (Muell.

Arg.) Muell.Arg., Gymnostachys anceps R.Br.,

Lepidozamia peroffskyana Regel, Lomandra

longifolia Labill., Poa labillardieri Steud.

var. labillardieri, Psychotria_ loniceroides

Sieber ex DC., Themeda triandra Forssk. plus

sedges and ferns.

Lomandra phillipsiorum grows in tufts

anchored by very strong roots. Individual

tufts often stick out at an angle from the base.

The tussocks are usually surrounded and

buried in dense leaf litter making the visibility

of flowers and fruits difficult. Plants occur in

restricted areas in quite dense patches (up to

10 tussocks per square metre) or can be more

scattered.

Phenology: Male flowering was _ recorded

from February to March. However, it is also

recorded in October and December. Female

flowering was recorded in March, April,

October and December. Mature fruits were

collected in April, May and October.

Affinities: —Lomandra_ phillipsiorum 1s

putatively closely related to L. filiformis, from

which it differs most obviously 1n the 3-toothed

leaf tips (1-3-toothed for L. filiformis),

significantly shorter inflorescences (1/20-1/8

as long as leaves for L. phillipsiorum, while

1/4-1/3 as long as leaves for L. filiformis)

that are basally cryptic for each fertile

rosette, the inflorescences of simple racemes

(inflorescences usually well—branched for L.

filiformis), violet to purple flowers (brown or

yellowish brown flowers for L. filiformis), and

the transverse wrinkled capsules with yellow-

coloured stripes (usually uniformly brown-

coloured capsules for L. filiformis).

Notes: Lomandra phillipsiorum 1s endemic to

a small area at Mt Glorious — Mt Nebo where

it 1s parapatric with L. filiformis; the latter

species has a wide distributional range in

eastern Australia from the tip of Cape York to

the southern coast of Victoria. In Queensland

L. filiformis 1s usually a common species

mostly from open forests and woodlands in

lowlands and/or coastal areas. However, it is

not known to occur from the Mt Glorious —

Mt Nebo area.

Conservation status: Currently there are

only four locations known within a narrow

geographic range for Lomandra phillipsiorum;

however, it can be a very common species

where it occurs. It is recorded from D’Aguilar

NP and is not known to be at risk 1n the wild.

Therefore, the species is not considered to be

threatened and a Least Concern conservation

status is recommended using the [UCN (2012)

criteria.

Etymology: This species is named for Susan

and Brian Phillips. After gaining a science

degree at the University of Queensland,

Susan worked in plant nematology and

entomology, where part of her work involved

the illustration of scientific publications. In

1996 she and her husband Brian worked with

a team of entomologists in north Queensland

in the papaya fruit fly eradication programme.

In 1997 Susan joined the Queensland

Herbarium, where her work involved the

preparation and data-basing of specimens.

Since her retirement in 2012 she has been

working as a volunteer at the herbarium,

mounting specimens and collecting plants for

incorporation into the herbarium collection.

Brian has a background in engineering

drafting and has pursued his hobby of

photography for many years. They both

have a keen interest in nature, bushwalking

and camping. Together they have collected

more than 3,000 plant specimens for the

Queensland Herbarium.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to the following staff at the

Queensland Herbarium who helped in the

preparation of this manuscript: Mr Tony Bean

for reading a late draft and preparation of the

distribution map; Dr Gordon Guymer for his

support and Dr Paul Forster for constructive

comments. I also wish to thank Dr Mats

Hjertson, Curator (vascular plants), Uppsala

University, Sweden for the type specimen

photos of Lomandra filiformis at UPS and

Mr Brian Phillips for photographs of L.

phillipsiorum. Sincere thanks to the Directors

of DNA, MEL, NSW and NT for providing

loan specimens.

References

BARRETT, M.D. (2018). Three new species of

Asparagales from the Kimberley region of

Western Australia. Telopea 21: 25-37.

BricGs, B. (1986). Chromosome numbers in Lomandra

(Dasypogonaceae). Telopea 2: 741-744.

CHASE, M.W. & STEVENS, P.F. (1998). An _ ordinal

classification for the families of flowering

plants. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 85: 531-553.

CHASE, M., DuvAL, M.H., HILits, H.G., CONRAN, J.G.,

Cox, A.V., EGUIARTE, L.E., HARTWELL, J., FAY,

M.F., CApDpiIck, L., CAMERON, K. & Hoot, S.

(1995). Molecular phylogenetics of Lilianae.

In P.J. Rudall et al. (eds.), Monocotyledons:

Systematics and Evolution, pp. 109-137. Royal

Botanic Gardens, Kew: London.

CHAH (2006). Australian Plant Census. IBIS database.

http://chah.gov.au/chah/apc/,, accessed 28

September 2020.

GOVAERTS, R., ZONNEVELD, B.J.M. & ZONA, S.A. (2020).

World Checklist of Asparagaceae. Facilitated

by the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. http://

wcsp.science.kew.org/, accessed 1 August 2020.

GUNN, B.F., MURPHY, D.J., WALSH, N.G., CONRAN, J.G.,

Pires, J.C., MACFARLANE, T.D. & Bircu, J.L.

(2020). Evolution of Lomandroideae: Multiple

origins of polyploidy and biome occupancy

in Australia. Molecular Phylogenetics and

Austrobaileya 11: 19-25 (2021)

Evolution 149: 106836. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.

ympev.2020.106836

Iucn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria:

Version 3.1. 2nd edition. Gland, Switzerland

and Cambridge, UK: IUCN. iv + 32pp.

Leg, A.T. (1966). Xanthorrhoeaceae. Contributions from

the New South Wales National Herbarium,

Flora Series 34: 16—42.

Lee, A.T. & MACFARLANE, T.D. (1986). Lomandra.

In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 46:

100-141. Australian Government Publishing

Service: Canberra.

WANG, J. (2018). Lomandra ramosissima Jian Wang ter

(Laxmanniaceae), a new species from southern

central Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 266—

Dan

— (2019). Laxmanniaceae. In G.K. Brown & P.D.

Bostock (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora

2019. Queensland Department of Environment

and Science: Brisbane. https://www.data.qld.

gov.au/dataset/census-of-the-queensland-

flora-2019, accessed 5 August 2020.

WANG, J. & BEAN, A.R. (2017). Lomandra decomposita

(R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & #£A.R.Bean

(Laxmanniaceae), a new _— species for

Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 59-63.

Wang, Lomandra phillipsiorum 25

Da boro

* Samford

— (

\ a Ct |

cei oN: \

° ’

+ ! ’

Nai de ‘, :

Zé * ‘ ,

} _f£, ,BRISBANE _

ar, i . “ Le

i Ps \

rs a =

Se a a Sa

RR Z 2 pn

SOS ’ 1 ON

* + 5 f heal pes

— a - cc i ir i cal NM ! ey

__—_—— : | 4 La | A i

kilometers \ eet : a = é

——__—- a i ay 4 [

\ <I ee a a oe a ee \ | he if

‘| oe — 7 | ra | i }

| —~_ “ ~ = f an . ;

Map 1. Distribution of Lomandra phillipsiorum in south-eastern Queensland based on BRI records. The shaded area

indicates D’Aguilar National Park.

Introduction

Reinstatement of Pigea Ging., an earlier generic

name for the spade flowers previously included

in Afrohybanthus Flicker (Violaceae)

Paul I. Forster

Summary

Forster, P.I. (2021). Reinstatement of Pigea Ging., an earlier generic name for the spade flowers

previously included in Afrohybanthus Flicker (Violaceae). Austrobaileya 11: 26—33. Pigea Ging.

is a validly published, earlier generic name for the species assigned to Afrohybanthus Flicker. New

combinations or changes in status into Pigea are made for 28 species (P. adpressa (E.M.Benn.)

P.I.Forst., P. aurantiaca (F.Muell. ex Benth.) P.I.Forst., P. bennettiae (R.L.Barrett) P.J.Forst., P.

buxifolia (Vent.) P.I.Forst., P. caffra (Sond.) P.I.Forst., P. curvifolia (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst., P. cvmulosa

(C.A.Gardner) P.I.Forst., P. danguyana (H.Perrier) P.I.Forst., P. debilissima (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst., P.

decaryana (H.Perrier) P.I.Forst., P. densifolia (Engl.) P.I.Forst., P. enneasperma (L.) P.I.Forst., P.

epacroides (C.A.Gardner) P.I.Forst., P. fasciculata (Grey-Wilson) P.I.Forst., P. indica (S.K.Kamble &

Patil) P.I.Forst., P. latifolia (De Wild.) P.I.Forst., P. nyvassensis (Engl.) P.I.Forst., P. pseudodanguyana

(Grey-Wilson) P.I.Forst., P. puberula (M.G.Gilbert) P.I.Forst., P. ramosissima (Thwaites) P.I.Forst.,

P. serrata (Engl.) P.I.Forst., P. stellarioides (Domin) P.I.Forst., P. travancorica (Bedd.) P.I.Forst., P.

tsavoensis (Grey-Wilson) P.I.Forst., P. vatsavayae (C.S.Reddy) P.I.Forst., P. verbi-divini (Everaarts)

P.I.Forst., P. vernonii (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst., P. volubilis (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst.) and one subspecies (P.

vernonii subsp. scabra (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst.) and a complete species nomenclator is provided for the

reinstated genus that encompasses 31 species.

Key Words: Violaceae; Afrohybanthus; Clelandia; Hybanthus; Pigea; Pigea adpressa; Pigea

aurantiaca; Pigea bennettiae; Pigea buxifolia; Pigea caffra; Pigea calycina; Pigea curvifolia;

Pigea cymulosa; Pigea danguyana; Pigea debilissima; Pigea decaryana; Pigea densifolia; Pigea

enneasperma; Pigea epacroides; Pigea fasciculata; Pigea floribunda; Pigea indica; Pigea latifolia;

Pigea monopetala; Pigea nyassensis; Pigea pseudodanguyana; Pigea puberula; Pigea ramosissima;

Pigea serrata; Pigea stellarioides; Pigea travancorica; Pigea tsavoensis,; Pigea vatsavayae; Pigea

vernonii; Pigea vernonii subsp. vernonii; Pigea vernonii subsp. scabra; Pigea volubilis; Vlamingia;

Africa flora; Australia flora; India flora; Madagascar flora; Malesia flora; New Guinea flora;

taxonomy; new combination

P.I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@des.qld.

gOv.au

(Africa,

Australian species of Violaceous

Asia (Indian subcontinent) and

Australia). The new generic grouping has

‘spade flower’ that were formerly included

in Hybanthus Jacq. (Bennett 1972; George

1982; Forster 1993) were reclassified into

a new genus Afrohybanthus Flicker based

on molecular analyses (Wahlert ef al. 2014)

with A. enneaspermus (L.) Flicker as the

type species (Flicker & Ballard 2015).

Afrohybanthus was somewhat an unfortunate

choice of generic name, given that the species

included in it occur on three continents

been widely accepted and several additional

species have been described or combined

into it (Kamble et al. 2016; Deshmukh 2017;

Messina 2020) since the initial transfer of

names (Flicker & Ballard 2015).

One Queensland species, Hybanthus

monopetalus (Schult.) Domin did not have a

combination in Afrohybanthus, there being

no mention of it in the molecular analyses of

the group (Wahlert et al. 2014) or in Flicker

Accepted for publication 3 February 2021, published online 24 March 2021

Forster, Pigea

& Ballard (2015). In preparing to make such

a combination, a check was made of earlier

names for this species; however, this revealed

three older validly published generic names,

the oldest of which 1s Pigea Ging.

Gingins de la Sarraz (1823) named

and defined Pigea in his ‘Violacearum

Generum Conspectus’ as “Stamina distincta.

Nectarotheca antice (nec postice) producta.

Lobis antherarum apice in setas productis”

with that in bold pertaining only to Pigea. This

is effectively valid publication of the generic

name Pigea based on Art. 38.2 (especially

Example 5) of the J/nternational Code of

Nomenclature... (ICN) (Turland eft al. 2018).

His ¢. 2, fig. 4 shows a flowering shoot tip and

floral dissection and relates to the caption

(Gingin 1823: 27), viz. “Developpement du

genre Pigea (analyse, d’apres nature sur

le sec, du Pigea filiformis — de Vherb. De

C.)’. As only P. filiformis is mentioned it 1s

automatically the type species of the genus.

The species P. filiformis can be considered

as validly published by Gingins de la Sarraz

(1823) even though there is no accompanying

description, as the genus at the time was

monotypic (Art. 38.5 of the ICN), the genus

name is validly published with a diagnosis

and there 1s an accompanying analysis, in this

instance a detailed illustration (Art. 38.8 &

Art. 38.9, the latter being the most pertinent

here, as Art. 38.8 may not strictly apply as the

caption given above is hardly an explanation).

This account of Pigea was expanded by

De Candolle (1824) with four species listed

(P. banksiana Ging. mss., P. calycina DC.

mss., P. filiformis DC. mss., P. monopetala

Ging. mss.; these equating to P. banksiana

Ging. ex DC., P. calycina DC., P. filiformis

Ging. and P. monopetala (Schult.) Ging. ex

DC. respectively); although no type species as

such was listed. Bennett (1972) gave “Type:

P. filiformis Ging. in DC.” and George (1982)

“Type: P. filiformis DC.”. The account in

the Prodromus [A.P. de Candolle] gives

the impression that authorship is solely by

A.P. de Candolle with Gingins de la Sarraz

acknowledged in a footnote at the start and

then at the bottom of p. 316. It may have been

Zi.

the case that De Candolle based much of the

account from an unpublished manuscript

of Gingins de la Sarraz; however, we will

probably never know for sure.

The name Pigea filiformis Ging. 1s a

taxonomic synonym of P. monopetala

(Schult.) Ging. ex DC. (Aybanthus

monopetalus (Schult.) Domin) (Bennett 1972;

George 1982). The name Pigea banksiana

Ging. ex DC. is a taxonomic synonym of

Afrohybanthus enneaspermus (L.) Flicker

(=Hybanthus enneaspermus (L.) F.Muell.;

Viola enneasperma L.) (Bennett 1972; George

1982), the type of the recently described

genus Afrohybanthus. Pigea calycina (as

Hybanthus calycinus (DC.) F.Muell.) and P.

monopetala (as Hybanthus monopetalus) are

both recognised species (George 1982), but

neither was mentioned by Flicker & Ballard

(2015).

Pigea is an earlier name for what has been

described as Afrohybanthus, as are Clelandia

J.M.Black and Vlamingia de Vriese. The use

of Pigea was recommended by Wahlert ef

al. (2014) for c. 10 species in Australia, New

Caledonia and other parts [not defined] of the

South Pacific; however, this was ignored by

Flicker & Ballard (2015). The required new

combinations of names are provided below

for the reinstated genus that covers species in

Africa, the Indian subcontinent, Malesia and

Australia. I have not included the three species

named in Hybanthus from New Caledonia (4.

austrocaledonicus (Viell.) Melch. |= lonidium

austrocaledonicum Viell.|, H. caledonicus

(Turcez.) Cretz. [= Alsodeia caledonica Turcz.|

and AH. micranthus Guillaumin) as these are

woody shrubs and require sequencing to infer

their generic placement.

Type information has been omitted

from this account as it is primarily covered

in Bennett (1972), George (1982), Grey-

Wilson (1986), Flicker & Ballard (2015) or in

subsequent cited publications. There remains

considerable research and decision making

in typification of some names and current

global conditions preclude easy searching of

European herbaria for possible types that are

not currently imaged and available via JSTOR

Global Plants. Typification of some Australian

taxa will be dealt with in a subsequent paper.

The status quo in terms of recognised species

is largely maintained (cf. George 1982; Flicker

& Ballard 2015), with a handful of subsequent

additions.

Taxonomy

Pigea Ging., Mem. Soc. Phys. Geneve 2(1):

27-28, t. 2, fig. 4 (1823).

Type: Pigea (filiformis Ging. [=Pigea

monopetala (Schult.) Ging. ex DC. ]

Vlamingia de Vriese, Pl. Preiss.

[J.G.C.Lehmann] 1: 398 (1845), syn. nov.

Type: Vlamingia australasica de Vriese |=

Pigea calycina DC.]

Clelandia J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy.

Soc. S. Austral. 56: 46 (1932), syn. nov. Type:

Clelandia convallis |= Pigea floribunda

Lindl.].

Afrohybanthus Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 43—44

(2015), syn. nov. Type: Viola enneasperma L.

[=Pigea enneasperma (L.) P.I.Forst.]

Flicker & Ballard (2015) can be referred

to for a generic description. The generic

descriptions for Hybanthus of both Bennett

(1972) and George (1982) are also adequate

for the Australian species included below.

Etymology: The word pigea is thought to be

based on the Greek pygia meaning buttocks.

This naming was perhaps an illusion by

Gingins de la Sarraz to the form of the stamens

in P. monopetala; however, this cannot be

corroborated. An alternative explanation 1s

that the word pigea is based upon the French

word piger and 1s the third person singular

form of that word. The word piger is derived

from pigeo (annoyance, reluctance); however,

any obvious relationship to its possible use for

the generic name remains obscure.

1. Pigea adpressa (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. et stat. nov.

Hybanthus floribundus subsp.

E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 233 (1972).

adpressus

Distribution: Australia.

Austrobaileya 11: 26—33 (2021)

Note: This taxon is elevated to species rank

based on the distinct character states outlined

by Bennett (1972) in her key to subspecies

when classified under Hybanthus floribundus.

Bennett (1972) did not indicate the presence of

populations that were intermediate between

her three subspecies. This hypothesis that

the three previously recognised subspecies of

H. floribundus are deserved of species rank

should be tested with modern population

genetics analyses.

2. Pigea aurantiaca (F.Muell. ex Benth.)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

lIonidium aurantiacum F.Muell. ex Benth., F7/.

Austral. 1: 102 (1863); Hybanthus aurantiacus

(F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell., Pl NW.

Australia 5 (1881); Hybanthus enneaspermus

var. aurantiacus (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F-Muell.,

Pl. Indig. Shark Bay 6 (1883).

Hybanthus miniatus F.Muell. & Tate, nom.

inval., pro syn., Trans. & Proc. Royal Soc. S.

Australia 19: 83 (1895).

Hybanthus elegans Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89:

430, t. 30 (1928).

Distribution: Australia.

3. Pigea bennettiae (R.L.Barrett) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Hybanthus bennettiae R.L.Barrett, Nuytsia

26: 81 (2015); Afrohybanthus bennettiae

(R.L.Barrett) Messina, Muelleria 39: 15

(2020).

Distribution: Australia.

4. Pigea buxifolia (Vent.) P.I.Forst., comb.

nov.

Ionidium buxifolium Vent., Jard. Malmaison:

sub pl. 27 (1803); Viola buxifolia (Vent.) Juss.,

in Poir., Encycl. [J. Lamarck & al.] 8: 646

(1808); Aybanthus buxifolius (Vent.) Baill.,

Bull., Soc. Linn. 1: 584 (1886); Afrohybanthus

buxifolius (Vent.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 44

(2015).

Distribution: Madagascar.

Forster, Pigea

5. Pigea caffra (Sond.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

lonidium caffrum Sond., Linnaea 23: 13 (1850);

Hybanthus caffra (Sond.) Engl., Bot. Jahrb.

Syst. 55: 400 (1919); Hybanthus enneaspermus

var. caffra (Sond.) Robson, Bol. Soc. Brot.

Ser. 2a, 32: 169 (1958); Afrohybanthus caffra

(Sond.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 44 (2015).

Distribution: African continent.

6. Pigea calycina DC., Prodr. [A.P. de

Candolle] 1: 307 (1824).

Solea calycina (DC.) Spreng., Syst. Veg.

Edn. 16 [Sprengel] 1: 804 (1824); Hybanthus

calycinus (DC.) F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 81

(1876); lonidium calycinum (DC.) Steud.,

Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel/, ed. 2, 1: 813 (1840);

Calceolaria calycina (DC.) Benth., Prodr.

[A.P. de Candolle] 10: 211 (1846); Calceolaria

calycina (DC.) Kuntze, nom. illeg., nom.

superfi., Revis. Gen. PI. 1: 41 (1891).

Pigea glauca Endl., Enum. Pl. [Endlicher]

5 (1837); lonidium glaucum (End.) Steud.,

Nomencl. Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2, 1: 813 (1840).

Vlamingia australasiaca de Vriese, PI. Preiss.

[J.G.C. Lehmann] \(3): 399 (1845).

Distribution: Australia.

7. Pigea curvifolia (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. et stat. nov.

Hybanthus floribundus subsp. curvifolius

E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 234 (1972).

Distribution: Australia.

Note: This taxon is elevated to species rank

based on the distinct character states outlined

by Bennett (1972) in her key to subspecies

when classified under Hybanthus floribundus.

Bennett (1972) did not indicate the presence of

populations that were intermediate between

her three subspecies.

8. Pigea cymulosa (C.A.Gardner) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Hybanthus cymulosus C.A.Gardner, J. Roy.

Soc. Western Australia 22: 125 (1936).

Distribution: Australia.

9, Pigea danguyana (H.Perrier) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Hybanthus danguyanus H.Perrier, Mem.

Inst. Sci. Madagascar, Sér. B. Biol. Veg.

2: 313 (1949); Afrohybanthus danguyanus

(H.Perrier) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 45 (2015).

Distribution: Madagascar.

10. Pigea debilissima (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Hybanthus debilissimus F.Muell., Fragm. 11:

4 (1878); lonidium debilissimum F.Muell.,

nom. inval., pro syn., Fragm. 11: 4 (1878);

Calceolaria debilissima (F.Muell.) Kuntze,

Revis. Gen. PI. 1: 41 (1891).

Distribution: Australia.

11. Pigea decaryana (H.Perrier) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Hybanthus decaryanus H.Perrier, Mem. Inst.

Sci. Madagascar, Ser. B. Biol. Veg. 2: 313

(1949); Afrohybanthus decaryanus (H.Perrier)

Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 46 (2015).

Distribution: Madagascar.

12. Pigea densifolia (Engl.) P.J.Forst., comb.

nov.

Hybanthus densifolius Eng]\., Bot. Jahrb. Syst.

55: 398 (1919); Afrohybanthus densifolius

(Engl.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 47 (2015).

Distribution: African continent (Namibia).

13. Pigea enneasperma (L.) P.I.Forst., comb.

nov.

Viola enneasperma L., Sp. Pl. 2: 927 (1753);

Ionidium enneaspermum (1L.) Vent., Jard.

Malmaison \(5): sub. pl. 27 (1803); Hybanthus

enneaspermus (L.) F.Muell., Fragm. 10:

81 (1876); Hybanthus enneaspermus var.

enneaspermus, F.Muell., Pl. Indig. Shark

Bay 6 (1883); Calceolaria enneasperma (L.)

Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 1: 41 (1891); Hybanthus

enneaspermus {. enneaspermus, Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429 (1928); Hybanthus

enneaspermus subsp. enneaspermus,

E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 228 (1972);

Afrohybanthus enneaspermus (L.) Flicker,

Phytotaxa 230: 47 (2015).

"Viola suffruticosa L., Sp. Pl. 937 (1753);

Ionidium suffruticosum (L.) Schult., Syst.

Veg., Edn. 15 bis [Roemer & Schultes] 5: 394

(1819).

"Viola linifolia Juss., in Poir., Encyc. [J.

Lamarck & al.] 8: 647 (1808); lonidium

linifolium (Juss.) Schult., Syst. Veg., Edn. 15

bis [Roemer & Schultes] 55: 392 (1819).

"Viola thesiifolia Juss., in Poir., Encycl. [J.

Lamarck & al.] 8: 649 (1808); Jonidium

thesiifolium (Juss.) Schult., Syst. Veg., Edn. 15

bis [Roemer & Schultes] 5: 398 (1819).

Pigea banksiana Ging. ex DC., Prodr.

[A.P. de Candolle] 1: 307 (1824); lonidium

banksianum (Ging. ex DC.) Steud., Nomencl.

Bot. [Steudel], ed. 2, 1(7): 813 (1840);

Hybanthus enneaspermus var. banksianus

(Ging. ex DC.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429

(1928).

"Ionidium hexaspermum Dalz., Hooker’s J.

Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 4: 342 (1852).

"Ionidium aethiopicum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp.

Naturalistes Moscou 27(2): 339 (1854).

"Ionidium hirtum Klotsch, Naturw. Reise

Mossambique [Peters] 6(Bot. 1): 148 (1861);

Ionidium enneaspermum var. — hirtum

(Klotzsch) Oliv., Fl. Trop. Afr. 1: 106 (1868);

Hybanthus hirtus (Klotsch) Engl., Bot. Jahrb.

Syst. 55: 399 (1919).

Hybanthus enneaspermus f. angustifolius

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429 (1928).

Distribution: African continent, Australia,

Malesia (New Guinea, Philippines), Indian

subcontinent (India, Sri Lanka).

Notes: As_ presently circumscribed, this

widespread ‘species’ 1s highly variable.

Grey-Wilson (1981, 1986) recognised eight

varieties in tropical East Africa, although five

of them were recognised at species rank by

Flicker & Ballard (2015) and this 1s followed

here. A very extensive species Synonymy was

given by Tennant (1963) under Hybanthus

enneaspermus but was not followed by Grey-

Wilson (1981, 1986) in her account of the

genus in the Flora of Tropical East Africa

(FTEA). None of these synonymous names

(from areas outside of the FTEA geographic

Austrobaileya 11: 26—33 (2021)

scope) were listed in synonymy of Grey-

Wilson’s varieties, and none were referred

to by Flicker & Ballard (2015), so it 1s as yet

unclear whether some may be synonymous

with the five taxa they raised to species rank.

Some names given in synonymy by Flicker

& Ballard (2015) are referred with caution

(indicated ” above) as I have not examined the

types.

A number of bibliographic errors in

relation to the synonymy given by Flicker

& Ballard (2015) have been omitted above.

Names published by Baillon (1886: 584)

appear to be based on the same epithet, but not

published by the same author (e.g. Hybanthus

linifolius (DC.) Baill. based on Jonidium

linifolium DC., rather than /. linifolium (Juss.)

Schult). These errors appear to be based on

not referring to the original publications and

merely lining up identical epithets that are

not necessarily based on the same types. This

remains very much a mess in terms of how

the names are listed in IPNI and 1s beyond the

scope of the current paper.

In the Australian circumscription, this

species has been referred to previously

as Pigea banksiana (De Candolle 1824),

Hybanthus enneaspermus (Mueller 1876;

Domin 1928; Bennett 1972; George 1982)

and lonidium suffruticosum (Bentham 1863;

Bailey 1899, 1913).

14. Pigea epacroides (C.A.Gardner) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Ionidium epacroides C.A.Gardner, J. & Proc.

Roy. Soc. Western Australia 9: 35 (1923);

Hybanthus epacroides (C.A.Gardner) Melch.,

Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2 [Engler & Prantl] 21:

360 (1925).

Hybanthus bilobus C.A.Gardner, J. & Proc.

Roy. Soc. Western Australia 9: 86 (1923).

Hybanthus floribundus var. minutifolius

F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 82 (1876).

Distribution: Australia.

Note: Hybanthus bilobus was reduced to the

synonymy of H. epacroides by George (1982)

and this is followed here.

Forster, Pigea

15. Pigea fasciculata (Grey-Wilson) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Hybanthus _fasciculatus Grey-Wilson,

Kew Bull. 36: 110 (1981); Afrohybanthus

fasciculatus (Grey-Wilson) Flicker, Phytotaxa

230: 48 (2015).

Distribution: African continent.

16. Pigea floribunda Lindl., in T.Mitch.,

Three Exped. Australia [Mitchell] 2: 164

(1838).

Ionidium floribundum (Lindl.) Walp..,

Repert. Bot. Syst. 2: 767 (1843); Hybanthus

floribundus (Lindl.) F.Muell., Fragm. 10:

81 (1876); Calceolaria floribunda (Lindl.)

Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 1:41 (1891), nom. illeg.,

non Kunth (1818); AHybanthus floribundus

subsp. floribundus, E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 233

(1972).

Ionidium australasiae Behr, Linnaea 20: 629

(1847).

Tonidium multiflorum Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp.

Naturalistes Moscou 27: 340 (1854).

Ionidium brevilabre Benth., F7. Austral. 1:

102 (1863); Aybanthus brevlabris (Benth.)

Domin, Mem. Soc. Sci. Boheme 192]—22, No.

2: 74 (1923).

Clelandia convallis J.M.Black, Trans. &

Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austral. 56: 46 (1932).

Distribution: Australia.

17. Pigea indica (S.K.Kamble & Patil)

P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

Afrohybanthus indicus S.K.Kamble & Patil,

Phytotaxa 252: 69—71 (2016).

Distribution: Indian subcontinent (India).

18. Pigea latifolia (De Wild.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. et stat. nov.

Ionidium enneaspermum var. latifolium

De Wild., Pl. Thonn. Congol. 2: 238 (1911);

Hybanthus enneaspermus vat. latifolius (De

Wild.) Engl., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 55: 398 (1919);

Hybanthus latifolius (De Wild.) A.Chev.,

Fl. Afrique Occ. Franc. 1: 228 (1938);

Afrohybanthus latifolius (De Wild.) Flicker,

Phytotaxa 230: 48 (2015).

Distribution: African continent.

19, Pigea monopetala (Schult.) Ging. ex DC.,

Prodr. [A.P. de Candolle] 1: 307 (1824).

Ionidium monopetalum Schult., Syst. Veg.,

Edn. 15 bis [Roemer & Schultes] 5: 400 (1819);

Solea monopetala (Schult.) Spreng., Syst. Veg.

Edn. 16 [Sprengel] |: 804 (1824); Calceolaria

monopetala (Schult.) Hochr. ex Britten, Bot.

Cook Voy. 7 (1900), nom. inval., nom. nud.;

Hybanthus monopetalus (Schult.) Domain,

Biblioth. Bot. 89: 430 (1928); Hybanthus

monopetalus var. normalis Domin, Biblioth.

Bot. 89: 431 (1928), nom. inval.

Pigea filiformis Ging., Meém. Soc. Phys.

Geneve 2(1): 27-28, t. 2, fig. 4 (1823); lonidium

filiforme (Ging.) F.Muell., Pl. Vict. 1: 66

(1862); Hybanthus filiformis (Ging.) F.Muell.,

Fragm., 10: 81 (1876); Calceolaria filiformis

(Ging.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI. 1: 41 (1891).

Ionidium linearioides C.Presl, Bot. Bemerk.

12 (1845).

Hybanthus tatei F.Muell. ex Tate, Fi.

Extratrop. S. Australia 19 (1890); Hybanthus

tatei F.Muell., nom. inval., nom. nud., Trans.

Proc. & Rep. Roy. Soc. South Australia 4: 102

(1882); F-Muell., Second Syst. Cens. Austral.

Pl. 11 (1889); Calceolaria tatei (F.Muell. ex

Tate) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. 1: 41 (1891).

Hybanthus monopetalus’ var. abbreviatus

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 431 (1928).

Distribution: Australia.

20. Pigea nyassensis (Eng!].) P.I.Forst., comb.

nov.

Ionidium nyassense Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-

Afr. C 277 (1895); Hybanthus nyassensis

(Engl.) Engl., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 55: 400 (1919);

Hybanthus enneaspermus var. nyassensis

(Engl.) N.Robson, Bol. Soc. Brot. Ser. 2A 32:

168 (1958).

Distribution: African continent.

21. Pigea pseudodanguyana (Grey-Wilson)

P.I.Forst., comb. et stat. nov.

Hybanthus enneaspermus vat.

pseudodanguyanus Grey-Wilson, Kew

Bull. 39: 771 (1984); Afrohybanthus

pseudodanguyanus (Grey-Wilson) Flicker,

Phytotaxa 230: 48 (2015).

Distribution: African continent.

22. Pigea puberula (M.G.Gilbert) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Hybanthus puberulus M.G.Gilbert, Nordic J.

Bot. 12: 691 (1992); Afrohybanthus puberulus

(M.G.Gilbert) U.B.Deshmukh, NeBio 8: 260

(2017).

Distribution: African continent.

23. Pigea ramosissima (Thwaites) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Ionidium ramosissimum Thwaites, Enum.

Pl. Zeyl. [Thwaites] 21 (1858); Hybanthus

ramosissimus (Thwaites) Melch., Nat.

Pflanzenfam., ed. 2 [Engler & Prantl] 21:

360 (1925); Afrohybanthus ramosissimus

(Thwaites) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 48 (2015).

Distribution: Indian subcontinent (Sri

Lanka).

24. Pigea serrata (Engl.) P.I.Forst., comb. et

Stat. nov.

Hybanthus enneaspermus vat. serratus Engl.,

Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 55: 398 (1919); Afrohybanthus

serratus (Engl.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 49

(2015).

Distribution: African continent.

25. Pigea stellarioides (Domin) P.I.Forst.,

comb. et stat. nov.

Hybanthus enneaspermus var. stellarioides

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429 (1928);

Hybanthus enneaspermus subsp. stellarioides

(Domin) E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 229 (1972);

Hybanthus stellarioides (Domin) P.I.Forst.,

Muelleria 8: 18 (1993); Afrohybanthus

stellarioides (Domin) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230:

50 (2015) [in error as (P.Forster) Flicker].

Hybanthus enneaspermus f. flavus Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429 (1928).

Hybanthus enneaspermus {f. pubescens

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 429 (1928).

Distribution: Australia, Malesia (New

Guinea).

Austrobaileya 11: 26—33 (2021)

26. Pigea travancorica (Bedd.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Ionidium travancoricum Bedd., [con. Pl. Ind.

Or. [Beddome] 55 (1874); Afrohybanthus

travancoricus (Bedd.) Flicker, Phytotaxa 230:

50 (2015).

Distribution: Indian subcontinent (India).

27. Pigea tsavoensis (Grey-Wilson) P.I.Forst.,

comb. et stat. nov.

Hybanthus enneaspermus var. tsavoensis

Grey-Wilson, Kew Bull. 36: 106 (1981);

Afrohybanthus tsavoensis (Grey-Wilson)

Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 51 (2015).

Distribution: African subcontinent.

28. Pigea vatsavayae (C.S.Reddy) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Hybanthus vatsavayae C.S.Reddy, J. Econ.

Taxon. Bot. 25: 219 (2001); Afrohybanthus

vatsavayae (as “vastavayii’’) (C.S.Reddy)

U.B.Desmukh, NeBIO 8: 260 (2017); A.

vatsavayae (C.S.Reddy) Kottaim, /nt. J. Curr.

Res. Biosci. Pl. Biol. 6(10): 41 (2019), nom.

superfi.

Distribution: Indian subcontinent (India).

29. Pigea verbi-divini (Everaarts) P.I.Forst.,

comb. et stat. nov.

Hybanthus enneaspermus var. verbi-divini

Everaarts, Fl. Malesiana 7: 831 (1971);

Afrohybanthus — verbi-divini _ (Everaarts)

Flicker, Phytotaxa 230: 52 (2015).

Distribution: Malesia (Indonesia).

30. Pigea vernonii (F.Muell.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Ionidium vernonii F.Muell., Pl. Victoria 1:

223 (1862); Hybanthus vernonii (F.Muell.)

F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 81 (1876); Calceolaria

vernonii (F.Muell.) Kuntze, Revis. Gen. PI.

1: 41 (1891); Hybanthus enneaspermus vat.

vernonii (F.Muell.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89: 428 (1928); AHybanthus vernonii subsp.

vernonii, E.LM.Benn., Nuytsia 1: 238 (1972).

Distribution: Australia.

Forster, Pigea

Note: | have retained for now the two

subspecies recognised by Bennett (1972) as

the character states outlined are relatively

minor and pertain to indumentum cover

and leaf shape. More intensive research 1s

required to determine if these two subspecies

are worthy of specific rank.

30a. Pigea vernonii subsp. vernonii

30b. Pigea vernonii — subsp.

(E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst., comb. nov.

scabra

Hybanthus vernonii subsp. scaber E.M.Benn.,

Nuytsia 1: 240 (1972).

31. Pigea volubilis (E.M.Benn.) P.I.Forst.,

comb. nov.

Hybanthus volubilis E.M.Benn., Nuytsia 1:

236 (1972).

Distribution: Australia.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful for comments on the manuscript

by Tony Bean, Peter Bostock and Gordon

Guymer (all BRI).

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1899). lonidium. In The Queensland Flora

1: 63-64. H.J. Diddams & Co.: Brisbane.

— (1913). lonidium. In Comprehensive Catalogue

of the Queensland Flora. A.J. Cumming:

Brisbane.

BAILLON, M.H. (1886). Liste des plantes de Madagascar.

Violaceae. Bulletin Mensuel de la Société

Linnéenne de Paris \(73): 582-585.

BENNETT, E.M. (1972). A revision of the Australian

species of Hybanthus Jacquin (Violaceae).

Nuytsia 1: 218-241.

BENTHAM G. (1863). lonidium. In Flora Australiensis |:

101-104. L. Reeve & Co.: London.

De CANDOLLE, A.P. (1824). Violarieae. Prodromus

systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis 1: 287-

316. Paris: Treuttel et Wiirtz: Paris.

DESHMUKH, U.B. (2017). Two new combinations in the

genus Afrohybanthus (Violaceae) in India.

NeBlO 8(4): 260.

Domi, K. (1928). Hybanthus. In Beitrdge zur flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 89: 982-985. E. Schweizerbart:

Stuttgart.

FLICKER, B.J. & BALLARD, H.E. (2015). Afrohybanthus

(Violaceae), a new genus for a distinctive and

widely distributed Old World hybanthoid

lineage. Phytotaxa 230: 39-53.

Forster, PJ. (1993). Hybanthus stellarioides new

combination (Violaceae), a widespread species

from eastern Australia and Papua New Guinea.

Muelleria 8: 17-19.

GEORGE, A.S. (1982). Hybanthus. In A.S. George (ed.),

Flora of Australia 8: 100-109. Australian

Government Publishing Service: Canberra.

GINGINS DE LA SARRAZ, F.C.J. (1823). Mémoire sur la

famille des Violacees. Mémoires de la Sociéte

de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle de Genéve

2(1): 1-28.

GREY-WILSON, C. (1981). Notes on African Violaceae.

Kew Bulletin 36: 103-126.

— (1986). Violaceae. In R.M. Polhill (ed.), Flora

of Tropical East Africa. A.A. Balkema:

Rotterdam/Boston.

KAMBLE, S.K., FORSTER, P.J. & PATIL, B.J. (2016).

Afrohybanthus indicus (Violaceae): a new

species from Maharashtra, India. Phytotaxa

252: 69-72.

Messina, A. (2020). Afrohybanthus — bennettiae

(Violaceae) a new combination for a rare violet

from the Kimberley region. Muelleria 39: 15.

MUELLER, F.M. (1876). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 10(85): 81. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

TENNANT, J.R. (1963). Notes on Tropical African

Violaceae. Kew Bulletin 16: 409—435.

TURLAND, N.J., WIERSEMA, J.H., BARRIE, F.R., GREUTER,

W., HAWKSworRTH, D.L., HERENDEEN, P.S.,

KNAPP, S., KUSBER, W.-H., L1, D.-Z., MARHOLD,

K., May, T.W., McNEILL, J.. Monro, A.M.,

PRADO, J., PRicE, M.J. & SMITH, G.F. (eds.)

(2018). International Code of Nomenclature

for algae, fungi, and plants (Shenzhen Code)

adopted by the Nineteenth International

Botanical Congress Shenzhen, China, July

2017. Regnum Vegetabile 159. Koeltz Botanical

Books: Glashiitten.

WAHLERT, G.A., MARCUSSEN, T., DE PAULA-SOUZA, J.,

FENG, M. & BALLARD, H.E. (2014). A phylogeny

of the Violaceae (Malpighiales) inferred from

plastid DNA sequences: implications for generic

diversity and = intrafamilial classification.

Systematic Botany 39: 239-252.

Ehretia dissita A.R.Bean (Ehretiaceae), a new species

from tropical rainforest in Queensland, Australia

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2021). Ehretia dissita A.R.Bean (Ehretiaceae), a new species from tropical rainforest in

Queensland, Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 34—40. Ehretia dissita is described as new and compared

to its putative closest relative EL. membranifolia. A key to the Australian species of Ehretia, and

images of domatia, leaf venation and flower types are provided. Notes are given on floral dimorphism,

conservation status, habitat and phenology. The new species is known from three subpopulation

centres in the Wet Tropics and Central Queensland Coast bioregions.

Key Words: Ehretiaceae; Ehretia; Ehretia dissita; Queensland flora; new species; taxonomy;

identification key

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov.

Introduction

The genus Ehretia P.Browne has between

33 and 40 species (Retief & Van Wyk 2001;

Gottschling et al. 2016), distributed in the

tropics of both the Old and New World. It

has sometimes been included in the family

Boraginaceae, but phylogenetic studies

advocate its placement in the separate family

Ehretiaceae (Weigend ef a/. 2014; Gottschling

et al. 2016; Luebert et al. 2016). Mainland

Australia has five named species (CHAH

2020; Thompson 2020): E. acuminata R.Br.,

E. grahamii Randell, E. membranifolia

R.Br. (Sometimes referred to as EF. saligna

var. membranifolia (R.Br.) Randell), £.

microphylla Lam. and E. saligna R.Br. In

addition to these, an unnamed species has

been recognised for many years from the

high-rainfall areas of tropical Queensland

with the phrase name Ehretia sp. (Whitfield

Range R.Jago 17) (Holland 1997; Halford

2002; Thompson 2007, 2010, 2020). The latter

is named here as Ehretia dissita A.R.Bean,

with a distribution map, images of domatia,

leaf venation and flower types, and notes on

conservation status, habitat and phenology.

A key to the Australian species of Ehreftia 1s

provided.

Materials and methods

This paper is based on an examination of

specimens at BRI. Descriptions of flowers

and fruits are based on material preserved in

70% alcohol and glycerol, while other plant

structures were described or measured from

dried specimens.

Abbreviations used in the specimen

citations include NP/NPR (National Park/

National Park Reserve), SFR (State Forest

Reserve), Mt (Mountain) and TR (Timber

Reserve). Measurements are inclusive (1.e.

1.0—2.7 is given as |—2.7).

Taxonomy

Ehretia dissita A.R.Bean sp. nov. with

affinity to E. membranifolia but differing by

the much sparser indumentum on the calyx,

the raised tertiary venation on the underside

of the leaves, the ‘pocket’-type domatia and

the shorter petioles. Typus: Queensland.

Cook DISTRICT: “Painted Forest”, near Cedar

Park rainforest resort, off Clohesy River road,

22 April 2002, A. Ford AF 3349 & J. Holmes

(holo: BRI [AQ559157: 1 sheet + spirit];

iso: CNS; A, AD, CANB, K, MEL, NSW,

distribuendi).

Accepted for publication 3 February 2021, published online 24 March 2021

Bean, Ehretia dissita

Ehretia sp. (Whitfield Range R.Jago 17);

Holland (1997: 35); Halford (2002: 35);

Thompson (2007: 34, 2010: 29, 2020).

Ehretia sp. (Whitfield Range); Cooper &

Cooper (2004: 94).

Ehretia sp. Whitfield Range (R.Jago 17) Qld

Herbarium; CHAH (2006).

Shrub or small tree 3—7 m high, all vegetative

parts glabrous except domatia. Leaves simple,

alternate. Lamina elliptic to ovate, 78—125

x 29-47 mm, 2.3-3.2 times longer than

wide, discolorous, penninerved, with the

secondary veins looping inside the margin

and not forming a distinct intramarginal vein,

tertiary veins reticulate, prominent and raised

on the lower surface (in dried material);

domatia sometimes absent, but often present

(“pockets” at vein angles, with a few hairs

at the opening of the pocket); apex acute

to attenuate, base cuneate, margins entire;

glands and nectaries absent. Petioles 6—13 mm

long, 6—14% length of lamina. Inflorescence

a terminal or lateral paniculate cyme, 20—50

mm long. Inflorescence axis and pedicels not

noticeably flattened or ribbed, very sparsely

hairy with simple hairs < 0.1 mm long. Flowers

dimorphic (short-styled or long-styled), calyx

5-merous, gamosepalous, pedicels 1—2.8 mm

long. Calyx tube hemispherical, 0.5—0.8 mm

long, with sparse simple hairs < 0.1 mm long

on outer surface; calyx lobes deltate, 0.5—1

mim long, all + equal, with sparse simple hairs

< 0.1 mm long on outer surface, apex obtuse.

Corolla 5-merous, gamopetalous, corolla tube

cylindrical, glabrous; corolla lobes spreading,

obtuse, 1.9—2.4 mm long, glabrous apart from

a few marginal cilia. Stamens 5, all fertile,

exserted, antesepalous; basal part of filaments

adnate to the corolla tube for c. 0.8 mm, free

part of filaments glabrous; anthers versatile,

0.6-1 mm long, dehiscing by longitudinal

slits. Ovary superior, syncarpous, 2-locular;

style glabrous, deeply bifid, stigmas 2. Short-

styled flowers with corolla tube 1.9—2.3 mm

long, free part of staminal filaments 2—2.3

mim long, style 0.7—0.9 mm long. Long-styled

flowers with corolla tube I—1.3 mm long, free

part of staminal filaments 0.8—1 mm long,

style 1.7-2.2 mm long. Fruit indehiscent,

drupaceous, globose to slightly oblate, 5.5—6.5

mm long, 6.5—8 mm diameter, glabrous, red

(Lyons 106) or white (Jago 5222) at maturity;

calyx persistent at base of fruit, not expanded

or lengthened compared to the flowering

stage; the drupe separating at maturity into

4 pyrenes, each containing | seed. Figs. 1-4.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook

District: Turtle Creek, Macalister Range, 3 km NW

of Wangetti, Dec 2000, Ford AF 2552 & Holmes (BRI);

Hill behind Cairns campus of James Cook University,

Sep 1998, Jago 4994 & Gadek (BRI); Hills behind JCU,

Smithfield, Apr 1998, Jago 5222 (BRI); Bottom of the

Kuranda Range, Oct 1987, Sankowsky 651 & Sankowsky

(BRI); c. 2 km W of the Kennedy Highway between

Kuranda & Mareeba, Jun 1999, Jago 5292 & Wannan

(BRI); Cairns, between Palm Cove & Clifton Beach,

Dec 1992, Lyons 127 (BRI); Fitzroy Island, Feb 2002,

Jago 6182 & Gandini (BRI); Cairns, S end of Nisbet

Range, Sep 1992, Lyons 122 (BRI); Brown Creek, beside

Yarrabah road, E of Cairns, Nov 1994, Lyons 154 (BRI);

Cairns, 1.5 km N of Mt Yarrabah, Brown Creek, Dec

1991, Lyons 106 (BRI); Whitfield Range near Cairns,

Dec 1977, Jago /I7 (BRI); Barron River gorge, near

footbridge, Jan 2000, Ford 2322 (BRI). NORTH KENNEDY

District: Jourama NP, 20 km S of Ingham, Feb 1992,

Bean 3968 (BRI; MEL, distribuendi); SER 268, Seaview

Range, Waterview Creek, 400 m N W of Peak “772”, Dec

2002, Ford 3739 & Holmes (BRI); NPR 629, Paluma

Range, Rollingstone Creek (east branch), May 2003,

Ford AF3900 (BRI). SoUTH KENNEDY DiIstTRIcT: Black

Mt area, c. 7 km NW of Koumala, Sep 1993, Champion

871 (BRI); Black Mt, WNW of Koumala township, Mar

1996, Champion 1344 & Canning (BRI; CANB, DNA,

MEL, NSW, distribuendi); TR 179, Kalvin, 6 km W

of Koumala, Apr 1991, Forster PIFS&043 & McDonald

(BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Ehretia dissita

is known from three broad areas; Cairns

and hinterland, the Paluma Range NW of

Townsville, and the Connors Range to the

west of Koumala (Map 1). It grows in simple

or complex notophyll rainforest or at the

boundary between rainforest and open forest.

Souls are shallow over a variety of substrates

at altitudes ranging from 10 to 740 metres.

Phenology: Flowers have been collected in

most months of the year, but mainly November

to March; fruits have been collected in April,

September and December.

Affinities: Ehretia dissita is morphologically

similar to £. membranifolia. The flowers of

these two species are about the same size,

shape and colour, and in both species are either

short-styled or long-styled. Mature fruits of

E. dissita are apparently either red or white;

36 Austrobaileya 11: 34—40 (2021)

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

= Hriehane Australia

i. : = Queensland: Cook District. AQ 927000

16° 53’ Ss, 145° 50" &, Alt. 100 m.

C. Lyons 154 1 November 1994

Queensland Herbarium (BRI)

. T ' 4 K TLE Pod

Brown Creek, beside Yarrabah road, 5

E. of Cairns. . ie

Border between rainforest and dense oF :

sclerophyll forest. '

Alluvium from granite.

PAASOAS Date -|

Shrub to 6 m.. Underside of leaf pale

green becoming pale bluish grey green

with age; new leaves maroon. Flowers

dioecious, (female) with slightly

pungent, musty aroma; calyx green;

corolla greenish white to white,

lobes reflexed, revolute; style

white,

i 9g

pevieses jUBUAdOS

Flowering times erratic.

Plus flowers in F.A.A..

nt,

(U3

Sar

Fig. 1. Representative specimen of Ehretia dissita (Lyons 154, BRI).

Bean, Ehretia dissita 37

Fig. 2. Pocket-type domatia and raised tertiary venation on the underside of a leaf of Ehretia dissita (Sankowsky 651

& Sankowsky, BRI).

Fig. 3. Short-styled flowers of Ehretia dissita (Lyons 122, BRI).

Austrobaileya 11: 34-40 (2021)

Ae, 4 e

Fig. 4. Long-styled flowers of Ehretia dissita (Lyons 154, BRI).

mature fruits of E. membranifolia are often

described as red, but several collectors give

the mature colour as black. Ehretia dissita

differs from E£. membranifolia by the raised

tertiary venation on the lower leaf surface

(Fig. 2), the much sparser indumentum on

the calyx, and the petioles 6—14% of the

lamina length (19—45% of lamina length for

E. membranifolia). Both species can have

domatia on the lower leaf surface, but those of

E. dissita are the ‘pocket’ type (Fig. 2), while

E. membranifolia has ‘pit’ domatia.

Notes: All the flowers on a given herbarium

specimen of Ehretia dissita are either short-

styled (Fig. 3) with reduced style and long

staminal filaments, or long-styled (Fig. 4) with

short staminal filaments and style exceeding

anthers. It 1s not known whether this pattern of

dimorphism can be extrapolated to the whole

plant, nor whether the short-styled flowers are

functionally male.

According to the label of Lyons 106 (BRI),

the mature fruits are Juicy and sweet to taste.

Conservation status: Least concern (IUCN

2012). There are an estimated 14 known

subpopulations of this species, all in rainforest

habitat, several of which are within National

Park land tenure. There are no apparent

significant threats.

Etymology: From the Latin dissitus meaning

‘removed’. This is a reference to the species

being geographically and_ ecologically

separated from all other Australian Ehretia

species except £. acuminata.

Bean, Ehretia dissita 39

Key to the Australian species of Ehretia

1 Leaves and branchlets sparsely to densely hairy. ..........0...0.. 0.20084 2

1. Leaves and branchlets glabrous (except for hairy domatia) ................. 5

2 Leaves 120-180 x 55-100 mm; inflorescences 130-170 mm long. ...... E. acuminata

2. Leaves 15—45 x 5-32 mm; inflorescences 7-15 mm long .................. 3

3 Leaves strongly lobed in upper half; sepals longer than fruits. ....... E. microphylla

3. Leaves entire, or appearing + denticulate throughout due to tuberculate

hairs on mareins: sepals shorter than TfultS =. + a cee ow we BO RR ek wee 4

4 Tuberculate hairs frequent on upper leaf surface. ................ E. grahami

4. Tuberculate hairs absent or =infrequent on upper leaf

SUPEACEL ypc et) ee vale ae tae eed he ona UES Oa Lo ope eet one E. grahamii X E. membranifolia

S. LearanarcinstOO tied sec wep bd age 04 6 pees Be 2, xa uo ¢ SE Mew oy SE ve hes E. acuminata

Do, ICAL MAnCINS CNUTe <5 eS la ws ee hos es pe Mlle we pea ee wr oA Here ot ant See tgs ey ele 6

6 Leaves 9—23 times longer than wide, tertiary venation invisible or obscure. . . . E. saligna

6. Leaves 1.5—7 times longer than wide, tertiary venation readily visible ........... 7

7 ‘Tertiary venation raised on lower surface; petioles 8-14% length of lamina ... E. dissita

7. ‘Tertiary venation flush with lower surface; petioles 19-45% lengthof ............

PATI Se screed mere ole week ES Oho, aly als mene alegre ri Eoe fmt a meene nisl wd, es E. membranifolia

Acknowledgements HOLLAND, A.E. (1997). Boraginaceae. In R.J.

I am grateful to Lorna Ngugi (BRI) for the

photographs of the various plant parts, and

Frank Zich (CNS) for helpful comments on

the manuscript.

References

CHAH (2006). Australian Plant Census. Council of Heads

of Australian Herbaria. https://id.biodiversity.

org.au/instance/apni/616175, accessed 18

January 2021.

—— (2020). Australian Plant Census. Council of Heads

of Australasian Herbaria. https://biodiversity.

org.au/nsl/services/APC, accessed 19 October

2020.

CoOopPER, W.T. & COOPER, W. (2004). Fruits of the

Australian Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis

Editions: Melbourne.

GOTTSCHLING, M., WEIGEND, M. & HILGER, H.H. (2016).

Ehretiaceae. In J.W. Kadereit & B. Volker (eds.),

The families and genera of Vascular Plants 14:

165-178. Springer International Publishing:

Switzerland.

HALForRD, D. (2002). Boraginaceae. In R.J. Henderson

(ed.), Names and distribution of Queensland

Plants, Algae and Lichens, p. 35. Queensland

Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency:

Brisbane.

Henderson (ed.), Queensland Plants: names

and distribution, p. 35. Queensland Herbarium,

Department of Environment: Brisbane.

Iucn (2012). International Union for the Conservation of

Nature. IUCN Red List categories and Criteria:

Version 3.1, 2" edition. https://www.iucnredlist.

org/resources/categories-and-criteria, accessed

20 October 2020.

LUEBERT, F. et al. (2016) [= Boraginales Working Group. |

Familial classification of the Boraginales.

Taxon 65: 502-522.

RETIEF E. & VAN Wyk, A.E. (2001). The genus Ehretia

(Boraginaceae: Ehretioideae) in southern

Africa. Bothalia 31: 923.

THOMPSON E.J. (2007). Boraginaceae. In P.D. Bostock &

A.E. Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland

Flora, p. 34. Queensland Herbarium,

Environmental Protection Agency: Brisbane.

— (2010). Boraginaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.

Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora,

p. 29. Queensland Herbarium, Department

of Environment and Resource Management:

Brisbane.

Austrobaileya 11: 34-40 (2021)

—— (2020). Boraginaceae. In G.K. Brown & P.D. WEIGEND, M., LUEBERT, F., GOTTSCHLING, M.,

Bostock (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora

2020. Queensland Department of Environment

and Science, Queensland Government. https://

www.data.qld.gov.au/dataset/census-of-the-

queensland-flora-2020, accessed 24 December

2020.

EY 146 E 149 E

7 : |

; a Cairns

f (,

and

£18S_}.

COUVREUR, I.L.P., HILGER, H.H. & MILLER, J.S.

(2014), From capsules to nutlets—phylogenetic

relationships in the Boraginales. Cladistics 30:

508-518.

| e

——

Map 1. Distribution of Ehretia dissita in three subpopulation centres.

Austrobaileya 11: 41-44 (2021)

SHORT COMMUNICATION

Cymbopogon procerus (R.Br.) Domin, the

correct name for Schizachyrium mitchelliana

B.K.Simon (Poacaeae: Andropogoneae), and

lectotypification of Andropogon exaltatus R.Br.

E.J. Thompson & Paul I. Forster

Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt

Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: john.thompson@des.qld.gov.au; paul.

forster@des.qld.gov.au

During research by the first author on

cleistogamy (self-fertilisation within a flower

that never opens) in Australian grasses it was

observed that herbarium specimens of most

Australian species of Schizachyrium Nees at

BRI have cleistogamous spikelets and few

specimens have chasmogamous spikelets.

Examination of the only specimen, the type

collection, of S. mitchelliana B.K.Simon on

loan from PERTH revealed the spikelets to

be chasmogamous arousing some curiosity

about the identification of the specimen. The

relatively large fasciculate inflorescences

at first impression seemed inconsistent

with the other seven Australian species of

Schizachyrium and more consistent with some

species of Cymbopogon Spreng. (Blake 1974).

Although the specimen of S. mitchelliana has

some deficiencies, as pointed out by Simon

(1989), it was possible to obtain enough

information to make a clear decision about its

identification (Table 1).

Various botanical keys 1n the literature use

a range of characters to separate Cymbopogon

and Schizachyrium including racemes paired

or single, leaves aromatic or not, spikelets

not secund or secund, slender rachillas or

stout and thickened upwards, respectively

(Tothill & Hacker 1983; Macfarlane 1992;

Simon & Alfonso 2011). Several of these

characters were observed on the specimen of

S. mitchelliana and they are readily visible

on the image on JSTOR Global Plants (http://

plants.jstor.org/, accessed March 2020) which

led to the redetermination of the specimen

as Cymbopogon (Table 1). Following

examination of herbarium specimens of

Schizachyrium and Cymbopogon at BRI

and from PERTH, and information from

the literature including keys to species and

diagnoses, the specimen of S. mitchelliana

was determined as Cymbopogon procerus

(R.Br.) Domin (Blake 1968, 1974; Soenarko

1977; Tothill & Hacker 1983; Macfarlane 1992;

Watson & Dallwitz 1992; Barkworth 2003;

Wipfl 2003; Simon & Alfonso 2011). Further

examination of specimens of C. procerus

held at BRI unexpectedly revealed some

inflorescences bearing both chasmogamous

and cleistogamous spikelets, the anthers of

equal size in both morphs.

Examination of the _ typification of

Andropogon procerus R.Br. (the basionym

for C. procerus) and the synonymous name 4A.

exaltatus R.Br. has also revealed some issues,

these being dealt with below.

Taxonomy

Cymbopogon procerus (R.Br.) Domain,

Biblioth. Bot. 85: 273 (1915); Andropogon

procerus R.Br., Prodr. 202 (1810); Sorghum

procerum (R.Br.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 7792

(1891); Andropogon procerus var. genuinus

Hack., Monogr. Phan. [A.DC. & C.DC'].

Accepted for publication 2 February 2021, published online 24 March 2021

42 Austrobaileya 11: 41-44 (2021)

Table 1: Comparison of morphological features for Schizachyrium mitchelliana,

Schizachyrium sensu (Blake 1974) and Cymbopogon procerus

Character Schizachyrium Schizachyrium Cymbopogon

mitchelliana sensu (Blake 1974) | procerus

Life cycle base of plant annual or perennial | mostly

absent from perennial

specimen

Ligule

length (mm) 2.8 <2 2./-]

type membrane usually a fringed membrane

membrane

paired racemes;

spikelets not

secund

Inflorescence paired racemes; racemes mostly

spikelet single; spikelets

arrangement secund

indeterminate

Peduncle slender, clavate mostly broadly slender clavate

clavate

Rachilla slender clavate; mostly broadly slender clavate;

apex oblique, clavate; apex apex oblique,

erose oblique, undulate to | erose

flanged, hollow

Sessile spikelet

Presence of a proximal beak no yes no

Lower glume apex ech si see

Upper lemma apex lobes appressed deeply lobed, > lobes appressed

to awn /2 lemma, lobes to awn, usually

usually divergent < 4 lemma

length

Upper lemma awn

arising from the

sinus

arising from the arising dorsally at

sinus the sinus

Pedicillate spikelet

Disarticulation retained

Lower glume awnless awned or awnless awnless

and attenuate

Floret neuter reduced, neuter or male or neuter

male

Caryopsis

Outline

not seen mostly narrow ovate | elliptical

shallowly biconvex | plano-convex

X-section

6: 594 (1889), nom. inval.; Cymbopogon

procerus. var. genuinus (Hack.) Domin,

Biblioth. Bot. 85: 273 (1915), nom. inval.; C.

nardus subvar. procerus (R.Br.) Roberty,

Boissera 9: 176, 179 (1960). Type: | Northern

Territory]. Groote Eyland|t], 15 January 1803,

R. Brown s.n. [Bennett no. 6172]. ecto: BM

000991814'” i.d.v. fide Blake 1974: 35; isolecto:

K 00974926 [lacking date and locality, with

the locality added in 1964] i.d.v.).

Andropogon exaltatus R.Br., Prodr. 202

(1810); Andropogon exaltatus var. genuinus

Hack., Monogr. Phan. [A.DC. & C.DC\/

6: 596 (1889), nom. inval.; Cymbopogon

exaltatus (R.Br.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85:

273 (1915); C. exaltatus var. genuinus (Hack.)

Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 85: 273 (1915), nom.

inval.; C. nardus subvar. exaltatus (R.Br.)

Roberty, Boissiera 9: 174, 180 (1960). Type:

[Northern Territory]. North Coast, Island a, 1

March 1803, Rk. Brown s.n. [Bennett no. 6173].

(lecto [designated here]: BM 000991815*

i.d.v., photo BRI; iso: CANB 378507 [with

‘North Coast’ and given to be Mallison’s

Island, Arnhem Bay; no date or Bennett

number] i.d.v., E 00393616 [with ‘N. Aust.

no date] idv. K 000974929° [right hand

specimen on sheet, with ‘North C’ and no

date or Bennett number, although it indicates

being communicated by Bennett] i.dv., K

000974927 [with no location and no date],

W 28822? [with ‘N. Coast N. Holland’ and no

date] i.d.v.).

Schizachyrium mitchelliana B.K.Simon,

Austrobaileya 3: 90 (1989), syn. nov. Type:

Western Australia. Mitchell River Station,

Admiralty Gulf, November/December 1973,

T’ Kubicki 53 (holo: PERTH 564249).

Distribution: Australia (Western Australia,

Northern Territory, Queensland), East Timor,

Papua New Guinea.

Typification: Brown (1810) in describing

Andropogon exaltatus and A. procerus only

mentioned “(T.) v.v.’ in the protologues for

Austrobaileya 11: 41-44 (2021)

each. Both A. exaltatus and A. procerus were

recognised by Bentham (1878) who listed

several collections for each species, including

“Islands of the North Coast, R. Brown’ and

“Groote Island, Rk. Brown” respectively for

each name. Domin (1915) combined both

names under Cymbopogon; however, he did

not mention type material.

It does appear that Brown made only the

one collection for each species he described

and that these can be considered as type

material. This view was certainly followed

by Blake (1968) when he synonymised A.

exaltatus with A. procerus and stated that

“A. procerus (C. procerus (R.Br.) Domin)

was described from specimens from Groote

Eylandt; A. exaltatus (C. exaltatus (R.Br.)

Domin) was described from specimens from

Mallinson I. at the entrance to Arnhem Bay”.

Blake also annotated material at BM and K

as type and isotype respectively for the two

names.

(1) Andropogon procerus R.Br.

Blake (1974) stated “Type: Northern Territory,

Groote Eylant, R. Brown [6172] (BM, holo;

E, K)’ and Soenarko (1977) gave “Type:

Australia, Groote Eylandt, R. Brown 6172

(BM holo!- K, iso!)”. The number 6172 1s the

Bennett distribution number, not Brown’s

collecting number. According to Vallance

(1990), the Groote Eylandt collections on

the 15 January 1802 were made “vicinity of

the bluff head of Groote Eylandt E of Finch

Island and on the plain to SE”. The Brown

collection 1s known to be represented in two

herbaria BM and K (online images on JSTOR

Global Plants), and Blake indicated a further

specimen in E. There do not appear to be

multiple sheets at BM, so the designation of

the BM specimen as type by Blake (1974) is

now considered effective lectotypification

(Art. 7.11 and 9.10) (Turland ef al. 2018).

‘L.a.v. (imago digitalis visa); "annotated as ‘type’ by S.T.Blake; *annotated as isotype as S.T.Blake;

“annotated as ‘type’ by B.K.Simon; ’annotated as ‘isotype’ by B.K.Simon

(2) Andropogon exaltatus R.Br.

Brown (1810) published Andropogon exaltatus

on the same page as A. procerus; however,

this has been included in the synonymy of A.

procerus by Blake (1974) and Soenarko (1977),

with this synonymy upheld here. Blake (1974)

stated “Type: Northern Territory, Mallinson’s

[., R. Brown |6173]| (BM, holo, photo BRI; E,

K, W)’ and Soenarko (1977) stated “Type:

Australia, Mallinson’s Isl., R. Brown 6173

(BM holo!; K, 1so!)”.

According to Vallance (1990), Brown

collected only “on S side of Mallison Island”

on | March 1803. The Brown collection of

Andropogon exaltatus 1s spread through

multiple herbaria with the specimens having

(or lacking) the critical data that identify

them as type material. When Brown collected

the material, his locality did not have a

known name and he merely referred to it as

‘North Coast, Island a’. To clearly establish

typification of this name, we have selected BM

000991815 as lectotype. A further specimen

(BM 000991816) that is not considered

to clearly have a linking piece of original

evidence to the type collection, merely has

‘Nova Hollandia Ora Septentrionalis Mr.

Brown’ on the label. Given that Brown seems

to have only collected it once, it is most likely

that BM 000991816 represents a second

accession at BM; however, this cannot be

proven.

Acknowledgement

Thanks to the Curator of the PERTH

herbarium for the loan of material.

References

BARKworTH, M.E. (2003). 26.16 Cymbopogon Spreng.

In M.E. Barkworth et al. (eds.), Flora of North

America. 25 Magnoliophyta: Commelinidae

(in part): Poaceae, part 2: 664-666. Oxford

University Press: New York.

BENTHAM, G. (1868). 29. Andropogon, Linn. In Flora

Australiensis 7: 527-535. L. Reeve & Co.::

London.

Austrobaileya |1: 41-44 (2021)

BLAKE, S.T. (1968). Taxonomic and nomenclatural

studies in the Gramineae, No. 1. Proceedings

of the Royal Society of Queensland 80: 55—84.

— (1974). Revision of the genera Cymbopogon and

Schizachyrium (Gramineae) in Australia.

Contributions from the Queensland Herbarium

17: 1-70.

DomIn, K. (1915). Cymbopogon. In Beitrdge zur

Flora und Pflanzengeographie Australiens.

Bibliotheca Botanica 85, 1(2): 273-276. E.

Schweizerbart: Stuttgart.

MACFARLANE, T.D. (1992). Family 166 Poaceae

(Gramineae) Classification. In J.R. Wheeler

(ed.), Flora of the Kimberley Region, pp. l111-

1117. Western Australian Herbarium, Dept. of

Conservation and Land Management: Como.

SIMON B.K. (1989). Studies in Australian grasses:

4 Taxonomic and nomenclatural studies in

Australia Andropogoneae. Austrobaileya 3:

79-99,

SIMON, B.K. & ALFONSO, Y. (2011). Ausgrass2. http://

ausgrass2.myspecies.info./, accessed 24

September 2019.

SOENARKO, S. (1977). The genus

Reinwaradtia 9: 225-375.

TOTHILL, J.C. & HAcKER, J.B. (1983). The Grasses

of Southern Queensland. University of

Queensland Press: St Lucia.

Cymbopogon.

TURLAND, N.J., WIERSEMA, J.H., BARRIE, F.R., GREUTER,

W., HAWKSWoRTH, D.L., HERENDEEN, P.S.,

KNAPP, S., KUSBER, W.-H., L1, D.-Z., MARHOLD,

K., May, T.W., McNEILL, J.. Monro, A.M.,

PRADO, J., PRiczE, M.J. & SMITH, G.F. (eds.)

(2018). International Code of Nomenclature

for algae, fungi, and plants (Shenzhen Code)

adopted by the Nineteenth International

Botanical Congress Shenzhen, China, July

2017. Regnum Vegetabile 159. Koeltz Botanical

Books: Glashiitten.

VALLANCE, T.G. (1990). Jupiter Botanicus in the Bush:

Robert Brown’s Australian Field-work, 1801—

05. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New

South Wales 112: 49-86.

WATSON, L. & DALLWITz, M.J. (1992). The Grass Genera

of the World. University Press: Cambridge.

WIPFF, J.K. (2003). 26.17 Schizachyrium Nees. In M.E.

Barkworth et al. (eds.), Flora of North America.

25 Magnoliophyta: Commelinidae (in part):

Poaceae, part 2: 666-677. Oxford University

Press: New York.

Eulalia simont R.M.Butler & Trudgen (Poaceae:

Andropogoneae), a new species from the Pilbara

and Gascoyne bioregions of Western Australia

R.M. Butler & M.E. Trudgen

Summary

Butler, R.M. & Trudgen, M.E. (2021). Eulalia simonii R.M.Butler & Trudgen (Poaceae:

Andropogoneae), a new species from the Pilbara and Gascoyne bioregions of Western Australia.

Austrobaileya 11: 45—55. Eulalia simonii R.M.Butler & Trudgen is described. It differs from all

other Australian Eu/alia Kunth species in having elongated rhizomes, and from Australian material

of the widespread E. aurea (Bory) Kunth in its larger and paler spikelets, broader lamina, and usually

very small awns which are rarely visible past the glumes. A distribution map, photographs, drawings

of floral parts, and a key to Eulalia taxa currently recognised for Australia are provided.

Key Words: Poaceae; Eulalia; Eulalia simonii; Australia flora; Western Australia flora; new species;

taxonomy; identification key

R.M. Butler, P.O. Box 148 Wembley, Western Australia 6913, Australia. Email: rachelmbutler@

gmail.com

M.E. Trudgen, M.E. Trudgen & Associates, P.O. Box 365, Burswood, Western Australia 6100,

Australia. Email: metrubot@hotmail.com

Introduction

Eulalia Kunth (Poaceae tribe Andropogoneae

Dumort.) has some 35 described species

worldwide (Clayton et al. 2006), of which four

described species (£. annua B.K.Simon, E.

aurea (Bory) Kunth, £. mackinlayi (F.Muell.)

Kuntze, and £. trispicata (Schult.) Henrard),

and one phrased-named species (£. sp. Sabai

Island (J.R.Clarkson 7801) (Simon ef. al.

2007) have been accepted by the Australian

Plant Census (CHAH 2018) as occurring in

Australia. Two other phrase-named species,

Eulalia sp. (Three Rivers Station, B.Forsyth

AQ789133) (the species described here), and

E. sp. (Jindy, JMR-MM 140) are recognised

on the website ‘AusGrass2’ (Simon & Alfonso

2011) as also occurring in Australia. The type

for the genus, Eulalia aurea, was described

from Réunion Island and is_ currently

considered to also occur in Australia, Africa,

and Asia. Eulalia annua and E. mackinlayi are

only known from northern Australia. Eulalia

trispicata 18 known from eastern Australia

(Queensland), Asia, and India.

The new species described here as Eulalia

simonii was first recognised as an undescribed

species in 2008 by Dr Ken Tinley. He sent

material from Three Rivers Station (190 km

north of Meekatharra, Western Australia,

in the Gascoyne bioregion) to Bryan Simon

(1943-2015). Simon confirmed it as a new

species in the genus Eulalia, and included

E. simonii as E. sp. (Three Rivers Station,

B.Forsyth AQ789133) on the website

‘AusGrass2’ (Simon & Alfonso 2011).

Some years later, specimens of Eulalia

were collected during vegetation surveys

undertaken by Biota Environmental Sciences

(Biota) in the Pilbara bioregion (DoEE 2012);

these were sent to Simon who identified them

as E. sp. (Three Rivers Station, B.Forsyth

AQ789133). Additional collections from later

surveys provided further material for the

delimitation and formal description of the

species. These additional collections, together

with re-examination of material held from

Accepted for publication 10 February 2021, published online 24 March 2021

previous field surveys, suggest that the taxon

is not uncommon in the Pilbara bioregion,

occurring in parts of the Hamersley Range

and on the Chichester Plateau.

Materials and methods

The description here of Eulalia simonii 1s

based on examination of dried and pressed

material collected by Biota and_ other

consultancies, as well as observations made

in the field of habit and habitat preferences.

All measurements were taken from dried

material. Muicrophotographs were taken

using an Olympus UCS50 camera mounted

on an Olympus SZX10 microscope fitted

with a 1.5 objective lens. The images were

compiled in Helicon Focus (Version 6). The

key to species 1s based on the ‘AusGrass2’

(Simon & Alfonso 2011) key and information

from descriptions of the Eulalia species

available on ‘GrassBase’ (Clayton ef. al.

2006). The distribution map was produced

using MapInfo Professional Version 12.0.1.

Taxonomy

Eulalia simonii Butler & Trudgen, sp. nov.

with affinity to EL. aurea but differing in the

elongated rhizomes (versus short), the longer

spikelets (5—7 mm versus 3.5-l5 mm) and

the linear-lanceolate leaf lamina (versus

linear). Typus: Western Australia. PILBARA

BIOREGION: 44.7 km W of Mulga Downs

Homestead, 69.2 km NNE of Tom Price

and 89.9 km ESE of Kanjenjie Homestead,

7 April 2013, FE. Ridley BES 00767 (holo:

PERTH 9257098; 1so: BRI, CANB, K, NSW

distribuendi).

Eulalia sp. (Three Rivers Station, B.Forsyth

AQ789133); (Simon & Alfonso 2011).

Rhizomatous clonal perennial, rhizomes

buried c. 10 cm _ below surface. Culms

numerous, closely packed, ascending to

erect, unbranched, neither robust nor slender,

firm, 25-100 cm long; cataphylls 0.5-—3.5 cm

long, lanceolate, shortly sericeous for lower

1/5—1/4; hairs white. Ligule membranous,

shallowly curved, c. 0.6 mm long, upper half

divided ciliolate. Leaves differentiated into

sheath and blade. Leaf blade base constricted

into a short false petiole; false petiole bone

Austrobaileya 11: 45—55 (2021)

coloured, thinly hairy. Lamina (mid-culm)

linear-lanceolate, 4-28 cm long, 3-9 mm

wide, fairly firm, tip long-acuminate; densely

veined above and below, the veins rounded,

midrib distinctly widened, flattened and

whitish on the adaxial surface near the orifice,

tapering along the blade, narrower and

rounded on the abaxial surface; adaxial and

abaxial surface sparsely hairy, the hairs long,

fine, simple, with bulbous bases. Leaf sheath

sparsely to moderately hairy, the hairs long,

fine, simple, with bulbous bases; margins

more densely hairy, hairs the same as on

the sheath. Inflorescence digitate; a terminal

cluster of 2—4 erect racemes. Racemes 4—9.5

cm long; densely hairy except the upper

part of the glumes and where the spikelets

are appressed to the rachis. Rachis flexuose,

fragile, disarticulating at the nodes with age,

3-sided, sides flat, that opposite a sessile

floret glabrous, shiny, the other two flat or

slightly rounded, pubescent, dull, sometimes

with a slight central ridge, margins densely

hairy; hairs 1—6.5 mm long, very pale brown.

Rachis scar shallowly to steeply angled,

broad ovate in outline, punctate. Spikelets

in pairs, one sessile and one pedicelled, both

fertile, similar. Pedicels linear, densely hairy;

hairs 2-6 mm long (hairs longer toward

pedicel apex). Spikelets narrow-elliptic in

outline, dorsally compressed, 5—7 mm long,

falling entire, deciduous from the base.

Spikelet callus scar steeply angled, ovate in

outline. Lower glume chartaceous, dorsally

compressed, 2-keeled, narrow-elliptic in

outline with a truncate tip, 5—6.5 mm long,

c. 1.2 mm wide, medium brown in the lower

half, paler in the upper half; densely long

hairy in the lower half, upper half glabrous or

sparsely short hairy except for a fringe of short

hairs on the tip that extends a short distance

down the margins; 7—13 distinct veins. Upper

glume chartaceous, laterally compressed with

narrow in-rolled margins, 1-keeled, narrow-

elliptic in outline with a truncate tip, 5—6.4

mm long, c. 1 mm wide, medium brown

in the lower half, paler in the upper half;

densely long hairy along the midrib and in

the lower third, sparsely hairy in the middle

and glabrous or sparsely short hairy in the

upper half except for a fringe of short hairs

Butler & Trudgen, Eulalia simonii

on the tip that extends a short distance down

the margins; 3—5 distinct veins. Fertile lemma

reduced to a hyaline structure, narrow-

oblong; 1-3 mm long; without keels; l1-veined

(3-veined rarely); margins ciliate, apex lobed;

muticous, or l|-awned; awn from a sinus, very

fine, not geniculate, 1—9 mm long (usually not

exerted from floret), with simple hairs. Palea

present, shape variable but usually lanceolate,

c. 1.3 mm long, hyaline. Lodicules 2, cuneate,

c. 0.3 mm long, hyaline, apex lunate. Anthers

3, 3-3.9 mm long. Caryopsis not seen. Figs.

1-6.

Additional selected specimens examined: Western

Australia. c. 87.2 km WSW of Mungaroona Range

Nature Reserve, 81.1 km NNW of Tom Price & 196

km WNW of Marillana Homestead, May 2012, Butler

BES 00305 (NSW, PERTH); 50.9 km W of Mulga

Downs Homestead, 74 km NNE of Tom Price & 81.1

km ESE of Kanjenjie Homestead, Apr 2013, Adam BES

00766 (PERTH); 27 km N of Mt Sheila, 32 km SW of

Mt Florence & 48 km SE of Kanjenjie Outstation, May

2012, Butler BES 00768 (PERTH) (Fig. 3); NE of Mt

Brockman, s.dat., de Kock PLDK03-04 (BRI); NW of

Hamersley, May 2011, de Kock SERNO56:1 (BRI); Three

Rivers Station, headwaters of Gascoyne River, Jan 2010,

Forsyth s.n. (BRI: AQ789133 & AQ789134); 44.7 km W

of Mulga Downs Homestead, 69.2 km NNE of Tom Price

& 89.9 km ESE of Kanjenjie Homestead, Mar 2012,

Maier et al. BES 00302 (MEL, PERTH); 24.3 km WSW

of Mulga Downs Homestead, 75.1 km NE of Tom Price

& 111.4 km ESE of Kanjenjie Homestead, Mar 2012,

Venkatasamy & Colwill BES 00303 (PERTH) (Fig. 1); c.

21 km SW of Mulga Downs Station, 45 km NW of Auski

Roadhouse & 71 km E of Mt Sheila, Mar 2012, Butler

BES 00765 (PERTH); 49.9 km WNW of Marillana

Homestead, 64.7 km SE of Mulga Downs Homestead

& 122.6 km E of Tom Price, Mar 2012, Flaherty &

Glover BES 00304 (K, PERTH); c. 39 km SE of Auski

Roadhouse, 52 km W of Marillana Homestead & 47

km ESE of Mt Bruce, May 2011, de Kock BES 00763

(PERTH); 44.7 km ESE of Mount Bruce Homestead,

102.4 km WSW of Warrie Homestead & 112.6 km NW

of Newman, May 2012, Butler & Flaherty BES 00772

(PERTH); c. 67 km SE of Auski Roadhouse, 87 km NW

of Newman & 141 km E of Tom Price, Jun 2007, Morgan

BES 00764 (PERTH); 41.3 km SSW of Marillana

Homestead, 69.4 km NW of Newman & 74.3 km E of

Juna Downs Homestead, Mar 2011, de Kock & Colwill

BES 00760 (PERTH).

Distribution and habitat: Eulalia simonii 1s

known from over 60 records in the Chichester

and Hamersley subregions of the Pilbara

bioregion of Western Australia and one record

from the Augustus subregion of the Gascoyne

bioregion (Map 1). As it has been confused

in the past with the widespread £. aurea,

the new species may be somewhat more

widespread than current records indicate.

The predominance of collections in the

Pilbara bioregion compared to the Gascoyne

bioregion probably reflects the much larger

amount of survey work for environmental

impact assessment in the former region in the

last 20 years.

Known collections of Eulalia simonii

are from valley floors (Fig. 7) and drainage

areas, ranging from minor drainages to large

ephemeral rivers. Most specimens were

recorded as coming from reddish-brown clay

loam, but sometimes red-brown clay or loam.

Collections have been recorded from

three broad vegetation types: Eucalyptus

xerothermica L.A.S.JJohnson & K.D.Hill

and/or Corymbia hamersleyana (D.J.Carr &

S.G.M.Carr) K.D.Hull & L.A.S.Johnson) low

open woodland; EF. victrix L.A.S.Johnson &

K.D.Hill, Acacia citrinoviridis Tindale &

Maslin open woodland; and mixed Acacia

spp. tall shrubland. Common _ understory

species recorded in the shrub stratum of

these vegetation types were A. pyrifolia DC.

var. pyrifolia, A. tumida var. pilbarensis

M.W.McDonald, Androcalva _ luteiflora

(E.Pritz.) C.F Wilkins & Whitlock, Dodonaea

lanceolata F.Muell. and Gossypium

robinsonii F.Muell. In the low shrub/herb

stratum, common species were Alternanthera

nana R.Br., Boerhavia coccinea MiAll.,

Arivela viscosa (L.) Rat. Afrohybanthus

aurantiacus (Benth.) Flicker and Pluchea

rubellifiora (F.Muell.) B.L.Rob. while in the

erass stratum, Chrysopogon fallax S.T.Blake,

Eragrostis tenellula (Kunth) Steud., Eulalia

aurea, Paraneurachne muelleri (Hack.)

S.T.Blake, Themeda triandra Forssk. and

Triodia epactia S.W.L.Jacobs were commonly

present.

Phenology: Fertile specimens of Eulalia

simonii have been collected from March to

May. Timing of rainfall 1s variable where

E. simonii 1s known to occur and therefore

flowering times are likely to be similarly

variable and extend outside this part of the

year.

Butler & Trudgen, Eulalia simonii

Fig. 2. Eulalia simonii. Ligule and adaxial leaf surface (Ridley BES 00767, PERTH).

Fig. 4. Eulalia simonii. Part of inflorescence (Ridley BES 00767, PERTH).

2 mm

Austrobaileya 11: 45—55 (2021)

Fig. 5. Eulalia simonit. Pedicellate spikelet (Ridley BES 00767, PERTH).

Affinities: Eulalia simonii has a_ quite

different form to Australian material referred

to as E. aurea. It forms clonal patches to more

than 3 m across of small tussocks joined by

long underground rhizomes (Fig. 8). The

individual tussocks are fewer culmed and

shorter than those of &. aurea, which in the

Pilbara usually occurs as single tussocks, not

in patches. The broader leaves of E. simonii

that become prominently curled on maturity

easily distinguish it from other Pilbara

Eulalia material, as do the paler, more robust

and more densely hairy inflorescences with

shorter or no visible awns.

Notes: The veins on both the upper and lower

glumes of Eulalia simonii vary significantly

in number and degree of development. The

width of the lamina varies significantly but

is consistently wider than in Pilbara material

referred to as E. aurea.

The original collection given the

geographic name Eulalia sp. (Three Rivers

Station, B.Forsyth AQ789133) by Bryan

Simon is on the PERTH database, but could

not be found in the collections in 2014;

however, there is a duplicate at BRI. Its

location is shown near the Three Rivers

Station Homestead (Map 1).

Eulalia simonii keys to the genus Eulalia

in the key to grass genera in Clayton &

Renvoize (1986) (spikelets paired; spikelets

bisexual; rachis internodes slender, lemmas

awned; pedicellate and _ sessile spikelets

similar and both fertile; inflorescence of

single or subdigitate racemes (not panicle);

inflorescence terminal (not axillary); spikelets

paired (not in groups of three); lower glumes

convex, spikelets conspicuously hairy; raceme

rachis fragile, only one spikelet pedicellate;

lower glume as long as the upper, villous;

callus short, spikelets dorsally compressed).

In Watson & Dallwitz (1992), Eulalia simonii

fits the description for Eulalia except that in

E. simonii, the leaves are linear-lanceolate,

not ‘linear’. In the latter publication, the

lemma awn is described as ‘much longer than

the body of the lemma’; in the new species

SAQA to,

——=——_————————— "

a ——_ Ww

ee mn E ———_= SSS , * = : : :

ee oe eS fp

a - =~ _ st __ ——=5 a A — a ee ST. } ,

fF ¥ Ja Aa f ; = : F F, a

—_ i / 7

the lemma is 1-3 mm long and the awn 1s

1—9 mm long, so this fits the specimens of the

taxon with less modified lemmas. The lower

glume in Eulalia simonii 1s 7-13 nerved,

not ‘l—9 nerved’; however, it 1s not unusual

for the variation in a genus to expand when

new species are described. Eulalia simonii

fits within the morphological variation

described for the genus Eulalia reasonably

well based on the parameters given in these

two publications (Clayton & Renvoize, 1986;

Watson & Dallwitz, 1992). However, it differs

from described Australian Eulalia species by

Austrobaileya 11: 45—55 (2021)

its combination of elongated rhizomes, broad

leaves, large spikelets, and usually very small

awns which do not extend past the glumes on

most specimens (Table 1).

Conservation status: Eulalia simonii 1s

moderately widespread and common. A

status of Least Concern is recommended

(IUCN 2012).

Etymology: The new species is named for

the late Bryan Simon (1943-2015) who made

significant contributions to the taxonomy

of Australian grasses during his long and

successful career.

Fig. 7. Eulalia simonii, showing tussocks that are linked by rhizomes (cf. Fig. 8), the reddish colour that its leaves turn

to as the environment dries and the habitat on the narrow floodplain of a creek, c. 70 km NW of Wittenoom. Photo: S.

Ford

Butler & Trudgen, Eulalia simonii 53

Table 1. Comparison of Eulalia simonii to the other Eulalia species currently accepted as

occuring in Australia

Plant Spikelet Lemma

Species height Rhizomes | length Leaf blade length Lemma awn

l-awned, from a

Linear, 1-3 mm sinus, 18—20 mm

E. annua 10-45 cm Absent 2.5-3 mm | in width c.0.5mm | in length

Muticous or

l-awned, from a

Present, Linear, 3-6 mm sinus, 0-20 mm

E. aurea 40-150 cm | short 3.5-5 mm _ | in width c. 1mm in length

Ek. mackinlayi

140-250

l-awned, apical,

Linear, 1-6 mm 20—27 mm in

in width c. 1mm length

Shape unknown,

1—2.5 mm in

width

l-awned, from a

sinus, 5—7 mm in

length

E. sp. (Sabai Is-

land J.R.Clark-

son 7801) 60-80 cm Unknown | 3-3.5 mm c. 1.5mm

Muticous or

Linear-lanceo- l-awned, from a

Present, late, 3-9 mm in sinus, |—9 mm in

FE. simonii 40-100 cm | elongated | 5—7 mm width 1-3 mm length

l-awned, from a

Linear, 1-5 mm sinus, 7-15 mm

E. trispicata 30-130 cm | Absent 3.5-4mm | in width c.1.5mm | in length

Identification key to Australian Eulalia species

t. PATMTUIA,. «uc Setaks on ty Beads Sa © on oISRAN oe ae aeett a. y <n My See Ms. «on Wit on E. annua

L, Petential 3 y Ste ce dha & me & eee see e be oot ee Me ee et ee ee Bete ek th 2

2 Plants tall (1.5 m tall or taller), robust, with fulvous, fibrous base. ...... E. mackinlayi

2s. ‘Plant less-livan: Ts. ace oes Sr. cee eee es tie ets Re Be EMF cio ees MER Bel Rae LK Shane Ma Oy 3

3 Racemes more than 5 perinflorescence.................204. E. trispicata

3. Racemes usually less than 5 per inflorescence. ...............0 0022040. 4

4 Spikelets greater than 5 mm long, rhizomes elongated. .............. E. simonil

4. Spikelets 5 mm long or less, rhizomes not elongated or absent ............... 5

5 Spikelets 3.5 mm long or longer, leaves 2-6 mm wide. ............... E. aurea

5. Spikelets 3.5 mm _ long’ or tess, leaves 12.5 mm

NACHE 5 oy. cys he GB tg meaesSeeeson nee Bak mens Le Be ee, E. sp. (Sabai Island J.R.Clarkson 7801)

= ibe *

Mia wy? iy

a2 wer

a ye

. &

Austrobaileya 11: 45—55 (2021)

Fig. 8. Eulalia simonii. Elongated rhizomes and clusters of culms of plants, c. 70 km NW of Wittenoom. See Fig. 7

for habitat photo from the same location. Photo: R. Butler.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Biota for providing the

use of a vehicle and research time for R.M.

Butler; and time for K. Webster to draw

Map 1. We would like to acknowledge Biota

botanists as well as B. Morgan and S. Colwill

for collecting Eulalia simonii specimens cited

in this paper and Biota zoologist S. Ford for

the photo in Fig. 7. We are grateful to Scott

Werner for his excellent illustrations in Fig.

6. Michi Maier kindly provided comments on

the manuscript.

References

CHAH (2018). Australian Plant Census. Council of Heads

of Australasian Herbaria. http://www.chah.gov.

au/apc/, accessed 5 February 2020.

CLAYTON, S.D. & RENVOIZE, S.A. (1986). Genera

Graminum: Grasses of the World. Royal

Botanic Gardens, Kew: London.

CLAYTON, W.D., VORONTSOVA, M.S., HARMAN, K.T. &

WILLIAMSON, H. (2006- onwards). GrassBase

- The Online World Grass Flora. http://

www.kew.org/data/grasses-db, accessed 26

November 2015.

Doge (Department of the Environment and Energy)

(2012). Interim Biogeographic Regionalisation

for Australia (IBRA), Version 7. Department of

the Environment and Energy.: Canberra. http://

www.environment.gov.au/land/nrs/science/

ibra/australias-bioregions-maps, accessed 26

November 2015.

Iucn (2012). [UCN Red List Categories and Criteria.

Version 3.1. Second Edition. IUCN: Gland,

Switzerland and Cambridge, United Kingdom.

SIMON, B.K., SHARP, D. & THOMPSON, E.J. (2007).

Poaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E. Holland

(eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora

2007. Queensland Herbarium, Department

of Environment and Resource Management:

Toowong, Queensland, Australia.

SIMON, B.K. & ALFONSO, Y. (2011- onwards). AusGrass2.

accessed on

Boea resupinata Zich & B.Gray (Gesneriaceae), a new

species from Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, Australia

F.A. Zich*®* & B. Gray*

Summary

Zich, F.A. & Gray, B. (2021). Boea resupinata Zich & B.Gray (Gesneriaceae), a new species from

Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 56—66. Boea resupinata is described

as new. It is compared to its putative closest relative, Boea magellanica, and to the most similar

Australian species, B. hygroscopica. A modified key to all species of Boea, and images of the plants,

flowers, leaf micromorphology and leaf anatomy of B. resupinata are provided. Notes are given on

flower morphology, leaf micromorphology and anatomy, conservation status and habitat.

Key Words: Gesneriaceae; Boea; Boea resupinata; Australia flora; Queensland flora; new species;

taxonomy; identification key; resurrection plant

‘Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, McGregor Road, Smithfield, Queensland

4878, Australia; "National Research Collections Australia, Commonwealth Industrial and Scientific

Research Organisation (CSIRO), GPO Box 1700, Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia; “Corresponding

author. Email: frank.zich@csiro.au

Introduction

Boea Comm. ex Lam. 1s classified in the

subtribe Loxocarpinae, tribe Trichosporeae,

subfamily Didymocarpoideae, in _ the

Gesneriaceae (Weber ef al. 2020). Puglisi

et al. (2016) recircumscribed genera in the

Loxocarpinae, a subtribe which comprises

200 species in 15 genera, transferring a

number of species out of Boea and narrowed

the concept of the genus to be an Australasian

eroup characterised by twisted fruit, free

(or nearly free) sepals, a flat-faced pink to

purple corolla, and exserted and strongly

divergent anthers. Boea as revised by Puglisi

& Middleton (2018) contains 11 species,

distributed in Papua New Guinea, the

Solomon Islands, Australia (Queensland) and

Indonesia (Waigeo Island).

Australia has two named species (APC

2020): Boea hygroscopica F.Muell. and B.

kinnearii (F.Muell.) B.L.Burtt that both occur

in the high rainfall areas of the Wet Tropics

and southern Cape York Peninsula of tropical

Queensland. In addition to these, an unnamed

species has been recently recognised from

northern Cape York Peninsula. The new

species was first collected in 1948 (Brass

19408, BRI & CANB) and since then there

have been several additional collections.

Although early collectors considered the

specimens potentially distinct from Boea

hygroscopica their material was subsequently

identified as that species and the distinctness

of the taxon was overlooked until photographs

of flowering plants in cultivation by Garry

Sankowsky and Bruce Gray were examined

in detail by the first author and the distinct

features of the flowers were observed. The

new species is endemic to northern Cape

York Peninsula and is named here as Boea

resupinata. Modifications are provided to

the key to all species of Boea by Puglisi &

Middleton (2018).

Material and methods

This paper is based on an examination

of specimens at CNS, BRI and CANB.

Descriptions of flowers are based on material

preserved in spirit and on living material,

while other features were measured from

dried specimens. Abbreviations used in the

Accepted for publication 27 May 2021, published online 15 September 2021

Zich & Gray, Boea resupinata

specimen citations include QRS (Queensland

Research Station) for specimens now

incorporated at CNS. Measurements are

inclusive, viz. 2.7—4.0 given as 2.7—4.

Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM):

Fresh leaf pieces were harvested into 3%

Glutaraldehyde in 0.1M Cacodylate buffer

and washed 3 times with fresh buffer. After

post fixation with osmium tetroxide (1 hour at

room temperature), the samples were washed

3 times with deionised water. Samples were

then dehydrated in an ethanol series from

30—100% concentration for 15 minutes each

(3X 100%) and critical point dried (Quorum

E3000 Series). Samples were then mounted on

stubs, gold-coated (SPI Module) and imaged

in a Hitachi SUS000 FEG SEM.

Histology: Fresh leaf pieces were

immersed in 10% neutral buffered formalin

for 24 hours, transferred to 70% ethanol and

placed into an automatic tissue processor

(Histocore Pearl, Leica), then embedded in

paraffin blocks (Histocore Arcadia, Leica).

Sections of 5 um thickness were then cut on

a rotary microtome, mounted on glass slides

and stained with 0.1% toluidine blue. Images

were obtained using a Leica CS2 digital

scanner at 20 magnification.

Taxonomy

Boea resupinata Zich & B.Gray sp. nov.

With affinity to B. magellanica Lam. but

differing by the multicellular hairs on the petal

lobes, the strongly bent filaments, the serrulate

to serrate leaf margin, and inverted corolla

with the 3-lobed lip in the upper position and

the 2-lobed lip in the lower position. Typus:

Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: Cultivated: QRS

[Queensland Research Station], Atherton (ex

Claudie River, September 1978), 7 February

1979, B. Gray 1268 |flowering| (holo: BRI

[AQ0873878]; iso: CNS [QRS54614]).

Rhizomatous, perennial, shortly caulescent or

rosulate herb; stem if present up to 6.2 cm long,

4—5.5 mm diameter, woody, with translucent,

white, multicellular unbranched hairs. Leaves

congested at apex of stem, opposite or whorled,

petiolate; petioles longer in older peripheral

leaves than upper central leaves, 1.2—4.5 cm

long, 1-2 mm diameter, densely appressed

hirsute with a translucent, white indumentum.

Lamina elliptic to ovate, 3-12.4 x 2-6.3,

1.5—2.5 times as long as wide; base acute to

cuneate, oblique; apex acute to obtuse; margin

serrulate to serrate. Adaxial leaf surface

light-mid green, densely hirsute with an

indumentum of translucent, white, appressed,

multicellular, unbranched, eglandular hairs,

and sparse, gland-tipped hairs. Abaxial

leaf surface light-mid green, less densely

hairy than adaxial surface, hairs mostly on

veins, with translucent, white, multicellular,

unbranched hairs, and sparse gland-tipped

hairs, surface minutely rough textured.

Leaves with 6—7(—8) pairs of secondary veins,

sunken on the adaxial surface, raised on the

abaxial surface, tertiary venation obscure

on adaxial surface and obscure but visible

on abaxial surface. Inflorescence an axillary

cyme, 11—30-flowered, longer than leaves;

hirsute up to and including the calyx with

indumentum of translucent, white, spreading,

multicellular, unbranched, eglandular hairs,

and sparse, gland-tipped hairs and sessile

glands. Peduncles 5-12 cm long. Bracts

linear, 3-6.5 x 0Q.3-1.8 mm; hirsute on

abaxial surface with appressed to spreading,

translucent, multicellular, unbranched hairs,

and sparse, gland-tipped hairs and sessile

glands; adaxial surface with sparse, sessile

glands and sparse, translucent, multicellular,

unbranched hairs towards the apex and on

margins. Pedicels 8-10 mm long, hirsute with

erect, translucent, multicellular unbranched

hairs, and sparse, gland-tipped hairs and

sessile glands. Calyx free to near base,

lobes 3-4 x 0.9-1.1 mm, linear-lanceolate,

apex acute to obtuse, straight to reflexed,

hirsute with erect, translucent, multicellular,

unbranched hairs, and sparse, gland-tipped

hairs and sessile glands on outer surface, and

sessile glands on the inner surface. Corolla

strongly bilabiate, purple, throat yellow,

purple markings on 3-lobed lip extending

from throat to base of the lobes; corolla

inverted with 3-lobed lip in upper position and

2-lobed lip in lower position and with sparse,

multicellular, unbranched hairs on outer

surface of lips, otherwise glabrous apart from

sessile glands in throat; tube c. 2 mm long;

2-lobed lip 11.8—13.5 mm long, lobes elliptic-

ovate, 10-13 <x 7-8 mm, wide-spreading or

slightly overlapping in lower half; 3-lobed lip

c. 11.8-13.5 mm, the three lobes 4—5 x 4-5

mm, lobes less than half the length of the

lip, lobes usually equal or sometimes central

lobe slightly smaller than lateral, slightly

overlapping in lower half. Androecitum in

dorsal position; fertile stamens 2, arising 0.5—

1 mm above the corolla base, filaments 6.5—7

mm long, bright yellow, swollen and bent in

the middle, papillose or with minute glands in

the swollen part of filament; anthers c. 2 mm

long Xl mm wide, dehiscing longitudinally;

staminodes 3, reduced, 0.1—0.3 mm long, the

central more reduced than lateral. Gynoecium

9-10 mm long; ovary 2.5—3 mm long, with

sessile glands, glabrous or with very sparse,

multicellular, unbranched, eglandular hairs;

style glabrous, stigma capitate, slightly

lobed, papillose. Capsule 9-24 mm long,

1—2.2 mm diameter, brown, sessile glands

present, 2-valved, strongly twisted, dehiscing

longitudinally along valves. Seeds elliptic,

0.45—0.5 X 0.2—0.25 mm. Figs. 1-5.

Austrobaileya 11: 56-66 (2021)

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Glennie Tableland, ‘Bromley’, Oct

2004, Fensham 5164 & Jensen (BRI); Maloney’s

Springs, left bank, Jun 1989, Forster PIF5251 (BRI);

Tozer Gap, Tozer Range, Jul 1948, Brass 19408 (BRI,

CANB); Mcllwraith Range: Leo Creek Falls and Leo

Creek 0.5 mile upstream from Falls, Jul 1978, Butler 350

(CANB [CBG 7806268]); Australian National Botanic

Gardens, Canberra (ex West Claudie River crossing on

Iron Range road), Jan 1977, Telford s.n. (CANB [CBG

67783]).

Distribution and habitat: Boea resupinata

is known from three broad areas; Glennie

Tableland in Michingun Nature Refuge,

Kutini-Payamu (Iron Range) National Park,

and Leo Creek Falls in the Kulla (Mcllwraith

Range) National Park (Map 1). It grows

in areas with reliable though periodically

available moisture, as a lithophyte in shallow

soil and leaf debris on cliff lines and rocks in

shaded or semi-shaded rainforest gullies in

sandstone escarpment areas, and on granite

(Leo Creek), at elevations ranging from 60 to

140 m above sea level.

Fig. 1. Boea resupinata. Close up of flower showing bent filaments, corolla lips and lobes (grown from Forster

PIF5251, BRI). Photo: G. Sankowsky.

Zich & Gray, Boea resupinata 59

Fig. 2. Boea resupinata. Close up of flower buds showing indumentum on inflorescence (grown from Forster PIF 5251,

BRI). Photo: G. Sankowsky.

Fig. 3. Boea resupinata. Hydrated plant fully turgid (in cultivation, grown from Forster PIF 5251], BRI). Photo: G.

Sankowsky.

60 Austrobaileya 11: 56-66 (2021)

Fig. 4. Boea resupinata. Partially desiccated plant (in cultivation, grown from Forster PIF5251, BRI). Photo: G.

Sankowsky.

Fig. 5. Habitat and desiccated plants of Boea resupinata with dehisced fruit in dry weather (Gray 9983, CNS). Photo:

B. Gray.

Zich & Gray, Boea resupinata

Phenology: Flowering plants have not been

collected in the wild, but plants cultivated at

Atherton, north Queensland, have flowered

in February and March; fruits have been

collected in the wild in June, July and October.

Affinities: Boea resupinata is putatively

most closely related to B. magellanica from

Papua New Guinea but differs in its strongly

bent staminal filaments (versus — slightly

bent), its leaf margins that are serrulate to

serrate (versus entire to serrulate), and petal

lobes with white multicellular hairs on the

outside (versus glabrous). It differs from the

other two species occurring in Australia (B.

hygroscopica and B. kinnearii) in its bent

staminal filaments (versus curved to twisted).

It also differs from the most similar Australian

species B. hygroscopica in its petal lobes

with white multicellular hairs on the outside

(versus glabrous), the 3-lipped petal lobes <

half the length of the lip (versus => half the

length of the lip), obscure tertiary venation

on leaf underside (versus usually raised and

prominent), three staminodes (versus two),

and crenate to serrulate leaf margins (versus

crenate, serrate, denticulate to dentate and

irregular) (Table 1).

Table 1. A comparison of morphology between Boea resupinata and allied species

Corolla lobes 3-lobed lip in upper position, lobes | 3-lobed lip in lower position, 3-lobed lip in lower

< half the length of lip lobes > or = to half the length position, lobes < half

of lip; the axis is variable within | the length of lip

an inflorescence but rarely fully

inverted

2-lobed lip in lower position

2-lobed lip in upper

position

2-lobed lip in upper position

Weakly bilabiate, with upper Strongly bilabiate

and lower lips often similar

in size and overlapping; lobes

of 2-lobed lip rounded and

overlapping; lobes of 3-lobed lip

rounded and overlapping.

Glabrous

Strongly bilabiate, upper and lower

lips not or slightly overlapping;

lobes of 2-lobed lip elliptic-ovate

and widely spreading; lobes of

3-lobed lip ovate and slightly

overlapping.

Corolla overall

shape

White uniseriate multicellular hairs Glabrous

present on outer surface of lobes

Petal indumentum

2 dorsal (due to flower inversion)

fertile stamens

Androecium

3 staminodes: 2 lateral and

reduced; | ventral (due to flower

inversion) and extremely reduced

or sometimes absent

Fertile stamen

shape

Filaments strongly bent

2 ventral fertile stamens

Filaments not bent

2 ventral fertile

Stamens

2 staminodes: both lateral and

reduced

3 staminodes: 2

lateral and reduced; |

dorsal and extremely

reduced

Filaments slightly

bent

Leaf margin Serrulate to serrate Crenate, serrate, denticulate to Entire to slightly

dentate and irregular serrulate

Tertiary venation Obscure Prominent, raised, sometimes Obscure to occasion-

on leaf underside obscured by hairs ally visible

13—23 mm x |.6—2 mm diameter,

glabrous or with sessile glands

7-20 mm long =< 1-2

mm diameter, gla-

brous or with sessile

glands

15-35 mm long x c. 1 mm

diameter, glabrous

Capsule dimensions

when dehisced

Notes: Boea resupinata appears to be unique

in the genus in that during anthesis the axis of

the corolla is usually fully inverted, such that

the 3-lobed lip is in the upper position, and

the 2-lobed lip is in the lower position. In bud,

the axis of the corolla is typical of species in

the genus, with the 2-lobed lip in the upper

position and the three-lobed lip in the lower

position. As flowers open the pedicels twist

such that the axis of the corolla 1s rotated and

the lips move through a horizontal plane and

ultimately are fully inverted. Flowers in an

inflorescence of B. hygroscopica may also

be twisted on the axis but are rarely fully

inverted. In their generic description Puglisi

& Middleton (2018) give the orientation of

the corolla lobes as “upper lip 2-lobed, lower

lip 3-lobed”’, and in their key to species the

relative lengths of the lobes of the “lower lip”

(that is the 3-lobed lip) is one character used to

distinguish several species (1.e. Boea urvillei

C.B.Clarke, B. kinnearii and B. hygroscopica

with lobes > half the length of the lip; B.

magellanica and B. dennisii B.L.Burtt with

lobes < half the length of the lip). An amended

key is provided 1n this paper.

In Gesneriaceae stomata are mostly

restricted to the lower leat surface

(Sahasrabudhe & Stace 1974; Wiehler 1983).

Under X40 stereo magnification the lower

surfaces of living leaves of Boea resupinata

are covered by minute mounds. Scanning

electron micrographs of the leaf surface

(Fig. 6) reveal that the stomata are raised

on mounds and that the epidermal cells of

the lower leaf surface are deeply sinuate.

Histology of transverse leaf sections (Fig.

7) reveals that the mounds are formed by

raised subsidiary and guard cells topped by

a stoma, and that the stomatal mounds form a

substomatal chamber that is connected to one

or more stomata. Raised stomatal mounds

have been observed in other Gesneriaceae

(Sahasrabudhe & Stace 1974; Wiehler 1983;

Kvist 1990; Jong et al. 2012; Pereira-Dias &

Santos 2015) and Boea resupinata conforms

to the observation by Wiehler (1983: 89)

that there is a “strong correlation between

gesneriad leaves with a thin, velvety lamina,

abaxial epidermal cells with deep sinuations,

and the presence of stomatal mounds”. Several

Austrobaileya 11: 56-66 (2021)

authors have examined and discussed the

functional significance of the raised stomata

(Wiehler 1983; Pereira-Dias & Santos 2015;

Papanatsiou ef al. 2017; Gray eft al. 2020)

and suggested that the raised mounds and

increased size of the stomatal chamber

facilitates gas exchange and accelerates

transpiration, particularly in moist humid

tropical environments, while the dense

hairs covering the leaf surfaces maintain a

humid microclimate that helps to prevent

dehydration. They further suggest that the

guard cells being raised above the epidermal

surface may help to prevent flooding of the

stomatal chamber in very wet conditions.

Boea resupinata demonstrates desiccation

tolerance similar to that observed in B.

hygroscopica (Bianchi et al. 1991; Proctor

& Zoltan 2002), in that extreme air-dry

plants may rehydrate, thereby enabling

them to withstand prolonged dry periods.

As such B. resupinata can be regarded as a

‘resurrection plant’. The dense, translucent,

white indumentum on both leaf surfaces

results in a striking silvery appearance to the

leaves when plants are desiccated (Figs. 4 &

5) and 1s possibly an adaptation to reflect solar

radiation, reduce heat absorption and reduce

transpiration (Pereira-Dias & Santos 2015).

These morphological traits are considered

adaptations to survive heat and water stress

due to the seasonality of rainfall and the

limited water retention 1n the shallow soils of

its rocky habitat.

Conservation status: Boea resupinata 1s

known from few collections from several

locations in three broad areas that remain

poorly explored. The known locations are

from remote areas within National Parks or

Nature Refuges, and while no immediate

threats were observed these populations

are highly disjunct indicating little or no

genetic connectivity. There is limited suitable

habitat, and therefore a greater susceptibility

to environmental changes associated with

climate change, including changes to rainfall

patterns and fire regimes. It is also conceivable

that collecting by plant enthusiasts in the

future might damage populations. A suggested

conservation status for Boea resupinata 1s

Zich & Gray, Boea resupinata 63

‘ » “he

A ‘ » a

- — >

ee «i

) > oe

° 1

® 780x JAN 28 2021 9:39

170 um —

| 344 um

Fig. 6. SEM image of lower leaf surface of Boea resupinata showing raised stomatal mounds (s), sinuate epidermal

cells (ec), multicellular hairs (mh) and glandular hairs (gh). Scale bar on image is 170 um. All from Gray 9983 (CNS).

Photo: J. Whan.

Fig. 7. Transverse section of Boea resupinata leaf showing upper epidermis (ue), palisade cells (pc), spongy cells (sp),

stomata on raised stomatal mounds (s), stomatal chambers (sc) and hairs (h). Upper leaf surface uppermost in image.

Scale bar on image is 200 um. All from Gray 9983 (CNS). Photo: J. Whan.

Vulnerable [VU BlabQu, 1tv)+B2ab(u, 1v)|

using the IUCN Red List Categories and

Criteria (IUCN 2012).

Etymology: From the Latin resupinus, bent

backwards, referring to the “twisting” of

flowers through about 180° as they open.

Austrobaileya 11: 56-66 (2021)

As flowers open the pedicels twist such that

the axis of the corolla of B. resupinata 1s

frequently fully inverted with the 3-lobed

lip appearing in the upper position, and the

2-lobed lip in the lower position or rotated

such that the lips are in a horizontal plane.

Partially modified key to the species of Boea, based on Puglisi & Middleton (2018) and

following their couplet numbering

9a 3-lobed lip of corolla with lobes = half the length of the lip; leaf margin

MOL Entire (Austral aan. W alseO | s! Bee fe goth od de ede ae nee nee ae ca dee te de Be 4S Gilead Be J 10

9b. 3-lobed lip of corolla with lobes < half the length of lip; leaf margin entire

or serrulate [Australia, Solomon Islands and Papua New Guinea] .......... 12

10a Adaxial leaf surface with a strongly dimorphic indumentum of white

and yellow multicellular hairs |Waigeo Island]................. B. urvillei

10b. Adaxial leaf surface with uniform indumentum of colourless/white

multicellular hairs |AWstraltale 6 Gos oe eee we ee Gea oe ee a 11

Ila Abaxial leaf surface with multicellular eglandular hairs only; flowers

white; fruit 0.8—1 cm long, straight or slightly twisted ........... B. kinnearii

11b. Abaxial leaf surface with mixture of gland-tipped and eglandular hairs;

flowers purple to blue; fruit 1.5—3.5 cm long, twisted ......... B. hygroscopica

12a Ovary and fruit with multicellular hairs, sessile glands absent [Solomon

ISIAMGS|| scot e ye he pee ee a ae he gee nah a er rye a me pn & B. dennisil

12b. Ovary and fruit glabrous or with sparse multicellular hairs and sessile

AIS le cok epee BA we Se gentt Ae he ychs Eoomet GA aa he dot eee woe Ee usr de ale Seare h oh ne Be sulin hres 13

13a _ Petals glabrous; filaments slightly bent; ovary and fruit glabrous or with

sessile glands; leaf margin entire to slightly serrulate [Papua New

Cites: | a oe ae ae ee ee ee ee B. magellanica

13b. Petals with multicellular hairs on outside; filaments strongly bent;

ovary and fruit with sessile glands and sometimes with multicellular

hairs; leaf margin serrulate to serrate [Australia] ............. B. resupinata

Acknowledgements The Directors and Collection Managers of

We thank Jen Whan for assistance with

microscopy, Garry and Nada Sankowsky for

photographs of plants, and Lorna Ngugi and

John Thompson at the Queensland Herbarium

for their assistance during our visit. Fanie

Venter and Ashley Field are also thanked

for helpful discussions on leaf anatomy.

BRI and CANB kindly allowed access to

their collections of Boea on visits to their

institutions. Permits to collect material were

issued by the Queensland Government to

the Australian Tropical Herbarium at Cairns

(CNS) and its precursor institution at Atherton

(QRS) enabling staff or designated associates

to collect herbarium samples from state lands.

Zich & Gray, Boea resupinata

References

Apc (2020). Australian Plant Census. Council of Heads

of Australasian Herbaria. https://biodiversity.

org.au/nsl/services/APC, accessed 16

November 2020.

BIANCHI, G., MURELLI, C., BOCHICCHIO, A. & VAZZANA,

C. (1991). Changes of low-molecular weight

substances in Boea hygroscopica in response

to desiccation and rehydration. Phytochemistry

30: 461-466.

GRAY, A., Liu, L. & FAceTTe, M. (2020). Flanking

support: how subsidiary cells contribute to

stomatal form and function. Frontiers in

Plant Science 11: 881. https://doi.org/10.3389/

fpls.2020.00881

IucN (2012). International Union for the Conservation

of Nature. [UCN Red List categories and

Criteria: Version 3.1, 2nd edition. https://

www.iucnredlist.org/resources/categories-and-

criteria, accessed 17 November 2020.

JONG, K., CHRISTIE, F., Park, J.-H., Scott, S.M. &

MOLLER, M. (2012). Unusual morphological and

anatomical features of two woody Madagascan

endemics, Streptocarpus papangae and S.

suffruticosus (Gesneriaceae), and their potential

taxonomic value. South African Journal of

Botany 80: 44—506.

Kvist, L.P. (1990). Revision of Heppiella (Gesneriaceae).

Systematic Botany 15: '720—735.

PAPANATSIOU, M., AMTMANN, A & BLATT, M.R. (2017).

Stomatal clustering in Begonia associates

with the kinetics of leaf gaseous exchange

and influences water use efficiency. Journal of

Experimental Botany 68: 2309-2315.

PEREIRA-DIAS, F. & SANTOS, M. (2015). Adaptive

strategies against water stress: a _ study

comparing leaf morphoanatomy of rupicolous

and epiphytic species of Gesneriaceae.

Brazilian Journal of Botany 38: 911-919.

Proctor, M.C.F. & ZOLTAN, T. (2002). Tansley Review

No. 141. Poikilohydry and homoihydry:

antithesis or spectrum of possibilities? The New

Phytologist 156: 327-349.

PuGuisl, C., Yao, T.Z., MILNE, R., MOLLER, M.

& MippLeTon, D.J. (2016). Generic

recircumscription in the Loxocarpinae

(Gesneriaceae), as inferred by phylogenetic and

morphological data. Taxon 65: 277-292.

PuGLisiI, C. & MIDDLETON, D.J. (2018). A revision of

Boea (Gesneriaceae). Edinburgh Journal of

Botany 75: 19-49.

SAHASRABUDHE, 8. & STACE, C.A. (1974). Developmental

and structural variation in the trichomes and

stomata of some Gesneriaceae. New Botanist 1:

46-62.

WEBER, A., MIDDLETON, D.J., CLARK, J.L. & MOLLER,

M. (2020). Keys to the infrafamilial taxa and

genera of Gesneriaceae. Rheedea 30: 5—47.

WIEHLER, H. (1983) A synopsis of the Neotropical

Gesneriaceae. Se/byana 6: 1-219.

66 Austrobaileya 11: 56-66 (2021)

145.0 150.0

-15.0

-20.0

Map 1. Distribution of Boea resupinata (e) and B. hygroscopica (A).

The major botanical explorations of F.M. Bailey

A.R. Bean

Summary

Bean, A.R. (2021). The major botanical explorations of F.M. Bailey. Austrobaileya 11: 67-79. Six

major botanical trips undertaken by F.M. Bailey between 1873 and 1898 are documented in the colony

of Queensland in Australia and British New Guinea on the island of New Guinea. These were to

Cardwell in 1873, Tambo in 1876, Trinity Bay in 1877, Roxborough Downs in 1895/96, Torres Strait

in 1897 and British New Guinea in 1898. For all journeys except Trinity Bay, an itinerary and a

map are provided. Around 505 herbarium specimens resulted from these journeys, and 39 of these

became type specimens. These and other significant plant collections are discussed for each journey.

A sample of Bailey’s handwriting 1s reproduced as is an example of a herbarium label written by him.

Key Words: historical botany; Frederick Manson Bailey; herbarium specimens; type specimens;

handwriting; British New Guinea flora; Queensland flora; New Guinea flora

A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland, Australia. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov.

Introduction

Frederick Manson Bailey (1827-1915) arrived

in Brisbane the capital of the Colony of

Queensland, in September 1861, with his wife

and two small children’. In November of that

year, he set himself up as a “seedsman” in

Edward Street, selling mainly vegetable seeds

to the people of the town, but also fresh fruit

imported from Sydney’. The venture was

ultimately not successful, and in 1866, he was

declared insolvent’.

Although Bailey’s business failed, his

reputation as a knowledgeable botanist

was Slowly building, and from 1873, he

was sporadically funded to make trips to

various parts of Queensland, on behalf of

the Acclimatisation Society’, for whom he

was appointed ‘collector’, and for the “Board

of Enquiry into Diseases of Live stock and

plants”, headed by former explorer A.C.

Gregory. Later, as the Colonial Botanist, he

was able to make further journeys, although

by that time, he was not a young man, and the

long trips must have been physically taxing

for him.

This paper reports on six major trips

made by Bailey, five in the then Colony of

Queensland: 1. Cardwell, 1873; 2. Tambo,

1876; 3. Trinity Bay, 1877; 4. Roxborough

Downs, 1895/96; 5. Torres Strait, 1897; and

one to British New Guinea, 1898. A seventh

major journey, to Mt Bellenden Ker, in

1889, has been well documented by Dowe &

Broughton (2007), and is not included here.

For five of the six trips, an itinerary and a

map are provided; for the Trinity Bay trip,

there is insufficient information available for

that to be possible. For each trip, some of the

plant species collected by Bailey (most now

preserved at the Queensland Herbarium)

are discussed. F.M. Bailey’s handwriting is

briefly discussed, and a sample included and

transcribed. A handwritten label, of the type

most often used in the 1870s, is also included.

Materials and methods

The Queensland Herbarium specimen

database (Herbrecs) was used to generate a

list of specimens collected by F.M. Bailey

for each of the years when one of the studied

journeys took place. Since the label data for

specimens from the 19" century often lack the

Accepted for publication 24 May 2021, published online 15 September 2021

collector name and/or the date of collection,

other search criteria were used to detect

specimens potentially collected by Bailey in

those years.

The Trove website (National Library

of Australia 2009-onwards) has been used

to uncover relevant newspaper articles and

reports. Some information was gleaned from

a descriptive account of Bailey’s tour to

British New Guinea. Finally, the Queensland

Herbartum archives contain a notebook

belonging to F.M. Bailey, in which he detailed

plants and places from the Torres Strait trip

and part of the British New Guinea trip.

Cardwell, 1873 (Map 1)

Bailey boarded a north-bound steam ship in

Brisbane on 13'" May 1873. At Rockhampton,

a few days later, he visited plant collector and

gardener Anthelme Thozet (1826-1878) and

was evidently cordially received. At the stop-

over in Townsville, he had time to botanise

on Castle Hill, primarily looking for ferns. He

arrived at Cardwell on the 21*' May (Bailey

1873).

As he was collecting on behalf of the

Acclimatisation Society, his main priority

was the collection of live material that could

be cultivated and multiplied back in Brisbane,

and the collection of seeds for the same

purpose. The collection of dried herbarium

specimens was a secondary consideration

only.

Mr Stone, the owner of “Vale of Herbert”

(or Herbert Vale) station on the Herbert River,

c. 30 km (in a straight line) SW of Cardwell,

invited Bailey to stay at his home. While

botanising there, he evidently travelled by

horse, as he mentioned the grass being “in

most places, over the horses’ backs”. His first

collecting locality was the Seaview Range,

where Bailey did a little botanising, mostly in

the rain. On the lowlands between “Vale of

Herbert” (18° 28’S 145° 51’E) and the Seaview

Range, Bailey reported finding 7apeinochilos

pungens (Teijsm. & Binn.) Mig. (now 7.

ananassae (Hassk.) K.Schum.), which he

described as “a truly handsome plant and

one well worthy of cultivation for ornamental

purposes” (Bailey 1873). The Queensland

Austrobaileya |11: 67—79 (2021)

Herbarium (BRI) has no voucher relating to

this sighting, although there is a specimen at

the National Herbarium of Victoria (MEL)

collected by John Dallachy from the Herbert

River in December 1867. Bailey’s collecting

site at the Seaview Range is unknown, but

it is probable that he crossed the Herbert

River at Stone’s Ford, some 7 km upstream

from the homestead, and climbed up onto the

range from there. During his time at Herbert

Vale, he climbed Mt Graham, a peak of 834

metres. He was not the first botanist to visit

the mountain — John Dallachy had been there

on more than one occasion, most recently in

September 1869 (Dowe & Maroske 2020). At

BRI, there are just two specimens collected

by Bailey from this mountain, namely

Alsophila rebeccae F.Muell. and Davallia

repens (L.f.) Kuhn. Bailey said the ‘going

was difficult’ on the mountain, because of the

slippery terrain and the ‘entanglement of the

calami’ (Calamus spp.). He found a grove of

Angiopteris evecta (G.Forst.) Hoffim. at the

base of a waterfall and carried a whole plant

back down the mountain. This primitive

fern is often about 3 metres tall and widely

spreading, and very heavy because of its high

water content. Bringing such a heavy and

unwieldy load down a slippery mountain was

a remarkable feat.

When Bailey had been at Herbert Vale

for a month, Mr Stone was ready to go to

Cardwell with a dray for supplies. Bailey

made use of the dray to transport all his live

and dried collections, presumably including

the Angiopteris. Along the way, Stone allowed

Bailey to botanise for two days at Dalrymple

Gap, where he delighted in the rich fern flora.

After his return to Cardwell, Bailey’s

travels were limited to the vicinity of the

town, apart from a trip by boat to Garden

Island, situated in Rockingham Bay. It is a

small island only about 600 metres long, but

with a quite rich flora. In his report, he listed

the species he saw there (Bailey 1873), but

he perhaps did not collect any specimens, as

there are none from Garden Island preserved

at BRI. Bailey forwarded “12 large cases of

plants and seeds” to the society before his

return journey>?.

Bean, Bailey explorations

Bailey left Cardwell by steam ship on 14"

July 1873, and on the return journey stopped

at Bowen, where he called upon botanical

collector Eugene Fitzalan (1830-1911), saying

““T received from him a few kinds of seeds for

the society”. He then visited Port Mackay,

intending to stay for two weeks, but due to

the lack of a steam ship, ended up staying

four weeks. He visited Homebush station and

Pioneer station at the invitation of the owners.

He declared that Mackay was “a poor field for

collecting, the Flora being mostly southern”.

However, he brought back with him ‘a

good quantity’ of young plants of Heritiera

littoralis Aiton from Mackay (Bailey 1873).

Around 55 specimens from _ Bailey’s

Cardwell trip are extant. These comprise

the oldest specimens of the Queensland

Herbarium at its inception in 1874 (Bean 2020).

Two of Bailey’s collections from Rockingham

Bay, not present at BRI, but evidently sent to

Mueller at MEL, were named Dendrobium

baileyi F.Muell. and Bulbophyllum baileyi

F.Muell. in 1874 and 1875 respectively. Other

specimens included Osbeckia chinensis L..,

which reaches its southern limit at Cardwell,

Lithomyrtus obtusa (Endl.) N.Snow &

Guymer, 7imonius timon (Spreng.) Merr.,

and Orthosiphon aristatus (Blume) Mig.

The latter has not been found in the North

Kennedy district by any subsequent collector.

Tambo, 1876 (Map 2)

In 1876, Bailey was funded by the “Board

of Enquiry into Diseases of Live Stock and

Plants” to travel to the Warrego pastoral

district of Queensland, to assess the potential

of native grasses and other plants as fodder for

livestock. He left Brisbane in early October°®.

His initial mode of travel is not known, but it

is likely that he took a train from Brisbane to

Dalby (which was the terminus at that time),

and probably travelled by coach from Dalby

to Roma.

In his report written after the trip, Bailey

stated that he bought a horse at Roma and then

travelled westward with Mr Hunter (Inspector

of Brands and Sheep), passing along their way

Amby Downs and Mitchell Downs. He said

that the weather was very dry and not much

grass was evident (Bailey 1877). However, he

listed the names of numerous species of grass

and other herbs that he observed along the

way.

Bailey stated that he visited seven stations

in the Warrego district and the ‘Barcoo’. Of

these, he named only Mt Maria, Oakwood

and Enniskillen in his report. The other

destinations, or places he passed through,

gleaned from Queensland MHerbarium

specimen records, were Mount Abundance

and Amby Downs (west of Roma), Lansdowne

(south of Tambo), Biddenham (W _ of

Augathella) and Burenda Downs (now known

as Burenda), east of Augathella. His report

notes that there is “through the Warrego and

Barcoo a kind of Acacia (Albizzia basaltica

Benth.) called ‘dead finish’, which is greatly

eaten by stock. The cattle bush of the Barcoo

(Ventilago viminalis Hook.) was pointed out

to me at Enniskillen as a valuable fodder.”

(Bailey 1877).

It seems that Enniskillen station on the

Barcoo River was his ultimate destination.

His report does not mention the return

journey at all, and one assumes that having

studied the herbage of the Warrego district

and the upper Barcoo River, his duties were

complete. We know from specimen records

(Acacia triptera Benth. A. macradenia

Benth., Flindersia dissosperma (¥.Muell.)

Domin, Astrotricha intermedia A.R.Bean)

that his return route was firstly from Tambo

to Springsure via Miuitchell’s Pinches and

Mantuan Downs. There are several Bailey

specimens from Springsure, so he must have

had some spare time there. As there are no

botanical collections between Springsure and

Rockhampton, one assumes that he travelled

by coach for that leg of the journey. The main

road from Springsure to Rockhampton passed

to the north of Blackdown Tableland and went

through Gainsford (Pugh 1876). He spent a

few days at Rockhampton before boarding a

steam ship on 21** November 1876, bound for

Brisbane’.

Around 70 plant specimens collected by

Bailey during this trip are present at BRI.

One daisy specimen collected by Bailey

was subsequently described by Mueller as

Helipterum polygalifolium var. leucactinum

F.Muell., and this collection is now the

lectotype of that name. The current scientific

name 1s Rhodanthe diffusa subsp. leucactina

(F.Muell.) Paul G.Wilson. Leptorhynchos

baileyi F.Muell. 1s based on a collection

made by Bailey from Mount Abundance.

At Burenda Downs he collected Prilotus

brachyanthus (F.Muell. ex Benth.) F.Muell.,

a species now listed as Endangered under

the Nature Conservation Act 1992. At Mt

Maria, he collected Pimelea trichostachya

Lindl., and in his report he mentions that P.

haematostachya F.Muell. is common in the

Leichhardt district, saying “this plant belongs

to a poisonous family, but fortunately stock

reject it”. Bailey was just the second person

(after Robert Brown) to collect a specimen of

the striking shrub Astrotricha intermedia. He

found it at Mitchell’s Pinch/Pinches (a locality

no longer used, at about 24° 23’S 147° 23’E),

between Tambo and Springsure. The label at

BRI describes the inflorescence and flowers,

but at some stage, the fertile parts must have

been lost, as only leaves and a short piece of

a branchlet are now present on the specimen.

Trinity Bay, 1877

In early May 1877, Bailey boarded a steam

ship bound for Cairns. Bailey referred to the

land surrounding Cairns as Trinity Bay. In a

letter to L.A. Bernays of the Acclimatisation

Society, Bailey mentioned several significant

plant species he found there, and recorded

a few places that he visited (namely Barron

River, Smithfield, and “the township of

Cairns”), but gave no indication of his

itinerary’. It is likely that he travelled at least

some distance along the “Douglas track’, a

road then under construction on the ranges

north-west of Cairns. The original settlement

of Smithfield lies at the base of the range

where this track commenced (J. Dowe, pers.

comm.).

There are about 60 specimens at BRI

resulting from this excursion — this includes

six from “Green Island” or “Green Island,

off Trinity Bay” with field labels in Bailey’s

handwriting. Green Island is a coral cay

about 20 km east of Cairns. It is very likely

that these specimens were collected during

Austrobaileya \11: 67—79 (2021)

the 1877 trip. On subsequent trips to Cairns,

Bailey dispensed with the term “Trinity Bay”.

His collection of Daphnandra repandula

(F.Muell.) F.Muell. was one of two collections

used by Mueller when describing the species;

the other collection (by J. Dallachy) was

ultimately chosen as the lectotype. An orchid

collected by Bailey became the type of

Microstylis bernaysii F.Muell. (now Dienia

montana (Sm.) M.AClem. & D.L.Jones), and

his collection of Acacia oraria F.Muell. is one

of the syntypes of the name. Bailey himself

named Acrostichum neglectum F.M.Bailey

(now Diploblechnum neglectum (F.M.Bailey)

Gasper & V.A.O.Dittrich) from one of his

Trinity Bay collections. Other significant

collections from this trip included Laportea

interrupta (L.) Chew (a new record for

Australia), the lovely ferns Goniophlebium

subauriculatum (Blume) C.Presl and

Teratophyllum brightiae (F.Muell.) Holttum;

Mackinlaya confusa Hemsl, the I

collection of Polyscias purpurea C.1.White,

a 2™ collection of Bulbophyllum baileyi,

and some small herbaceous species of the

eucalypt woodlands, including Mitrasacme

stellata R.Br., Rotala mexicana Cham. &

Schitdl. and Ammannia multiflora Roxb.

Bailey made special mention of the creeping

fern Trichomanes peltatum Poir. (now

Didymoglossum tahitense (Nadeaud) Ebihara

& K.Iwats.), saying “the glittering fronds

clothe the stems of the trees in some of the

close damp gullies as with a silk coat”.

Roxborough Downs, 1895/96 (Map 3)

In 1895, a great number of cattle died

at Roxborough Downs, in the west of

Queensland near the Northern Territory

border. It was presumed that the cattle died

from eating some poisonous plant, and so

Bailey was dispatched to try and identify the

species that caused the trouble.

Bailey left Brisbane by steamer on 23"

November 1895, headed for Rockhampton.

He then travelled by train to Longreach, then

to Winton and Boulia by mail coach, and the

final leg to Roxborough Downs was made by

buggy. Bailey told a reporter that he “was well

received everywhere, and at almost every

Bean, Bailey explorations

place en route, people waited on him and

submitted specimens of supposed poisonous

and other plants for his inspection’”’.

He reached Winton on the 28" November",

but the latter part of the journey, past Winton,

was greatly prolonged because of flooding at

the Diamantina River and Hamilton River.

The coach was obliged to wait two weeks for

these rivers to drop before it could resume its

journey. Between the creeks and rivers, when

the track was boggy, the coach had to stop

every few yards so that the wheels could be

cleared of the mud that adhered to them. But

that was not the end of the travellers’ trials:

“Where the road was dry it was exceedingly

rough. Travelling cattle had been over it in

wet weather and cut it up. The sun dried the

ploughed up track with all its inequalities,

and it may easily be imagined that the coach

passengers quite expected their heads to be

shaken from their bodies, as they were jolted

in all directions for very many weary hours”.

Bailey stated, “With the thermometer

standing from 100° to 120° 1n the shade, being

stuck up by flooded creeks, and tormented by

flies, I found it hard to work up even a slight

botanic enthusiasm”.

Bailey finally reached Roxborough Downs

(via Glenormiston) on 20" December 1895.

Upon arrival, he promptly began to examine

plants at the locations where the cattle had

died. Bailey concluded that the culprit

plant species was “a form of Eremophila

bignoniiflora’ that was common. there’.

Bailey collected and preserved a specimen

of it (BRI [AQ68698]), which he later re-

identified as Eremophila latrobei F.Muell.,

and his label includes the notation “from

amongst the Gydia where the cattle were

poisoned”. Bailey left Roxborough Downs

very early in January 1896, and his return

journey must have been without incident

because he arrived back in Brisbane on the

10° January 1896. About 31 plant specimens

were collected by Bailey during the trip,

including one new species, Acacia georginae

F.M.Bailey. Other specimens collected at

Roxborough Downs included Eucalyptus

coolabah Blakely & Jacobs, Mentha australis

R.Br., Ipomoea diamantinensis J.M.Black ex

Eardley (all near the Georgina River), as well

as Goodenia lunata J.M.Black, Crotalaria

dissitiflora Benth. and Capparis anomala

(F.Muell.) Byng & Christenh. Bailey also

made a few collections from the Boulia area

(ncluding Solanum chenopodinum F.Muell.),

and seven collections from Middleton.

Torres Strait, 1897 (Map 4)

On the 25" May 1897, Bailey left Brisbane

aboard the steam ship “Warrego” headed

for north Queensland. His destination was

Thursday Island (TI) in the Torres Strait, as

well as adjoining islands and the adjacent

mainland. The purpose of the trip was

“extending his knowledge of the indigenous

flora, and collecting specimens for the

Queensland herbarium’. He arrived at TI

around 10 am on the 31*' May, where he was

booked into the Grand Hotel (Bailey adnot.).

This trip to Torres Strait is perhaps the only

time when Bailey gave sequential numbers to

his specimens, although many remained un-

numbered.

He spent the first few days collecting

the flora of TI. On the 3 June, he travelled

by “little steamer” to Somerset, the home

of Francis (Frank) Jardine, with whom he

stayed. On the 7" June, a steam ship dropped

him on Turtle Island (now known as Turtle

Head Island, c. 20 km SSE of Somerset),

apparently returning him to Somerset that

same day (Bailey adnot.). He wanted to visit

the island because this 1s where he thought

Robert Brown had collected Calostemma

album R.Br. (now Proiphys alba (R.Br.)

Mabb.), but Brown’s Turtle Island is in the

Gulf of Carpentaria, as Bentham (1873) had

recorded. Bailey did not find C. album there,

but he did find an Erythrina sp. which he

considered to be new, and so it turned out to

be. Later that year, Bailey named it Erythrina

insularis F.M.Bailey.

The next day, 8" June, he returned to

TI, and on the 9 and 10" he was engaged

in changing papers and making notes on

specimens he had collected at Somerset.

After that, he resumed collecting on TI. On

the 15" June, he travelled to Hammond Island,

where he spent a day and a half, returning

to TI early on the 17". On the 21* June, he

visited Goods Island, apparently as a day trip.

Bailey commented that while he did collect

a few specimens there, the flora was very

similar to that of TI. He left TI on the 22"

June and arrived at Cairns on the evening of

the 24". He spent the 25" around the town; on

the 26" he did a day trip to Kuranda; late on

the 29" he travelled to Kamerunga, where he

spent the next few days. Here he was probably

accommodated by Ebenezer Cowley, with

whom he had a close working relationship

(Dowe 2014). On the 3" July, he returned

to Cairns, and boarded a south-bound ship,

leaving Cairns about 11 pm. He had a stopover

in Rockhampton for a few days, during which

time he took a trip to Gracemere, and also

called upon Mrs Thozet (the widow of well-

known plant collector Anthelme Thozet) at

North Rockhampton. Bailey then boarded the

S.S. Aramac and arrived back in Brisbane on

the 15" July 1897 (Bailey adnot.).

There are about 230 specimens at BRI

collected by Bailey from the Torres Strait,

and a further ten or so specimens from

Cairns and Kamerunga. Apart from the

Erythrina, Bailey named eight’ species

from specimens he collected from Torres

Strait — Asystasia australasica F.M.Bailey,

Alstonia somersetensis F.M.Bailey (syn. of A.

spectabilis R.Br. subsp. spectabilis), Parsonsia

nesophila F.M.Bailey (syn. of P. velutina

R.Br.), Hoya sanae F.M.Bailey (= Hoya

australis subsp. sanae (F.M.Bailey) K.D.HiI)),

Hydriastele douglasiana F.M.Bailey (syn.

of H. wendlandiana (F.Muell.) H.Wendl. &

Drude, Eriochloa decumbens F.M.Bailey

(syn. of E. fatmensis (Hochst. ex Steud.)

Clayton), Paspalum polo F.M.Bailey (syn. of

P. scrobiculatum L.) and Lobelia douglasiana

F.M.Bailey. Bailey’s collections covered

a large number of plant families, and a

variety of habitats. For example, from the

mangroves his collections included Ceriops

tagal (Perr.) C.B.Rob., Aegialitis annulata

R.Br, Fimbristylis ferruginea (L.) Vahl;

from the beaches Spinifex longifolius R.Br.,

Guettarda speciosa L., Ipomoea pes-caprae

(L.) R.Br, Pemphis acidula J.R.Forst. &

G.Forst.; from the eucalypt woodland Tacca

leontopetaloides (L.) Kuntze, Corymbia

Austrobaileya 11: 67—79 (2021)

novoguinensis (D.J.Carr & S.G.M.Carr)

K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson, Acacia simsti

A.Cunn. ex Benth., Parinari nonda F.Muell.

ex Benth.; and from the rainforest Sterculia

quadrifida R.Br., Aidia racemosa (Cav.)

Tirveng., Gmelina dalrympleana (F.Muell.)

H.J.Lam and Ptychosperma elegans (R.Br.)

Blume.

British New Guinea, 1898 (Map 5)

The south-eastern part of the island of New

Guinea was annexed in 1883 by the Queensland

government on behalf of the British Empire

and a Protectorate was proclaimed in 1884.

In 1888 the Protectorate plus some adjacent

islands was formally annexed by Britain and

became known as British New Guinea with

Lieutenant-Governor George Le Hunte being

the responsible administrator at the time of

Bailey’s visit.

Bailey left Brisbane on the 16" April 1898

on board a steam ship bound for Cooktown.

He was in the company of several political

dignitaries, including Lord Lamington (the

then Governor of Queensland) and Sir Hugh

Nelson” (the former Premier of Queensland).

The journey from Cooktown to British

New Guinea was undertaken by the steamer

“Merrie England”, a ship that drew criticism

from all on board because of its lack of

comfort and sea-worthiness and provoked

“many swear words” from the passengers.

Their first stop (23 April) was Lizard Island,

where Bailey busily studied the flora while

the rest of the company climbed to the highest

point of the island. This is where he found

Stackhousia intermedia F.M.Bailey, a species

he described later that year. They reached

Port Moresby on 25" April. Bailey apparently

spent time around Port Moresby while the

rest of the party did a tour of the hinterland

on horseback. Bailey collected only a few

specimens from Port Moresby, before

getting back on board “Merrie England’,

which headed eastward along the New

Guinea coastline. According to Van Steenis-

Kruseman (2020), places visited included

Kapa-Kapa (28 April); Vatorata and Arema

(29 April); Dedele (30" April); Dufaure Isl.

(1*' May); Samarai (3° May); Milne Bay (4

Bean, Bailey explorations

May); Mita and Awaima (5 May); Dogura

(6'" May); Porlock Bay (7'" May). No botanical

collections were made during this period. The

first collection site was the Mambare River

(8—11" May), very close to the border with

Kaiser-Wilhelmsland, the part of the island

then under German control. Here the steamer

anchored at the mouth of the river, while a

party of men, including Bailey'’, went up the

river in a launch, for a distance of 40 miles’.

It was along this river that Bailey collected

the spiny climbing palm Korthalsia zippelii

Blume. There are five BRI specimens from

the nearby Gira River (16 May), including

the enigmatic Meryta colorata F.M.Bailey.

From here the steamer headed back towards

Samarai, stopping at numerous bays and

villages. Bailey (1898a) mentioned receiving

a flowering specimen of Tabernaemontana

aurantiaca Gaudich. from the Musa River,

but no specimen of that is now present at BRI.

On the 24" and 25 May, they were

anchored in a small bay at the foot of Mt

Trafalgar. Bailey wrote that he had a fever

during this latter part of the trip (caused by

malaria) and it is likely that he did not go

ashore there. However, this appears to have

been Bailey’s most productive location, and

in his notebook, he wrote that he was kept

busy examining plant specimens brought to

him by Lord Lamington (C.W. Cochrane-

Baillie). Several of the species documented in

his report (Bailey 1899) were from this site.

Sir Hugh Nelson had become very ill from

malaria, and so from here the steamer headed

directly for Samarai, reaching it around 8pm

on 26" May. The next day they left Samara,

heading directly for Cooktown, arriving there

on 30 May. Bailey left Cooktown on the 2"

June and arrived in Brisbane on the morning

of the 6" June 1898 (Bailey adnot.).

Bailey’s extant collections from the British

New Guinea tour are few. He explained that

this was because of “the entire want of proper

convenience for drying botanical specimens

on board the ‘Merrie England’, and this applies

more particularly to the succulent plants. I am

extremely sorry for this inability to prepare

good herbarium specimens, because copious

notes, or descriptions enabling one to fully

determine plants and to prepare descriptions

for publication, leave one without what

is most desirable to have— viz., duplicate

specimens to forward to various oversea

botanic departments” (Bailey 1898b, 1899).

Nevertheless, Bailey described numerous

new taxa from the collections made during

his tour of British New Guinea: Acriopsis

nelsoniana F.M.Bailey, Arenga gracilicaulis

F.M.Bailey, Bursera macgregorii F.M.Bailey,

Costus lamingtonii F.M.Bailey, Dendrobium

breviracemosum F.M.Bailey, D. giulianettii

F.M.Bailey, Drymophloeus mambare

F.M.Bailey, Fagraea obovata var. papuana

F.M.Batley, Gardenia lamingtonii F.M.Bailey,

Hoya coronaria var. papuana F.M.Bailey,

H. dimorpha F.M.Bailey, H. lamingtoniae

F.M.Bailey, Justicia gilliganii F.M.Bailey,

Lyonsia_ viridiflora F.M.Bailey, Meryta

colorata, Mussaenda procera F.M.Bailey,

Nephelium winterianum F.M.Bailey,

Scolopendrium mambare F.M.Bailey,

Spathoglottis papuana F.M.Bailey and

Vavaea papuana F.M.Bailey.

Handwriting

F.M. Bailey’s handwriting (Fig. 1) may be

described as forward-sloping, with many

sharp acute angles, with only narrow loops

for the f, g, y, |, and these sometimes lacking.

The lower case u, m and n are often very

difficult to distinguish. A transcription of

Fig. 1 is as follows: “... home all bagged was

off the same panicle so quite ripe enough to

erow. I rubbed the flesh off a few of the fruits

but would not do so again for the hairs in the

pulp surrounding the stones made my hands

very uncomfortable until I thought of using

Eucalypt oil, which stopped the irritation.

I have parts of a frond in a bundle with other

species of the order and some young flower

buds at the bottom of the bag of fruit by which

I hope to run out a description ...”

Fig. 2 shows the label type most often

used by Bailey in the 1870s. The species is

Ventilago viminalis Hook. and the locality is

“Enniskillin Barcoo”’.

74 Austrobaileya 11: 67-79 (2021)

Fig. 1. F.M. Bailey handwriting sample (from Queensland Herbarium archives).

MUSEUM HERBARIUM.

Order Y Aas LEEPLE

toms, LOULL a, |

Species £9 Leeeinta ter PS oe i

Collector_ ; ZL

Flora Australiensis, yol. a page = re

BRISBANE.

‘AGNVISNHTND

F. M. BAILEY, C.M.R.S.1T., &e., Keeper of Herbarium. |

Fig. 2. Herbarium label used by F.M. Bailey in 1876 (BRI [AQ109924]).

Bean, Bailey explorations

Conclusion

The six expeditions outlined here resulted

in approximately 505 herbarium gatherings

with the great majority collected by Bailey

himself. This figure is only 14% of the 3605

specimens currently databased under F.M.

Bailey’s name at BRI, but the time expended

on these trips was only about 2% of his time

as a professional botanist.

It is estimated that 39 specimens collected

on these six expeditions became the sole

or partial basis for the description of new

species. In other words, 39 specimens became

type material.

The labelling of specimens collected on

these trips varies tremendously. Some labels

are roughly torn scraps of paper upon which

Bailey has written a locality name, some

are rectangular but handwritten, some have

a small printed “Herbarium Queensland

Museum” label, and some have the larger

“Museum Herbarium” label (See Fig. 2). Many

labels are undated, but a good proportion bear

the year or month-year.

Bailey was evidently not afraid to take

on physical challenges despite his advancing

years. He gladly participated in the Bellenden

Ker expedition in 1889, when he was aged 62,

despite the knowledge that the mountain 1s

very steep and slippery. The only concession

he made was to not venture too far from

the various camps along the route, allowing

Archibald Meston or others in the party to

collect plant specimens for him from further

afield (Dowe & Broughton 2007). His trip

to Roxborough Downs in the summer of

1895/96 was quite arduous and without

comforts. The trip to Torres Strait was the

most successful in terms of the number of

specimens collected, and more comfortable

for him, but he was nevertheless kept busy

the entire time with collecting and processing

specimens and writing botanical descriptions.

On the British New Guinea trip, Bailey did

receive assistance from Lord Lamington

(C.W. Cochrane-Baillie) in the collection of

specimens, but this was because Bailey was

afflicted by malaria for the latter part of the

trip.

Bailey’s unflagging work on_ these

expeditions resulted in a very significant

contribution to our knowledge of the

Queensland flora and, to a lesser extent, the

New Guinea flora.

Acknowledgements

I am very grateful to Lorna Ngugi (BRI) for

photographing the herbarium label and the

handwriting sample; to Jiaorong Li (BRI)

for producing the maps of Bailey’s travels;

and to Gordon Guymer and John Dowe for

comments on the manuscript. I acknowledge

the “Trove” website provided by the National

Library of Australia, allowing access to

important newspaper articles and reports.

References

BAILEY, F.M. (1873). Botany of the North. The Brisbane

Courier (Qld: 1864-1933), Thursday 30 October

1873, page 3.

— (1877). Report on Mr F.M. Bailey’s tour to

westward. The Queenslander (Brisbane, Qld:

1866-1939), page 24.

— (1898a). Notes on the vegetation of New Guinea.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland

14: 14-20.

— (1898b). Contributions to the flora of New Guinea.

Queensland Agricultural Journal 3: 154-162.

— (1899). Appendix DD. Botany — Contributions to

the flora of New Guinea. In Annual Report on

British New Guinea I" July 1897 to 30" June

1898. Government Printer: Brisbane.

BEAN, A.R. (2020). The founding of the Queensland

Herbarium. Australasian Systematic Botany

Society Newsletter 184: 41—43.

BENTHAM, G. (1873). Flora Australiensis. Volume 6. L.

Reeve & Co.: London.

DoweE, J.L. (2014). The botanical collections of Ebenezer

Cowley. Austrobaileya 9: 263-278.

DoweE, J.L. & BROUGHTON, A.D. (2007). F.M. Bailey’s

ascent of Mt Bellenden-Ker in 1889, and notes

on the publication priority of new vascular plant

species from the Expedition. Austrobaileya 7:

555—566.

DowE, J.L. & Maroskeg, S. (2020). John Dallachy

(1804-71): collecting botanical specimens at

Rockingham Bay. Supplementary Material, File

S2. Historical Records of Australian Science

31: 101-117. https://www.publish.csiro.au/hr/

pdt/HR19013, accessed 2 January 2021.

NATIONAL LIBRARY OF AUSTRALIA (2009-onwards).

Trove. https://trove.nla.gov.au, accessed 13

April 2020.

Endnotes

Austrobaileya 11: 67—79 (2021)

PuGH, T.P. (1876). Pugh’s Queensland Almanac, Law

calendar, Directory, and Coast Guide, for 1876.

Thorne & Greenwell: Brisbane.

VAN STEENIS-KRUSEMAN, M.J. (2020). Cyclopaedia

of §Malesian Collectors. http://www.

nationaalherbarium.nl/FMCollectors/, accessed

15 February 2020.

‘Sydney Mail (NSW: 1860-71), 14 September 1861, p. 5

* The Courier (Brisbane, Qld), 27 November 1861, p. 1.

> The Queenslander (Brisbane, Qld), 22 September 1866, p. 8.

* Queensland Acclimatisation Society report, The Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 29 January 1873, p. 3.

> The Queenslander (Brisbane, Qld), 23 August 1873, p. 3.

° He was in Roma during the week preceding the 14'"° October. Dalby Herald and Western Queensland

Advertiser (Qld), 21 October 1876, p. 2.

’ Rockhampton Bulletin (Rockhampton, Qld), 21 November 1876, p. 2.

* The Brisbane Courier (Brisbane, Qld), 15 February 1878, p. 3.

” Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 11 January 1896, p. 4.

'° Morning Bulletin (Rockhampton, Qld), 2 December 1895, p. 5.

'' Telegraph (Brisbane, Qld), 11 January 1896, p. 4.

'2 Morning Bulletin (Rockhampton, Qld), 20 January 1896, p. 5.

'> Some of Bailey’s Roxborough Downs specimens are dated “Jan 1896”.

'* The Brisbane Courier (Brisbane, Qld), 17 July 1897, p. 4.

' Warwick Argus (Qld), 19 April 1898, p. 2.

'© The Brisbane Courier (Brisbane, Qld), 2 July 1898, p. 6.

'’ The Queenslander (Brisbane, Qld), 27 August 1898, p. 422.

'® Mackay Mercury (Qld), 2 June 1898, p. 3.

Bean, Bailey explorations

uw 145°50'E 146°E 146°10'E me

° — . °

eo | | ye FE

& | a” =

\ _? 8 Garden Island

al cis

a Lal . :

| * ¢

\ é ¢

\ , 4 rd

9 uf at

Ge ‘.r

\, ‘ \

\. Cardwell \ >

| i _ —

Mount x Ry

Macalister ‘, \

ON"

on \ \ o

ol ! N \ . nN

o 0 \ oo

sa) i (\ \ =

iS > ei Vea, . -

f \ \ i(* | \, \

) Ww \\b ( : \

Mount Graham Dalrymple Gap Se Se

CP | = XM |

Sgr intg tnd Ua)

‘ i a PA Ty le

: Herbert Vale Mount Tm. (( _

Seaview Range Cadillah a=

YW) G < w

Fas Qo

fo ©

= ES

145°50'E 146°E 146°10°E

e 5 ® e

Map 1. Bailey’s route on the 1873 expedition to Cardwell.

147°E 150°E 153°E

*y , ; 4

Stanwell Rockhampton

” Gainsford | i

t Springsure wy

Enniskillen

Tambo

Lansdowne

Burenda

Oakwood

Mount Maria

Mitchell Roma

Miles

Y) \ n

a .\ 2

= Dalby y~ [, ™

P. - \

Brisbane ‘eg

@ #£ Town i

@ Homestead PI

147°E 150°E 153°E

Map 2. Bailey’s route on the 1876 expedition to Tambo.

138°E

21°S

24°S

27°S

138°E

141°E 144°E

Roxborough Winton

Downs

Boulia

Longreach

141°E 144°E

Map 3. Bailey’s route to Roxborough Downs in 1895/96.

142°10°E 142°20'E

w = of ES —_

fap)

=) yt

as y, \

Pa x Pt

Hammond 5 \ <q

Island ae ,

Goods Island_— gf / gd

7 { oa

> Sp Islan Caja

> Co fo L

<< & 2 / ‘,

on .

‘ \ ) iF FI P \

— 4 \ A gm Horn Island

i f \ \

\, \ -

—_ ~ \ By

P \ /

} \ Xe r

\ y NN SS —_———

= Prince Of Wales.!sland

s \ Ey ;

\ > in Y . a.

cn ces ie 0 Ade?

= x wo 3 be Cc L , C |

y —_— ( ; f ¥ \ j y ) : / 0)

— i “ail o al J .

. A

“ \ -_ Q ( 4 ? .

| ’ y

L ; /

d ‘Se a ; (7 . f

“ /

re bl

=) 3 igs ail

= GC |

i. pre”)

_ eas” 4 es _—"-- _A

\ )

(

} tee

el f

142°10'E 142°20'E

Map 4. Bailey’s route on his trip to Torres Strait in 1897.

fp ed P

i .

af —

147°E

142°30°E

142°30'E

150°E

Austrobaileya 11: 67—79 (2021)

SONY,

Rockhampton

24°S

10°30'S

10°40'S

10°50'S

~~ Turtle Island

j —~ “

: oa ee

142°40'E

Bean, Bailey explorations

147°E 150°E

_Mambare River

) :

Popondetta™ | Mount

i \ Trafalgar © Goodenough

Island Fergusson

Port Moresby i . Seu

| Normanby

—~_F

"OC

Samarai

Island

”

Lizard

Island

op)

Cooktown

147°E 150°E

Map 5. The route of the “Merrie England” in April-May 1898.

9°S

12°S

15°S

Aglaia monticola W.E.Cooper & P.I.Forst. (Meliaceae),

a new species for Queensland’s Wet Tropics

W.E. Cooper & Paul I. Forster

Summary

Cooper, W.E. & Forster, P.I. (2021). Aglaia monticola W.E.Cooper & P.I.Forst. (Meliaceae), a new

species for Queensland’s Wet Tropics. Austrobaileya 11: 80-86. Aglaia monticola W.E.Cooper &

P.I.Forst. is described, illustrated and compared with A. brassii Merr. & L.M.Perry from New Guinea

and the Solomon Islands. The new species is restricted to montane rainforests in the northern Wet

Tropics bioregion, between Mt Pieter Botte and Mount Lewis. Notes on habitat are provided, as well

as a key to the Australian species from the genus.

Key Words: Meliaceae; Aglaia; Ag/aia monticola; Australia flora; Queensland flora; new species;

taxonomy; rainforest; Wet Tropics bioregion

W.E. Cooper, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor

Road, Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia. Email: wendy@williamtcooper.com.au; Paul I.

Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens,

Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@des.qld.gov.au

Introduction

Aglaia Lour. (Meliaceae) comprises

approximately 120 species in Indomalesia,

Australia and the Western Pacific with

12 occurring in Australia and four or five

considered endemic (Pannell 2013); however,

A. tomentosa Teijsm. & Binn. was erroneously

included in that conclusion (pers. comm. C.

Pannell 2021). Five species are now recognised

as endemic to Australia: A. australiensis

Pannell, A. cooperae Pannell, A. ferruginea

C.T.White & W.D.Francis, A. meridionalis

Pannell and A. monticola W.E.Cooper &

P...Forst. sp.nov. The Australian species

all occur in rainforest communities 1n the

Northern Territory (two species), Queensland

(12 species) and Western Australia (two

species). The greatest concentration of the

Australian species 1s in north Queensland

with centres of species diversity in the Wet

Tropics and Cape York Peninsula Bioregions.

The southern limit for Ag/aia in Australia 1s at

Mary River Heads between Hervey Bay and

Maryborough (Forster ef al. 1991).

Pannell (1992: 249) recorded Aglaia

brassii Merr. & L.M.Perry from New Guinea,

the Solomon Islands, Silver Plains and the

Mt Lewis Range in Queensland, Australia.

The type collection of A. brassii (Brass

3189, lecto: A 00044617 i.d.v.', fide Pannell

1992: 249: isolecto: BISH 1003332 i.d.v., BM

0007999556 i.d.v., BM 0007999557 i.d.v., BRI

[AQ23063], L 401400 i.d.v.) is from Meringe,

Ysabel island in the Solomon Islands. We

consider Aglaia brassii to be a lowland

species of the Solomon Islands and New

Guinea and not to occur in Australia. The

Australian material from the Mt Lewis Range

is described here as A. monticola W.E.Cooper

& P.IJ.Forst. with this species being restricted

to the upland rainforests of Queensland’s

Wet Tropics Bioregion north of the Black

Mountain Corridor.

Aglaia monticola appears to have first

been collected by Richard Schodde in 1964

from the Mt Lewis area. It has been commonly

collected from rainforest bordering the Mt

Lewis forestry road since then and has a

narrow range from a northern limit at Mt

Pieter Botte, south to near Mt Lewis.

'‘i.d.v. = imago digitalis visa

Accepted for publication 12 July 2021, published online 15 September 2021

Cooper & Forster, Ag/aia monticola

Materials and methods

The study is based upon the examination

of herbarium material from BRI and CNS,

as well as field observations. All specimens

cited have been seen by the authors apart from

those indicated i.d.v. (imago digitalis visa),

that have been examined on JSTOR Global

Plants.

Measurements of the floral parts and

fruits are based on material preserved in 70%

ethanol as well as fresh material from the

field. Abbreviations in the specimen citations

are LA (Logging Area), Mt (Mountain, except

where an official name), NP/NPR (National

Park/National Park Reserve), TR (Timber

Reserve).

Taxonomy

Aglaia monticola W.E.Cooper & P.I.Forst.

Sp. nov.

Similar to Aglaia brassii Merr. & L.M.Perry

but differs by the shorter leaf rachis and petiole

(15—65 mm vs. 100-140 mm); pulvinus on

lateral petiolules (present vs. absent); fewer

leaflets (3 [rarely 4] vs. 5 [rarely 7]); leaflet

indumentum (stellate hairs and stellate scales

vs. stellate hairs and stellate and fimbriate

scales); leaflet surface abaxially with lateral

veins distinctly raised (vs. flat or slightly

raised); longer inflorescence peduncle length

(30-85 mm vs. 7-23 mm); longer flower

pedicel length (S—6 mm vs. 0.5—1 mm) and

flower shape (ovoid-oblate vs. ellipsoid).

Typus: Queensland. Cook _ DISTRICT:

Brooklyn, Australian Wildlife Sanctuary, Mt

Lewis, 9 October 2020, W. Cooper 2694 &

L. Morris (holo: CNS 150993 [2 sheets CNS

150993.1 and CNS 150993.2 + spirit], iso:

BRI, CANB, FRI, K, L, MO, distribuendi).

[Aglaia brassii auct. non Merr. & L.M.Perry;

Pannell (1992, 2013); Cooper & Cooper (2004:

284); Zich et al. (2018)].

8 |

Illustrations: Cooper & Cooper (2004); Zich

et al. (2018); (all as A. brassii).

Tree to 20 m, dbh to 75 cm; bark reddish-

brown, finely fissured and slightly flaky;

branchlets and twigs glabrous; new growth

pale green. Leaves compound, alternate; rachis

+ petiole 15-65 mm long, with dense pale

to dark coppery stellate scales interspersed

with a few pale fawn coloured stellate hairs,

primary pulvinus 2.5—4 mm long. Leaflets

3 (rarely 4), all with petiolules and pulvini;

lateral petiolules 6-13 mm long; terminal

petiolules 16-35 mm long; pulvini 4—5 mm

long; petiolules and pulvinulus grooved

adaxially and with dense coppery stellate

scales; lamina elliptical or oblong-elliptical,

70-180 mm long, 20-60 mm wide; base

cuneate, sometimes slightly asymmetrical;

apex acuminate; margin entire; adaxially with

numerous small pits, glabrous or with sparse,

rusty stellate scales or hairs; abaxially with

rusty and fawn stellate scales or hairs denser

along primary vein, newer leaflets scabrid

on underside; discolorous, being dark green

adaxially, paler green abaxially; venation

brochidodromous; primary vein distinctly

erooved on dried specimens; secondary

veins 9 or 10 pairs, raised on both surfaces;

tertiary venation reticulate. Inflorescence

a pendulous axillary panicle 80-220 mm

long; rachis slender, diameter to 1 mm; bracts

solitary and present at peduncle bases, part

way along and at apex, triangular, c. 0.65 mm

long and 0.75 mm wide, base truncate, apex

acute, densely clothed in rusty stellate scales;

peduncles 30—85 mm long. Flowers may be

shghtly fragrant, male and females similar,

ovoid-oblate 3.25-3.5 mm long and 3-4.5

mm wide; pedicels 2.5—4 mm long, narrowly

obconical; calyx 5-lobed, shortly cupular,

lobes broadly ovate, c. 1 mm long and 1.5

wide, green, with rusty and pale fawn stellate

scales; petals 5, quincuncial, elliptic-orbicular

and concave, c. 2.5 mm long, 2.2—3 mm wide,

yellow or orange-yellowish, glabrous or a few

stellate scales sometimes present, margin

thin, repand and sometimes ciliate; staminal

tube ovoid or oblate, c. 2.5 mm long, aperture

diameter 1—1.5 mm; anthers ovoid, inserted

half or mostly % the way up the tube and just

protruding above aperture, 1.25—1.5 mm long,

glabrous; ovary oblate, 0.65—1 mm high, 0.75—

1.1 mm wide, with dense silvery stellate hairs,

2-locular; stigma 2-lobed, 0.5—0.7 mm high,

Q.6—1 mm wide; ovules 1 per locule. Fruiting

pedicel c. 5 mm long. Fruit a 2-locular drupe,

pear-shaped, up to 33.5 mm long, 26.5 mm X

22 mm wide, yellow-orange or orange, with

stellate scales. Seeds 1 or 2, up to 21 mm

long and 9 X 12 mm wide, testa black; aril

translucent whitish and completely enclosing

seed. Figs. 1 & 2.

Additional selected specimens (from 64 examined):

Queensland. Cook District: TR 165, Noah, Pieter

Botte LA, upper slopes of Mt Pieter Botte, Sep 1997,

Ford 1977 (CNS); Daintree NP, NW of Black Mt, May

1998, Forster PIF22901 et al. (BRI); Daintree NP,

Black Mt area, Daintree River headwaters, May 1998,

Forster PIF 22963 et al. (BRI); SER 143, Cow LA, near

Schillers Hut, Sep 1996, Ford 1769 (CNS); Mt Misery,

on Mt Carbine Tableland, Sep 1972, Webb & Tracey

11702 (BRI); Mt Misery, E of Mt Spurgeon, Nov 1988,

Jessup et al. GJM904 (BRI); SFR 143, Kanawarra,

Carbine LA, Mar 1988, Hyland 25411RFK (BRI, CNS);

SFR 143, Kanawarra, Carbine LA, Nov 1987, Hyland

25245RF'K (BRI, CNS); ibid, Nov 1990, Hyland 14081

(BRI, CNS); 13.5 km along Mt Lewis road, Nov 1995,

Forster PIFISI11 et al. (BRI, CNS); TR 66, 11 km along

Mt Lewis Road, Nov 2001, Forster PIF27686 et al. (A,

BISH, BRI, L, MEL, NSW, NY, Z); Brooklyn Station,

track near Blue-faced Parrot Finch site, Mt Lewis, Sep

2016, Cooper 2329 & Pannell (CNS); Brooklyn, near

Blue-faced Parrot Finch site, Mt Lewis, Nov 2016,

Cooper 2378 & Pannell (CNS); ibid, Nov 2016, Cooper

2379 & Pannell (CNS); SFR 143, Lerra LA, 5.6 km from

Bushy Creek bridge, Apr 1997, Ford 1892 (CNS); Mt

Lewis, Oct 1971, Webb & Tracey 11937 (BRI); Bunya

site, Mt Lewis, Oct 1973, Webb & Tracey 13729 (BRI,

CNS); Mt Lewis Range, 1 mile S of main ridge of Mt

Lewis, Oct 1964, Schodde 4148 (BRI, CANB).

Austrobaileya 11: 80-86 (2021)

Distribution and habitat: Aglaia monticola

is endemic to montane rainforest in the Wet

Tropics bioregion in north-east Queensland,

Where it 1s currently known to occur at

about five general localities (Mt Lewis, Mt

Spurgeon, Mt Misery, Black Mountain and

Mt Pieter Botte) at altitudes from 600-1200

m (Map 1). These localities are all north of

the Black Mountain Corridor (BMC) (Bryant

& Krosch 2016).

Aglaia monticola grows as a small tree

in the understory of complex mesophyll

and notophyll vineforest on soil derived

from granite. It co-occurs commonly

at the Mt Lewis localities with Agathis

atropurpurea B.Hyland, Aglaia meridionalis

Pannell, Argyrodendron trifoliolatum

F.Muell., Athertonia diversifolia (C.T.White)

L.A.S.Johnson & B.G.Briggs, Cupaniopsis

flagelliformis (F.M.Bailey) Radlk..,

Elaeocarpus grandis F.Muell., Endiandra

bessaphila B.Hyland, £E. inopinata

B.Gray, Garcinia warrenii F.Muell.,

Oraniopsis appendiculata (F.M.Bailey)

J.Dransf., A.K.Irvine & N.W.UhI, Prunus

turneriana (F.M.Bailey) Kalkman, Sloanea

langii F.Muell. and Synima_ macrophylla

S.T-Reynolds.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in

October and November and fruits have been

recorded in March and April.

Affinities: Aglaia monticola was previously

included within Pannell’s (1992) species

concept for A. brassii from the Solomon

Islands and New Guinea lowlands. The

habitat, indumentum, leaves, flowers and

seeds differ between the two species; however,

they are superficially similar and may share a

common lineage.

Etymology: The specific epithet monticola 1s

derived from the Latin monti- (mountain) and

-cola (dweller), referring to the plant’s habitat.

Cooper & Forster, Aglaia monticola 83

D nat 4

a Ses

a*, "S

F. '

= a8

ee ta +

"o* sue mn

*st es at +;

* as 4

= . rf

a ee

arty ee", 7

» as om ew oe

. seme Me ot .

eS ae & *., * .

. . 7. . * Ly!

"s » @ s

oe, e Pa

» tne

a Atal ‘

. a Tee

* * a ws ".

1, a eos Seu

a, oe

a8 .

*. . iy LP 7 7

7 3h ow

so 2 # LP ”

o 8 + oe ee |

8 * * ®

iat . oa " was

e * w * on *; Ld]

= oom "a

a PL ou 7 Z ®

' " 7 cf Ps yy

a . ®

i : a

» * a7 *.* av?

4% Py .

. s .

‘ * te

ao ae

Pes zs nH

aa wa .

eae) a * sua

. 2%

oe ot .%

. .

1 2%

LJ . ba . a

. e - iJ

ae "8 a Be hae

mip es

7" +

et pee

*: 22 a ie it m

= of Lew ir

: f] EAA ‘4 a

as 4 . «

° ° 4 «** - sea s

* ate 1454 eet ele ar °

s *

at beans

dee el a | .

eer . os

ee fel te Ye teh,

*¥. "«

. -*

rl s

pi \ =:

ase *

Py .

e * 6 ss. F

e .

"ats * =

2 - es

. =

* “se « + va .

7. a .@ * e

* + *

=, 2 * " -*

s * . e

% © **

. *

’ * wer}

se?

e * *

at Fe bd e

. Py * \

. .

oa s s,s

« o* *a*

* he, = ee ”

e . ae

ette *

. *,

. .

. .*

° -

e *

® .

Fig. 1. Aglaia monticola. A. branchlet with flowers and young leaf. B. abaxial leaflet surface showing venation. C.

leaflet bases showing pulvini. D. stellate hair. E. peltate scale. F. flower from side. G. half flower showing stamens,

style, ovary and ovule. Scales as indicated. A, E—G from Forster PIF 27686 et al. (BRI); B, C & D from Hyland 14081

(BRI). Del. N. Crosswell.

84 Austrobaileya 11: 80-86 (2021)

Key to Aglaia species in Australia

1 Indumentum comprising stellate hairs consisting of rays of two

lengths, one whorl around the base of each cluster being noticeably

shorter than the central more erectrays ............ 000086 % A. ferruginea

1. Indumentum of stellate hairs or peltate scales; if stellate hairs they consist

Gi-rays allOra Sima CMe TA a BT Be ie Ge ao eS a ce ne a: Oe eee ee ee oe tab eS Gish gh de ai 2

2 Leaflets with secondary veins reaching and curving at the margins and not

forming loops(camptodromous)ormay form complete loops atthemargin

BUCH LOW ATS ADEM. eo. o. te als Aediw aS essed ws als Bandits fle om beg SEA ac UATE Ss 3

2. Leaflets with secondary veins looping well within the margins

COTOCHTIGSGTOMOMS) 8% nen cues ote gn oe chee a te oy se Bee oe hse, ae obs ll: &

S Leavesswvith WZ ileatets. so acclowiw ate wok oe BM Gide lane Wile U dala ue ap dis A. spectabilis

3. Leaves with 3-9: leanetsint ook ree Aik wee ee See yd Ga ee bo a eee =

4 Leaflets with numerous stellate hairs or scales dividing into rays near the

centialatiacningnt. 2 Ws 2 moms gman Me cas eee cera al ou WF cal toa eae mate ieee A. brownil

4. Leaflets with fimbriate or stellate scales that have a broad centre with

short trays upto: ball (heTadiUS OF MiGSCAIS 2. 5 aes te be ee ast et ee ee thet 5

Ss Galyx lobes scarcely.s-lobed sy un i ha a a Bae Ba ee ES A. euryanthera

5. Calyx lobes deeply divided into 5 or6 lobes. ................. A. sapindina

6 Leaflets adaxially with white indumentum which may be sparsely

INTEESPELSEG AWITH-LUSTY SCAIES. 0 ce a, BB BE he cer Pe ag Ae ee oo El ee 3

6. Leaflets adaxially with silvery, rusty, brown or purplish indumentum ........... 8

7 Leaves with 9-19 leaflets; lateral leaflets with cordate or cuneate bases;

secondary veins comprising 11-25 pairs. ............ 202.2008 6 A. argentea

7. Leaves with 1-7 leaflets; lateral leaflets with attenuate or cuneate

bases; secondary veins comprising 5—10 pairs. .............. A. eleagnoidea

8 Lateral leaflet bases extremely asymmetrical .................. A. silvestris

8. Lateral leaflet bases symmetrical or occasionally indistinctly asymmetrical. ....... 9

9 Leaves with usually 3 (rarely 4) leaflets; petiolules with distinct pulvinus

at base which is much thicker than the petiolule; occurs in the Wet

ITROPICS DIGKESTOM hk. Sho. Bue be ead ae SA ce ee oN OP A. monticola

9. Leaves with 5-13 (rarely 3 or 4) leaflets; petiolules without a distinct

UV TIUS se Ss Lie, Site eA oa an eet ba, Gece NGS Gt aw cele aes Seb, Go eae tye Get, ees 10

10 Leaves with up to 7 leaflets; occurs E of Mcllwraith Range in Cape York

PeiWSUA DORE GOIN cs BSE 9 bse I A Soy ne BRS SS are pts she allel ed lie BE ESI A. cooperae

10. Leaves with 9-13 leaflets; occurs S of Cooktown in Wet Tropics bioregion. ....... 11

11 Leaflets with 6—14 pairs of lateral veins; petiole + rachis with moderate to

sparse indumentum of minute, dark purplish fimbriate scales. ...... A. australiensis

11. Leaflets with 11—25 pairs of lateral veins; petiole + rachis with dense rusty

Stellare Ngirs OF SCAICS =e. 2 dee det lee oe Reet Gee dels oe hey ees A. meridionalis

Cooper & Forster, Ag/aia monticola

Fig. 2. Aglaia monticola flowers. (Cooper 2694 & Morris, CNS). Photo R. Jensen.

Acknowledgements

The first author is grateful to Lucy Morris for

field assistance to collect the type specimen

of Aglaia monticola. | also thank Tim Hawkes

and Rigel Jensen for field assistance, Steve

Murphy for the map, Darren Crayn and Frank

Zich for support and access to CNS herbarium

and Australian Wildlife Conservancy for

permission to collect on their property.

Permits to collect material were issued by the

Queensland Government to the Australian

Tropical Herbartum at Cairns (CNS) and

its precursor institution at Atherton (QRS)

enabling staff or designated associates to

collect herbarium samples from state lands.

The line drawings in Fig. 1 were skillfully

executed by Nicole Crosswell.

References

BRYANT, L.M. & KRoscuH, M.N. (2016). Lines in the land:

a review of evidence for eastern Australia’s

major biogeographical barriers to closed forest

taxa. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society

119: 238-264.

COOPER, W. & COOPER, W.I.

Australian Tropical

Editions: Melbourne.

(2004). Fruits of the

Rainforest. Nokomis

ForSTER, P.IL., Bostock, P.D., BirbD, L.H. & BEAN,

A.R. (1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-

East Queensland. Queensland Herbarium:

Indooroopilly.

PANNELL, C.M. (1992). A taxonomic monograph of the

genus Ag/aia Lour. Royal Botanic Gardens,

Kew: London.

— (2013). Aglaia. In A. Wilson (ed.), Flora of

Australia 26: 33-42. Australian Biological

Resources Study/CSIRO Publishing: Canberra/

Melbourne.

ZICH, F., HYLAND, B.P.M., WHIFFIN, I., KERRIGAN, R.A.

(2018). Australian Tropical

Rainforest Plants, Edition 7. http://www.canbr.

gov.au/cpbr/cdkeys/REK7/key/RFK7/Media/

Htm1l/entities/index.htm

86 Austrobaileya 11: 80—86 (2021)

145.5° E

Mt Pieter Botte ‘© 4

Cape Tribulation

oe Black Mtn

Mt Misery

“Mt Spurgeon © Mossman

e° 16.5° <

<>Mt Lewis

~¥

BARRON RIVER *

Cairns ©

145.5°E

Map 1. Distribution of Aglaia monticola.

Austrobaileya 11: 87-88 (2021)

SHORT COMMUNICATION

Lectotypification of Flindersia schottiana F.Muell. (Rutaceae)

A.R. Bean

Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt

Coot-tha Road, Toowong 4066, Queensland. Email: tony.bean@des.qld.gov.au

Flindersia schottiana was described by

Mueller (1862). The type citation reads “In

silvis humidioribus Australiae orientalis a

fluvio Hastings, usque ad sinum Repulse

Bay.” [In humid forests of eastern Australia

from Hastings River up to Repulse Bay].

This suggests he saw a minimum of two

specimens; one from Hastings River and one

from Repulse Bay.

There exist two specimens from

“Cumberland Islands” in Australian herbaria

(AVH 2021). Cumberland Islands is_ the

name given to a group of several islands in

Repulse Bay, north and north-east of Mackay.

The specimen at BRI comprises a single

leaflet and a portion of an inflorescence

and has a hand-written label (in the hand of

C.T. White) saying “Flindersia schottiana

F.M. Cumberland Islands (Ex Nat. Herb.

Melbourne)”. A specimen note by L.S. Smith

explains the link between Repulse Bay and

Cumberland Islands, and he attributed the

collection to ‘probably’ Eugene Fitzalan in

1860. In that year, Fitzalan was a member

of an expedition looking for the mouth of

the Burdekin River, and he was employed

by Mueller to collect botanical specimens

(Dowe 2015). The specimen at MEL (MEL

QOO31815A), from which the BRI specimen

was obviously excised, has the locality

‘Cumberland Islands’ but is without collector

name or date. It includes an original label

handwritten in pencil saying “Aralia fl white

40 to 50 ft Cumberland Islands’. Mueller

subsequently added “Flindersia schottiana

FM” in ink, and the word “‘Aralia” was crossed

out. The handwriting of the pencilled label 1s

consistent with that of Fitzalan, as shown in

Dowe (2015: 91).

There is only one known early specimen

in Australian herbaria from ‘Hastings River’,

namely an 1861 collection by H. Tozer at NSW

(NSW 99599). Horatio Tozer (1816-1865)

sent numerous plant specimens to Ferdinand

Mueller in Melbourne, of which 44 are

currently held in Australian herbaria (AVH

2021). All of these are held at MEL, with the

exception of the Flindersia specimen, which

was evidently sent to NSW sometime after the

naming of the species.

Hartley (1969) chose a J.C. Bidwill

specimen at K, without comment, as the

lectotype of Flindersia schottiana. Bidwill

collected many specimens from the Wide

Bay district of southern Queensland in the

late 1840s and early 1850s, and his specimens

were sent to William Hooker in London and

ultimately deposited in the Kew Herbarium.

The Shenzheng Code (Turland ef a/. 2018,

Art. 9.3) states that a lectotype 1s one specimen

or illustration designated from the original

material. Article 9.4 further states: “For the

purposes of this Code, original material

comprises the following elements: (a) those

specimens and illustrations (both unpublished

and published prior to publication of the

protologue) that the author associated with

the taxon, and that were available to the

author prior to, or at the time of, preparation

of the description, diagnosis, or illustration

with analysis (Art. 38.7 and 38.8) validating

the name”.

Accepted for publication 29 June 2021, published online 15 September 2021

It is well known that Mueller never visited

Kew Herbarium, nor did he receive any

specimens from there on loan. It follows that

Hartley’s lectotypification using the Bidwill

specimen is not valid, as that specimen is not

original material.

The Cumberland Island specimens (at

BRI and MEL), and the Hastings River

specimen (at NSW) are original material, as

they were associated with the taxon by the

author and were available to him prior to

publication. Both of these gatherings have

plant structures agreeing with the description

given in the protologue. The Cumberland

Islands specimen at MEL is here chosen as

the lectotype as it a good quality specimen

and it bears an original label.

Flindersia schottiana F.Muell., Fragm. 3:

25 (1862). Type: Queensland. Cumberland

Islands, [September 1860, £. Fitzalan s.n.|

(lecto: MEL 31815 [here designated]; isolecto:

BRI [AQ342772]).

Austrobaileya 11: 87-88 (2021)

Acknowledgements

I thank Hannah McPherson (NSW) and

Angharad Johnson (MEL) for providing high

quality specimen images.

References

AVH (2021). Australasian Virtual Herbarium. https//:

avh.chah.org.au, accessed 21 February 2021.

DoweE, J.L. (2015). I saw a good deal of the country much

more than any other collector, An assessment

of the botanical collections of Eugene Fitzalan

(1830-1911). Cunninghamia 15: 87-133.

HARTLEY, T.G. (1969). A revision of the genus Flindersia

(Rutaceae). Journal of the Arnold Arboretum

50: 481-526.

MUELLER, F. (1862). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 3: 25. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

TURLAND, N.J., WIERSEMA, J.H., BARRIE, F.R., GREUTER,

W., HAWKSWoRTH, D.L., HERENDEEN, P.S.,

KNAPP, S., KUSBER, W.-H., L1, D.-Z., MARHOLD,

K., May, T.W., McNEILL, J.. MONRO, A.M.,

Prapbo, J., PRiczE, M.J. & SMITH, G.F. (eds.)

(2018). International Code of Nomenclature

for algae, fungi, and plants (Shenzhen Code)

adopted by the Nineteenth International

Botanical Congress Shenzhen, China, July

2017. Regnum Vegetabile 159. Koeltz Botanical

Books: Glashiitten.

A taxonomic revision of Polyosma Blume

(Escalloniaceae) in Australia

A.R. Bean & Paul I. Forster

Summary

Bean, A.R. & Forster, P.J. (2021). A taxonomic revision of Polyosma Blume (Escalloniaceae) in

Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 89-114. Polyosma in Australia comprises eight endemic species that

occur in rainforests along the east coast. All eight species are here fully described, including two

new species from the Wet Tropics of Queensland (P. globosa A.R.Bean & P.I.Forst., P. nigrescens

A.R.Bean & P.I.Forst., both illustrated with line drawings), with notes on distribution (including

maps) and habitat, typification and suggested conservation status. Lectotypes are selected for

Polyosma alangiacea F.Muell., P. cunninghamii Benn., P. reducta F.Muell. and P. rigidiuscula

F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey. A dichotomous identification key to the species is provided.

Key Words: Escalloniaceae; Polyosmaceae; Saxifragaceae; Polyosma; Polyosma_ alangiacea;

Polyosma cunninghamii; Polyosma globosa; Polyosma hirsuta; Polyosma nigrescens; Polyosma

reducta, Polyosma rhytophloia; Polyosma rigidiuscula; Australia flora; New South Wales flora;

Queensland flora; Wet Tropics; new species; taxonomy; identification key; conservation status

A.R. Bean & Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science,

Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: tony.

bean@des.qld.gov.au; paul.forster@des.qld.gov.au

Introduction

The genus Polyosma Blume was originally

described based on material collected in Java

(Blume 1826). Species of Polyosma have been

subsequently described from a wide area

of mainland Asia (China, India, Thailand,

Vietnam), Malesia (Indonesia, Malaysia,

New Guinea, Philippines) and Australasia

(Australia, New Caledonia, Solomon Islands)

(Lundberg 2016). There is no monograph of

the genus, and the current species estimate of

c. 90 (Lundberg 2016), is likely to rise with

recent descriptions of novelties adding to this

total (Esser & Saw 2015; Esser 2017; Pillon

2018; Saw 2020a,b).

The family placement of Polyosma has

been relatively unstable with the genus

variously classified in Escalloniaceae

(Hutchinson 1967; Hyland 1982; Stanley

1983; Thorne 1992; Christophel & Hyland

1993; Hyland & Whiffin 1993; Hyland ef al.

1994, 1999; Takhtajan 1997; CHAH 2007;

Forster 2007, 2010, 2019; Heywood ef al.

2007; APG HI 2009; APG IV 2016; Zich

et al. 2018; Saw 2020a,b), Grossulariaceae

(Cronquist 1981; Henderson 1997, 2002),

Saxifrageae/Saxifragaceae (Bentham 1864;

Engler 1890, 1928; Bailey 1900; Schlechter

1914; Reeder 1946; Francis 1951; Morley

1983), or in Polyosmaceae (Blume 185];

Willis & Shaw 1966; APG 1998; APG II

2003; Lundberg 2001, 2016; Esser 2017). The

placement as the sole genus in Polyosmaceae

is dependent on interpretation of inferred

relationships from molecular analyses, with

analysis of plastid markers indicating a

sister relationship to other Escalloniaceae

(Lundberg 2001; Tank & Donoghue 2010). By

comparison, mitochondrial markers indicate

a closer sister relationship to Ouintinia DC.

(Soltis et al. 2011). The most recent consensus

classification of plant families based on

sequence data maintains the placement of

Polyosma in Escalloniaceae (APG IV 2016).

For Australia, the first record of Polyosma

was by J.J. Bennett when he described P.

cunninghamii Benn. (Bennett eft al. 1840).

Bentham (1864) included only P. cunninghamii

in the Flora Australiensis; further species

Accepted for publication 15 July 2021, published online 15 September 2021

were added by Mueller (1872, 1892) with

P. alangiacea and P. reducta respectively,

Bailey (1890) with P. rigidiuscula F.Muell.

& F.M.Bailey, White (1918) with P. hirsuta

C.T.White, White & Francis (1926) with

P. rhytophloia C.T White & Francis and

Domin (1926) with P. brachyandra Domin

(as ‘brachyandrum’). The last overall flora

account was by Bailey (1900); however, at that

time only P. alangiacea, P. cunninghamii, P.

reducta and P. rigidiuscula were included.

Most modern (last forty years) accounts or

listings of species have indicated that between

five to eight species are present, with several

known only by phrase names (Hyland 1982;

Morley 1983; Thomas & McDonald 1987,

1989; Hyland & Whiffin 1993; Hyland ef al.

1994; Henderson 1997, 2002; Hyland ef al.

1999; Cooper 1994; Cooper & Cooper 2004;

CHAH 2007; Forster 2007, 2010, 2019).

The Australian species are all shrubs or

small to medium sized trees, invariably in

the understorey or midstorey of rainforest or

closed forest communities. The eight species

endemic to eastern Australia occur in diverse

rainforest types at higher altitudes, generally

above 600 m, and often near or on the tops

of the highest peaks in tropical parts of the

continent. Substrates are not particularly

diverse, being predominantly on volcanics

(basalt, granite) or metasediments, although

several species are restricted to only one

substrate. The overall distribution in Australia

ranges from the Wet Tropics of north-east

Queensland (northern limit at Mt Hartley),

to southern New South Wales (southern limit

at Kioloa State Forest, N of Batemans Bay)

through nearly 19° of latitude.

Materials and methods

This revision is based largely on collections

at the Queensland Herbarium (BRJ), together

with examination of material at AD, CANB,

CNS, MEL and NSW (either in situ or on

loan) and online images at BM, K, L, MEL

and PR via JSTOR Global Plants or directly

from herbaria. The majority of species were

examined and/or collected in habitat by one

or both authors.

Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021)

Common abbreviations used in_ the

collection data are LA (Logging Area), Mt

(Mountain, except where an official National

Park name), NP/NPR (National Park/National

Park Reserve), SF/SFR (State Forest/State

Forest Reserve) and TR (Timber Reserve).

Online images of specimens are cited as i.d.yv.

(Imago digitalis visa). Specimens are cited

within Queensland pastoral districts running

north to south, with general mention made

of the Queensland bioregions in which they

occur (https://apps.des.qld.gov.au/regional-

ecosystems/).

Measurements are inclusive, viz. 0.2—1.0

given as 0.2-1.

Species treatments are in alphabetical order

with no phylogeny inferred.

Suggested conservation status codes are as

defined by the IUCN (2012).

Taxonomy

Polyosma Blume, Fil. Ned. Ind. 13: 658 (1826).

Type: Polyosma ilicifolia Blume (lectotype,

fide Hutchinson 1967: 31).

Shrubs, small trees or canopy trees,

hermaphrodite. Indumentum of simple

hairs. Leaves simple, opposite (or sometimes

sub-opposite), decussate, margins. entire

or toothed. Stipules absent. Leaf venation

pinnate, secondary veins joined by prominent

loops. Domatia absent. Leaves without

translucent dots or flecks, glands and nectaries

absent. Inflorescences elongate, racemose

or spicate, terminal; flowers bisexual,

actinomorphic, sessile to _ pedicellate.

Bracts persistent or deciduous, at base of

inflorescence; bracteoles 3, inserted at or near

base of calyx, persistent. Calyx with a fused

basal part (hypanthium) and 4 lobes. Corolla

fused into a long tube (not in Australia), with

4 valvate lobes, reflexed at anthesis, or corolla

tube with 4 sutures, initially splitting to the 4

valvate lobes, but sometimes splitting almost

to base. Hypogynous disc present. Stamens

4, not attached to perianth, antesepalous;

anthers basifixed, dehiscing by longitudinal

slits; filaments with antrorse or spreading

hairs throughout. Ovary inferior, 1-locular,

glabrous, ovules numerous. Style simple,

Bean & Forster, Polyosma

unbranched, stigma capitate or truncate. Fruit

an indehiscent l-seeded drupe, aril absent,

sepals persistent at the apex.

About 90 species, Old World tropics and

subtropics. Eight species endemic to Australia.

Key to the Australian species of Polyosma

1 Leaf venation densely reticulate, with many tertiary veins visible (and

often raised) on lower leaf surface... .

1. Leaf venation not densely reticulate, few or no tertiary veins visible

on lower leaf surface ...........

2 Petioles short (3-11% of lamina length) . .

2. Petioles long (9—37% of lamina length). . .

3 Branchlet hairs 0.1—0.2 mm long, white, confined to new growth;

mature fruits 7-10 X 5-6mm......

ee ee ae 8. P. rigidiuscula

3. Branchlet hairs 0.2—0.5 mm long, yellow or brown, persistent on older

stems; mature fruits 10-11 X 7-S8 mm. .

4 Leaf margins (on mature plants) toothed. .

4. Leaf margins (on mature plants) entire. . .

ee a ee ee ee es ee 4. P. hirsuta

5 Leaf midrib, petioles and branchlets with brown rusty hairs; pedicels 0.8—

1.4 mm long at anthesis

Lin Bel aealin ty mee moe tat i, Fel Tee 1. P. alangiacea

5. Leaf midrib, petioles and branchlets with yellow to yellow-brown hairs;

Pedicels ADSENt At ANUNESISE + fe ha ey le vladky a gihelidblyele Ww or dest 3. P. globosa

6 Leaves with 4—7 pairs of prominent teeth; fruitsribbed......... 2. P. cunninghamii

6. Leaves entire or with I—3 pairs of very small teeth; fruits withoutribs........... 7

7 Branchlets persistently hairy; leaf margins often with I-3 pairs of tiny

teeth; fruiting pedicels 2.5—3.5 mm long

7. Branchlets glabrous except on very young growth; leaf margins entire;

fruiting pedicels 4-5 mmlong......

1. Polyosma alangiacea F.Muell., Fragm.

8: 8 (1872). Type citation: “In silvis densis

montium prope Rockingham’s Bay ubi, quoque

Bischofha Javanica nascitur, Dallachy”. Type:

Queensland. NorTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Coast Range, 27 July 1868, / Dallachy

s.n. (lecto [here designated]: MEL 568240;

isolecto: BRI [AQ291331]; K 000739774 i.d.v.;

L 0035068 i.d.v.; MEL 568242; MEL 568243).

Illustrations: Cooper (1994: 231); Cooper &

Cooper (2004: 225).

Tree 4—26 m tall. Branchlets + terete,

indumentum persistent, brown or _ rusty-

coloured, hairs 0.2—0.4 mm long, straight

to somewhat crisped, antrorse to spreading.

Leaves: petioles terete, 14-40 mm long,

18—37% of lamina length, densely pubescent

with rusty hairs; lamina elliptical, 93-158

x 28-67 mm, 2.3-3.5 times longer than

wide, base cuneate, apex acuminate, margins

entire, younger leaves densely hairy on

midvein (lower), leaf margin, and sparsely

hairy on lower surface, soon glabrescent;

secondary veins distinct on both sides, 6—10

pairs, diverging at 60—85° from the midvein;

reticulate tertiary venation visible on lower

surface, raised or not raised. Juvenile

specimens very similar but with larger leaves.

Inflorescence rachis densely rusty-hairy,

57-130 mm long (basal 5-12 mm without

flowers), bracts 4 or 5, ternate, 7.5—10 mm

long; flowers 65-85; bracteoles unequal,

middle one longer than lateral ones, middle

bracteole lanceolate to elliptical, 1.7—-2.8 mm

long. Flowers: pedicels 0.8—-1.4 mm _ long

at anthesis; calyx 2.3—-2.7 mm long, densely

rusty-hairy, lobes 0.5—0.8 mm long; corolla

tube with longitudinal sutures, sometimes

splitting to base, 9-11 mm long, with dense

rusty hairs on outer surface, sparse white

hairs on inner surface; corolla lobes 1.5—2.5

mm long, 0.8—1.2 mm wide at base, creamy,

apex obtuse; staminal filaments c. 5 mm long,

anthers 1.6—2.2 mm long; style about as long

as corolla, with moderately dense antrorse

hairs 0.05—0.1 mm long, exserted from corolla

tube by |—2 mm. Fruits: pedicels 1.5—2.6 mm

long, articulated at the base; immature fruits

ellipsoid, 6.5-11 X 5-7.5 mm, obscurely

ribbed or rugose, sparsely pubescent, green,

not fleshy; mature fruits ellipsoid, c. 15 mm

long and 11 mm diameter, base obtuse, dark

blue, smooth, glabrous, significantly fleshy.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: TR 176 Monkhouse, Lorna Doone LA,

Oct 1982, Hyland 12223 (CNS); Mt Windsor Road, c. 1

km E of Mt Windsor Station gate, Jun 2019, Worboys

et al. 1775 (BRI, CNS); May Peak, Oct 1994, Jago 32/4

(BRI); SFR 607, Bridle LA, Aug 1982, Hyland 11847

(CNS); Westcott Road, Topaz, Jan 1993, Cooper 482 &

Cooper (CNS); SFR 607, Emerald LA, Apr 1983, Gray

3031 (CNS, L); SF 185 Danbulla, Jun 1992, Forster

PIF 10652 & Tucker (BRI, CNS, MEL); SF 185 Danbulla,

Kauri Creek Road, Nov 1995, Forster PIF ISO9S &

Spokes (BRI); SFR 185, Mt Haig, Feb 1986, Altena

s.n. (CNS [QRS503950]); SFR 607, Emerald LA, Feb

1981, Gray 19/8 (BRI, CANB, CNS, L, MEL, NSW);

SFR 194, Western, Cpt. 59, EP/43, Sep 1978, Unwin

704 (CNS); SFR 194, Hugh Nelson Range, Parish of

Herberton, May 1982, Gray 2594 (CNS); SFR 194,

Western, Jan 1982, Gray 2388 (BRI, CANB, CNS, L);

SFR 650 (Mt Fisher), E/P 29, Nov 1975, Sanderson

834 (CNS). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: 27 km S along

Culpa Road, SF 605 Koombooloomba, May 2002,

Forster PIF28784 & Booth (BRI); Saddle below main

Mt Bowen ridge, Hinchinbrook Island, Jul 1988, Fe//

DF1220 & Swain (BRI); Mt Fox, May 1964, Stark s.n.

(CNS [QRS507596]); SFR 605, Dawson LA, Dec 1981,

Hyland 1136] (BRI, CNS); Mt Spec forestry camp, Nov

1933, Francis s.n. (BRI [AQ291333]); Mt Spec, Jun 1952,

Volck & White AFO 00292 (CNS); Mt Elliot, 30 km SE of

Townsville, Sep 1998, Cumming 17825 (BRI); Birthday

Creek Falls, Feb 2002, Cumming s.n. (BRI [AQ559852]);

Burgoo LA, Garrawalt, Jul 1975, Sanderson 647 (CNS).

SOUTH KENNEDY District: Crediton Loop road,

Eungella NP, s.dat., Pearson SP440 (BRI); SFR 62,

Gamma, Jul 1974, Hyland 4028 (BRI, CANB, L, NSW);

SFR 411 Mia Mia, Apr 1979, Qualischefski 135 (CNS).

Distribution and habitat: Polyosma

alangiacea 1s endemic to Queensland,

extending from Shiptons Flat (south of

Cooktown) to Mt Elliott in the Wet Tropics

bioregion, and with a southern disjunction

to Eungella National Park (west of Mackay)

Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021)

in the Central Coast bioregion (Map 1). It

inhabits tropical rainforest (complex notophyll

vineforest) at altitudes between 400 and 1100

metres on volcanic substrates (basalt, granite).

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded from

April to July; fruits from October to February.

Typification: Dallachy collected widely in

the area known as Rockingham Bay (Dowe

& Maroske 2020) with the collections sent

to Ferdinand Mueller in Melbourne. Many

of these specimens are only labelled with

this location, although if they are dated then

a more specific location can be inferred. The

specimens that he collected of this species are

deposited in the herbaria BRI, K, L and MEL

and most have been annotated previously

as representing isotype or syntype material

by R.D. Hoogland, G.K. Schultze-Menz or

other herbarium curators. Originally this

material would have been kept unmounted

in folders at MEL, prior to distribution,

followed by mounting and eventual allocation

of firstly sheet numbers, and then accession

numbers (not necessarily the same numbers)

in the different herbaria. Mueller indeed sent

material to K soon after he received it from

Dallachy. The accession K 000739774 bears

the annotation ‘Rec. 3/69’.

The dispersal and separate mounting

and accessioning of Dallachy’s collection

has meant that the different specimens are

accompanied by a variety of label data. Many

just have ‘Rockingham(s) Bay’ and no date.

The accession MEL 568240 has a note written

in Dallachy’s hand stating that the collection

is from the Coast Range and was collected

on 27 July 1868. This fertile specimen is

the only accession with these data and is

selected as the lectotype for the name. Other

accessions in BRI, K, L and MEL only have

Rockingham(‘s) Bay written in Mueller’s hand

on a label, no date and often no mention of

Dallachy, although they were clearly handled

by Mueller. It is known that Mueller reverted

to more generalised localities when writing

labels for duplicates (Bean 2019: 87), and

he often omitted Dallachy’s name from the

‘Rockingham Bay’ labels as Dallachy was his

only collector in that area. The specimens at

BRI, K and L are very similar to the lectotype

Bean & Forster, Polyosma

in flower maturity, leaf size and indumentum

and it is highly likely that they were part of

the same gathering. They are here considered

isolectotypes.

Dallachy’s location of “Coast Range’ 1s

most likely to be somewhere west of Cardwell,

perhaps more in the Cardwell Range where the

species has been subsequently collected, than

the actual Coast Range of modern geography.

Notes: The flowers of Polyosma alangiacea

are reportedly strongly perfumed (Gray 2594).

It is a distinctive species by virtue of its long

petioles, rusty tomentum on the branchlets

and flowers, and the entire leaf margins. It

is unlike any other Australian species but is

rather similar to P. cestroides Schltr. from

Papua New Guinea. However, the corolla of

the latter is glabrous and lacks sutures, and its

leaves are glabrous.

Conservation status: Polyosma alangiacea

is widespread with extant subpopulations

occurring mainly in locations that are part

of National Parks and State Forest Reserves.

This species is usually locally common

at collection locations, most of which are

concentrated along roads or access tracks.

There are no pressing threatening processes

identified for this species and it can be

categorised as Least Concern.

2. Polyosma cunninghamili Benn. in J.J.

Bennett, R. Brown & T. Horsfield, Pl. Jav.

Rar. [Bennett] 2:196, Tab XL, figs. 8-12

(1840). Type citation: “in Nova Cambria

Australi prope Five Islands, in_ sylvis

umbrosis submontosis: arbor 12—25-pedalis,

A. Cunningham (1818). (exam. s. in Herb.

Banks.)’ Type: New South Wales. Five

Islands, [October-November] 1818, 2.

Cunningham S&4 (lecto [here designated]: BM

000906246 i.d.v.; 1solecto: NSW 628702).

Illustrations: Maiden (1917, t. 193); Stanley

(1983: 223, Fig. 35B); Floyd (1989: 129);

Leiper et al. (2008: 332); NSWFO (2020).

Shrub or tree 3-10 m tall.-Branchlets +

terete, young branchlets with moderately

dense white hairs 0.1—0.25 mm long, straight,

appressed. Leaves: petioles terete, 4-14 mm

long, 7-19% of lamina length, sparsely to

densely pubescent with white hairs; laminae

elliptical to oblanceolate, 55-105 Xx 19-30

mm, 2.7—3.5 times longer than wide, base

cuneate, apex acute to acuminate, margins

with 4—7 pairs of prominent teeth, younger

leaves moderately hairy on midvein (lower)

and sparsely hairy on lower surface, soon

glabrescent; secondary veins distinct on both

sides, 5—7 pairs, diverging at 60—80° degrees

from the midvein; tertiary venation not visible

on either surface. Juvenile specimens very

similar but with larger leaves. Inflorescence

rachis with dense white appressed hairs,

18—68 mm long (basal 0-16 mm without

flowers), bracts 2—4 ternate or in groups of

2, 1.5—5 mm long; flowers 15—47; bracteoles

unequal, middle one longer than lateral ones,

middle bracteole lanceolate, 0.5—1.2 mm long.

Flowers: pedicels 3—4 mm long at anthesis;

calyx 2.2—3 mm long, with appressed white

hairs, lobes 0.3—0.6 mm long; corolla tube

with longitudinal sutures, 6.5—-12 mm long,

sometimes splitting to base, yellow-green,

appressed hairy on outer surface, more or

less glabrous on inner surface; corolla lobes

1.8—2.4 mm long, 0.6—1(—1.2) mm wide, apex

obtuse; staminal filaments c. 5 mm long,

anthers 1.6—2 mm long; style about as long

as corolla, sparsely hairy, exserted from the

corolla tube by 1-2 mm. Fruits: pedicels

4—6 mm long, articulated at the base; mature

fruits ellipsoidal, 13-18 xX 8-11 mm, with

8 prominent longitudinal ribs, glabrous or

sparsely pubescent, significantly fleshy at

maturity, purple. Fig. 1.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

WIDE Bay District: Fireclay Scrub, Wrattens SF (SF

639 Widgee), c. 20 km N of Mary Rivers Field Studies

Centre, Feb 1988, McDonald 4163 (BRI); Eumundi,

Mar 1894, Field Naturalists (BRI [AQ291345]); Mary

Cairncross Scenic Reserve, Blackall Range, 3 km SE

of Maleny, Dec 2004, Forster PIF 30427 et al. (BRI, L,

MEL, NSW). DARLING Downs DISTRICT: Goomburra

SF, c. 1.5km W of Mt Castle Lookout carpark, NE of

Warwick, Jan 2003, Bean 19935 (BRI); Bare Rock Track

from Mt Cordeaux, Aug 1992, Forster PIFIIIS9 & Reilly

(BRI, CNS, L, MEL); E of Bald Mt, c. 23 miles [38.3 km]

E of Warwick, Apr 1962, Smith s.n. (BRI [AQ200765]);

adjacent to Gambubal SF, NE of Killarney, Oct 2000,

Bean 16887 (BRI); The Head — Killarney Road, 0.7 km

W of the Moss Garden, Apr 2002, Bean 15599 (BRI);

Spring Creek Road, between the Moss Gardens & Carr’s

Lookout, near The Head, Dec 2004, Forster P/F305/6

et al. (BRI, MEL, NSW). Moreton District: Mt

Glorious, Mar 1943, White 12065 (BRI); forestry road

Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021)

|p :

1 #e ee”

. J -

‘ 4 -,

. ‘

™

, 4

Fig. 1. Polyosma cunninghamii. Flowering and fruiting branchlet. [Repeater Station Road, Springbrook, 10 April

2019]. Photo: G. Leiper.

to Lepidozamia Grove, D’Aguilar Range, Oct 1997,

Phillips 55 (BRI); On bank of Advancetown Lake,

Hinze Dam, c. 2 km from dam wall, western side of

Tallai Range, May 2001, Halford O7058 & McDonald

(BRI); Mt Barney, saddle between peaks, Oct 1992,

Forster PIF 11902 et al. (BRI); Tomewin Conservation

Park, adjacent to Tomewin Mountain Road, McPherson

Range, Mar 2019, Forster PIF46057 & Leiper (BRI,

MEL). New South Wales. Cox’s Road, near junction

with N end of Murray Scrub Track, Richmond Range,

Oct 2006, Phillips 1647 & Phillips (BRI); Will Willi

NP, Banda Road, 300m E of junction with Hastings

Forest Way, Sep 2003, Donaldson 2654 & Golson

(CANB, NSW); Vicinity of Forestry Hut, Oaks SF, c.

15 miles [25 km] W of Bowraville, May 1964, Schodde

3521 & Hayes (AD, CANB, NSW); Cockerawombeeba

Creek, Mt Boss SF, 46 km NW of Wauchope, Oct 1978,

Streimann &229 (BRI, CANB); Fitzroy Falls, E of Moss

Vale, Nov 1962, Schodde 3177 (CANB); Budderoo NP,

c. 1 km E of Knights Hill, head of Minnamurra Creek,

Oct 1993, Gilmour 7509 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Kioloa

SF, Higgins Creek, Apr 1979, Russell-Smith s.n. (CANB

[CBG7906459]).

Distribution and habitat: Polyosma

cunninghamii 1s endemic to Queensland

(within the South East Queensland bioregion)

and New South Wales and has the greatest

latitudinal range of any of the Australia

species, extending from Wrattens SF (S of

Kilkivan) in Queensland, to Kioloa SF (N of

Batemans Bay) in New South Wales (Map 2).

It inhabits subtropical to temperate rainforest

(simple to complex notophyll vineforest) at

low to high altitudes (from 60 to 1300 metres),

on a variety of soil types, predominantly of

volcanic origin (basalt, granite, granophyre),

although it may also occur on metasediments.

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been

collected in every month of the year.

Affinities: Polyosma cunninghamit has leaves

with relatively long petioles and conspicuously

toothed margins (more so than any other

Australian species), and prominently ribbed

fruits. Sterile specimens closely resemble the

Javanese species P. ilicifolia Blume, but the

fruits of the latter are not ribbed.

Typification: Cunningham appears _ to

have only collected this species once, as

represented by his collection #84 from the

Bean & Forster, Polyosma

Five Islands location in 1818. This collection

is represented 1n two herbaria (BM and NSW)

and a lectotype is selected based on the BM

sheet.

Conservation status: ‘There has _ been

widespread habitat destruction throughout

the range of Polyosma_ cunninghamii

for agriculture and forestry and this has

undoubtedly caused a_ reduction and

fragmentation of the overall species

population. However, the species 1s still

commonly encountered in multiple locations.

It is present in numerous National Parks,

State Forest Reserves and other conservation

reserves and can be categorised as Least

Concern.

3. Polyosma globosa A.R.Bean & P.I.Forst.

Sp. nov.

With affinity to P. hirsuta, but differing by

the entire leaf margins, the sessile flowers

and fruits, and the much longer petioles.

Typus: Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: State

Forest Reserve 143, Kanawarra, Carbine

Logging Area, 24 November 1987, B. Hyland

2524I1RFK (holo: CNS [QRS085532]; iso:

BRI, CNS [QRS085533]).

Polyosma sp. (Mt Lewis BH 25241RFK);

Hyland ef al. (1994: 305); Hyland et al. (1999:

68); Zich et al. (2018).

Polyosma sp. (Mt Lewis — B.Hyland

RFK25241); Henderson (1997: 93, 2002: 91);

Forster (2007: 69, 2010: 64, 2019).

Polyosma sp. (Mt Lewis); Cooper & Cooper

(2004: 226).

Polyosma sp. Mt Lewis’ (B.P.Hyland

RFK25241) Qld Herbarium; CHAH (2007).

Tree 5-15 m tall. Branchlets + terete,

indumentum persistent, yellow-brown or

yellow, hairs 0.2—0.4 mm long, straight to

somewhat crisped, antrorse to spreading.

Leaves: petioles terete, 13-24 mm _ long,

20-27% of lamina length, densely pubescent

with yellow or rusty hairs; lamina elliptical,

58-112 X 20-42 mm, 2.3-3.1 times longer

than wide, base cuneate, apex acuminate,

margins entire; younger leaves densely hairy

on midvein (lower), leaf margin, and sparsely

hairy on lower surface, hairs persisting on

midrib, lower side; secondary veins distinct

on both sides, 5—7 pairs, diverging at 60—80°

from the midvein; reticulate tertiary venation

visible on upper and lower surface, raised.

Juvenile specimens very similar but with

larger leaves, and presence of 6—9 pairs of

marginal teeth. Inflorescence rachis sparsely

to densely yellow or rusty-hairy, 57-90 mm

long (basal 4—7 mm without flowers), bracts

2, opposite, 3.5—5 mm long; flowers 76—94;

bracteoles unequal, middle one somewhat

longer than lateral ones, middle bracteole

ovate, 0.8—1.3 mm long. Flowers: pedicels

absent; calyx 2.2—-2.6 mm long, densely

rusty-hairy, lobes 0.3—0.6 mm long; corolla

tube with longitudinal sutures, sometimes

splitting to base, 5.5—7.5 mm long, appressed

hairy on outer surface, glabrous on inner

surface; corolla lobes 2.4-—3 mm long, 0.9-

1.2 mm wide, colour unknown, apex obtuse

to acute; staminal filaments 4.5—5 mm long,

anthers 1.9—2.2 mm long; style about as long

as corolla, exserted from corolla tube by 1-2

mm, with sparse antrorse hairs 0.05—0.2 mm

long. Fruits: pedicels absent; mature fruits

globose, 9.5-10.5 xX 9-10 mm, not ribbed,

slightly rugose, sparsely pubescent, purple or

blue-black, not fleshy. Fig. 2.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Daintree NP, NW of Black Mountain,

May 1998, Forster PIF 22891 et al. (BRI); Near Schillers

Hut, Mt Spurgeon, Sep 1972, Webb & Tracey 11764

(BRI); SFR 143, North Mary LA, May 1977, Gray

481 (BRI, CANB, CNS, NSW); SFR 143 Parish of

Kanawarra, Carbine LA, Jun 1988, Gray 4555 (BRI,

CNS); ibid, Jul 1988, Gray 4889 (BRI, CNS); Mt Lewis

(Bunya site), Sep 1973, Webb & Tracey 11458 (BRI); Mt

Lewis, Oct 1967, Hyland 1047RFK (BRI, CNS); ibid,

Aug 1968, Hyland 1898 (BRI); ibid, Aug 1968, Hyland

1900 (BRI); Mt Lewis Forest Reserve, 22 km along Mt

Lewis road, May 2003, Forster PIF29365 & Jensen

(BRI); SFR 143, Kanawarra, Carbine LA, Dec 1988,

Hyland 13742 (BRI, CNS); ibid, Dec 1988, Hyland 13744

(BRI, CNS); ibid, Oct 1988, Hyland 13593 (BRI, CNS);

ibid, Dec 1990, Hyland 14092 (BRI, CNS); Mt Lewis

road, 35 km from junction with Mareeba — Mossman

road, Oct 1987, Foreman 1859 (BRI, CNS, MEL, NSW).

Distribution and habitat: Polyosma globosa

is endemic to the Wet Tropics bioregion of

north Queensland north of the Black Mountain

Corridor (BMC) (Bryant & Krosch 2016). The

species 1s known from four general locations

(Windsor Tableland, Mt Lewis, Black Mt in

89-114 (2021)

Austrobaileya 11

* si

s ES : .

= hie +4["« ete ag2 oe te made yo : om he = =

ie Cs Ee i = =< : iggy” aa a : we P A ge at

rf er De ante tne elane AA ; = weet Le ar he > er a

BA oe wie ORO A OO EOE ON ae oO Be == Sat aay ee : A

0 Fhe GG fete 80 Seles ate oe ee Sa eee it ad eit gaol

ne Ce 448 ee aed ea ed Med Pe c ’ é .

ct ae ee et ee ie ee j ait =i

i . cat ht

, —* : : a

se Eg a = ae a ag, *

ee a a ae ee, wea oe, = ae a aaal® sore * "Sg

cates 355 - at af a al a ae - eat i ee al

ae a | t

im a pa nat id = — = “= Pi ee a = mate ia ee yy Vian

ee a tit ‘ —— . “a sai .

es z Se Se Le a i ae. wee a as ae hh

Yc ee — aaa a Sectinees Saad a a ie - od — S ky i i eS a e

a cama: aa: iE: Tagg ST ie wat Wie: agen ‘cit oman _ ‘same ‘ii, —s a id x ait ill Bae * 4

seul — incense ee ig, se ing : =— =o a # a. sect ie n3

‘ ‘ i J kong gs a, bi

a ” aa : a aot Sty _ — ag. aaa = = = ate, in Seca si _ Aa

= a eg aye SOE — — tig cacti nl — vate oe i * ee oe a tact af a, ge a © come oe be iE ial

aa : aed or —_ a a cual! Fe gh Ed perere on fa eee ge geen ee? 2 ae | Si ee = ‘

8 a cal — ore a tea Be EE aa 4

‘ i, SE RR “ “iin x qe © Bong : vt ti vei

re OR ea snd ot all aE ga = sa ta

: a> i =

Re onal

a “ ise sececneeil ‘ “ig Sail - “ —

“wo seo rac a een — il

‘ eS aoe Ee i ell en vei

- aaa al Sema —T | eee a

ga ee Soe oo 3

4 . 2 L 7 ‘ * ; # # ’

PviitidingS tt ge * * a, : a ak!

" ‘ ‘ ay os J ’ 8 ee 7 4 a 4 Bal te F € é : ge ®

j * : ; -—- . a - é de seg 2

if sé a: 2 os es , j sees

: a 7 é eat

’ a Hef

we a EY

ae |

= 4

Sas a

% # ae

a a ee

‘0? AR Ae

“ig hi as

ag, oa

7 SSS

_ * i A

a <4

* & — a,

se in

ie Se

0 ON A

s %, og

ma pe te A

ee aa

# *

4243

is et

at is

sie te

ae *

ted.

1Ca

C. mature fruit. D. flower and

f leaf lower surface

All from Hyland 25241RFK (BRI). Scales as ind

branchlet. B. portion o

bracteoles, just prior to anthesis. E. style and stigma. F. stamen.

Fig. 2. Polyosma globosa. A. flowering

Del. N. Crosswell.

Bean & Forster, Polyosma

the Daintree NP and Mt Spurgeon) (Map 3),

at altitudes between 1000 and 1260 metres

in montane tropical rainforest (complex

notophyll vineforest, microphyll fern/moss

vineforest) on the tops of exposed ridges and

mountain tops with an underlying substrate of

eranite.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded from

September to December; fruits from May to

December.

Affinities: Polyosma globosa is clearly allied

to P. hirsuta but differs by the mature plants

having entire leaf margins, sessile flowers

and fruits (flowering pedicels 1.3—2.5 mm

long, fruiting pedicels 2.5—6 mm long for P.

hirsuta), and the petioles 20-27% of lamina

length (S—11% of lamina length for P. hirsuta).

Conservation status: Polyosma_ globosa

occurs in effectively four locations with

multiple sublocalities. It is generally locally

abundant at the known locations. Further

exploration of the largely inaccessible area

between Mt Spurgeon and the Black Mt 1n the

Daintree NP is likely to reduce this apparent

geographic disjunction. The likelihood of

extinction from stochastic change (i.e. a drier

and hotter climate) is extreme. The climate

is predicted to become hotter and drier with

more variable conditions (McInnes ef al.

2015). The plants that occur on mountain tops

in the Wet Tropics of Queensland are under

direct threat from a changing climate with

modelled projections of widespread species

extinction by 2080 (Costion ef al. 2015;

Hoffman ef al. 2019). Polyosma globosa has

a small and fragmented distribution and 1s

probably already well advanced on its natural

journey towards eventual extinction (Levin

2000) due to being unable to escape from its

refugial habitat that 1s anchored to geology

and topography (Cartwright 2019). A formal

assessment of the conservation status of this

species will be undertaken elsewhere and is

likely to recommend a conservation status of

Endangered.

Etymology: The species epithet is from the

Latin globosus and refers to the globular

fruits of this species.

4. Polyosma hirsuta C.T.White, Bot. Bull.

Dept. Agric. Queensland 20: 14 (1918). Type:

Queensland. Cook DIstrictT: Johnstone

River, December 1915, N. Michael s.n. (holo:

BRI [AQ342399]; iso: MEL 568356).

Polyosma brachyandra Domin, Biblioth. Bot.

89: 152 (1926) (as ‘brachyandrum’), synon.

nov. Type citation: “Nordost-Queensland:

Regenwalder bei Harveys Creek (DOMIN

XII. 1909)”. Type: Queensland. Cook

District: Harvey’s Creek, December 1909,

K. Domin s.n. (syn: PR 526856 id..v., PR

526857 i.d.v., PR 526858 i.d.v.).

Illustrations: White (1918: 15); Cooper (1994:

231); Cooper & Cooper (2004: 226).

Shrub or tree 3-10 m tall. Branchlets +

terete, indumentum persistent, yellow-brown

or yellow, hairs 0.2—0.5 mm long, + straight,

antrorse to spreading. Leaves: petioles terete,

4-11 mm long, 5—-11% of lamina length,

densely pubescent with yellow or rusty hairs;

lamina elliptical to obovate, 52-132 X 23-57

mm, 2.2—3.1 times longer than wide, base

cuneate, apex acuminate, margins with 3—6

pairs of teeth, 0.6—-1.2 mm long; younger

leaves densely hairy on midvein (lower),

leaf margin, and sparsely hairy on lower

surface, soon glabrescent; secondary veins

distinct on both sides, 6—9 pairs, diverging at

60—80° from the midvein; reticulate tertiary

venation visible on lower surface, raised.

Juvenile specimens very similar but with

larger leaves. Inflorescence rachis sparsely

to densely yellow or rusty-hairy, 40-77 mm

long (basal 3—37 mm without flowers), bracts

2 or 4, ternate, 1.5—5 mm long; flowers 14-

32; bracteoles unequal, middle one longer

than lateral ones, middle bracteole linear

to lanceolate, 0.9-2.1 mm long. Flowers:

pedicels 1.3—2.5 mm long at anthesis; calyx

2.2-3.8 mm long, densely rusty-hairy,

lobes 0.5-1.9 mm long; corolla tube with

longitudinal sutures, sometimes splitting to

base, 7-11 mm long, pale green, appressed

hairy on outer surface, sparsely hairy on

inner surface, corolla lobes 1.3—2.2 mm long,

0.5—0.7 mm wide, apex obtuse; staminal

filaments 5.5—6 mm long, anthers 1.3—2.4 mm

long; style about as long as corolla, sparsely

hairy; exserted from corolla tube by < 1 mm.

Fruits: pedicels 2.5—6 mm long, articulated

at the base; immature fruits ellipsoidal, 7.5—8

x 4.5—5 mm, not ribbed, sparsely pubescent,

ereen, not fleshy; mature fruits ellipsoidal,

significantly fleshy, 10-11 mm long, 7-8 mm

diameter, base obtuse, dark blue, smooth,

sparsely hairy.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Mt Misery, Jun 1992, Forster 10758 et

al. (BRI, L, MEL); c. 2 km SW of The Pinnacles & c. 13

km SSE of Mossman, Aug 1978, Moriarty 240] (BRI,

CANB, CNS); SFR 143, Kanawarra, Carbine LA, Nov

2003, Gray 8870 (BRI, CANB, CNS); Rex Range, SF

42, Telecom access track, Jul 1994, Forster PIF 15521

et al. (BRI); SF 1229 Kuranda, 27 km along Black Mt

Road from Kuranda end, Sep 2001, Forster PIF27534 et

al. (BRI, MEL); Cairns, Hills Creek, May 1989, Lyons

62 (BRI); c. 0.5 km S of Copperlode Falls Dam, Mar

2009, Jago 7254 (BRI); SFR 185, Robson LA, Jan 1979,

Gray 1234 (BRI, CNS); Head of Robson Creek, 5.8

km past Hoop Pine Triangle, NE end of Tinaroo Falls

Dam, Mar 1988, Forster PIF3939 (BRI, DNA, MO);

Moomin Forest Reserve, c. 10 miles [16.6 km] SW of

Atherton, Atherton Tableland, Aug 1963, Schodde 3274

(BRI, CANB); Harveys Creek, Jul 1889, Bailey s-.n.

(BRI [AQ291372]); SER 755, Palmerston, Brewer LA,

Dec 1987, Hyland 13376 (BRI, CNS); W foothills of

Bellenden Ker Range, track to Mt Bartle Frere, c. 1 km

W of Bobbin Bobbin Falls, May 1991, Telford IRT11400

& Rudd (BRI, CANB, NSW); SF 756 Mt Father Clancy,

May 2000, Forster PIF 25714 & Booth (BRI, L, MEL,

NSW); Lacey’s Creek, Mission Beach, 6 km W of Clump

Point, Jun 1972, Crome 467 (CANB). NORTH KENNEDY

District: Arthur Bailey Road, S of Ravenshoe, Jun

1995, Forster PIF 16742 (BRI, CNS).

Distribution and habitat: Polyosma hirsuta

is endemic to the Wet Tropics bioregion

of north-east Queensland, extending from

Stuckey’s Gap (south of Cooktown) to

Mission Beach (Map 4). Unlike P. globosa

it occurs both sides of the BMC. It grows in

lower montane tropical rainforest (complex

notophyll vineforest), at altitudes between

400 and 1100 metres on both metasediments

and volcanic substrates (basalt, granite).

Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been

recorded for almost every month of the year.

Affinities: Three of the Australian species

(Polyosma alangiacea, P. globosa and P.

hirsuta) have relatively long spreading hairs

on the branchlets. In the remaining species,

the branchlet hairs are shorter and appressed,

or absent. In P. alangiacea, the hairs are rusty-

brown, while in P. globosa and P. hirsuta,

Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021)

they are yellow to yellow-brown. Polyosma

hirsuta 1s the most noticeably pubescent of the

Australian species.

Conservation status: There has _ been

widespread habitat destruction over the last

100 years throughout the range of Polyosma

hirsuta for agriculture and forestry and

this has undoubtedly caused a reduction

and fragmentation of the overall species

population. However, the species 1s still

commonly encountered in multiple locations.

It 1s present in numerous National Parks,

State Forest Reserves and other conservation

reserves and can be categorised as Least

Concern.

5. Polyosma nigrescens A.R.Bean &

P.I.Forst. sp. nov.

With affinity to P. reducta, but differing by

the glabrous branchlets, the consistently

entire leaf margins, the larger fruits and the

longer fruiting pedicels. Typus: Queensland.

Cook District: State Forest Reserve 143,

Riflemead, North Mary Logging Area, 21

December 1988, B. Hyland 13794 (holo:

BRI; iso: CANB, CNS [QRS073543]; CNS

[QRS0O71737], NSW).

Polyosma sp. (Mt Windsor Tableland

L.W.Jessup+ GJM1374); Forster (2010: 64;

2019).

Polyosma sp. Mt Spurgeon (L.W.Jessup

GJM1375); Thomas & McDonald (1989: 26).

[P. reducta auct. non F.Muell.; Zich et al.

(2018)].

Illustration: Zich et al. (2018) [as P. reductal.

Tree 6-18 m tall. Branchlets + terete,

indumentum absent except on very young

erowth, hairs white, 0.1—-0.15 mm_ long,

straight, appressed. Leaves: petioles terete,

11-23 mm long, 10—24% of lamina length,

glabrous except on young leaves; lamina

elliptical to oblanceolate, 65-134 x 20-41

mm, 2.8—3.3 times longer than wide, base

cuneate or attenuate, apex acuminate,

margins entire, younger leaves sparsely

hairy on midvein (lower), soon glabrescent;

secondary veins obscure on upper side,

distinct on lower side, 7—I1 pairs, diverging

Bean & Forster, Polyosma

at SO—70° from the midvein; tertiary venation

obscure or scarcely visible on either surface,

not raised. Juvenile specimens very similar

but with larger leaves and 3-10 pairs of

marginal teeth. Inflorescence rachis 25-80

mm long (basal 11-16 mm without flowers),

glabrous; bracts 2, opposite, 4—7 mm long;

flowers 32—49; bracteoles all about the same

length, middle bracteole ovate, 0.6—0.8 mm

long. Flowers: pedicels 1.1-1.6 mm long at

anthesis; calyx 1.7—2.2 mm long, lobes 0.4—

0.6 mm long; corolla tube with longitudinal

sutures, sometimes splitting to base, 4.5—5.5

mim long, mauve, sparsely appressed-hairy on

outer surface, sparsely hairy on inner surface;

corolla lobes 1.2—2 mm long, 0.5—0.8 mm

wide, apex obtuse; staminal filaments c. 4mm

long, anthers 0.9—1.4 mm long; style about as

long as corolla, sparsely hairy, exserted from

the tube by < | mm. Fruits: pedicels 4-5 mm

long, articulated at the base; immature fruits

ellipsoidal, 8-9 X 6—8 mm, obscurely ribbed

and rugose, glabrous, green, not fleshy;

mature fruits ellipsoidal, c. 13 mm long and

10 mm diameter, base obtuse, dark blue to

black, smooth, glabrous, significantly fleshy.

Fig. 3.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Windsor Tableland, NE of Mt Carbine,

Jun 1969, Hyland 2309 (BRI, L); SFR 144, Windsor

Tableland, Oct 1971, Hyland 5542 (CNS); 1.2 km before

West Spencer Creek Forestry Camp, SF 144, Chowchilla

LA, 1.5 km SE of Mt Carbine, Mt Windsor Tableland,

Nov 1988, Jessup et al. G/JMI374 (BRI); ibid, Nov

1988, Jessup et al. GJM1375 (BRI); 0.4 km before West

Spencer Creek forestry camp, SF 144, Cockatoo LA, 0.3

km E of Mt Carbine, Mt Windsor Tableland, Nov 1988,

Jessup GJM129/ et al. (BRI); SFR 143, Carbine LA,

Dec 1974, Hyland 3156 (BRI, CNS); SFR 143, Parish of

Riflemead, North Mary LA, Jul 1988, Gray 48598 (CNS);

SFR 143, North Mary LA, Feb 1976, Hyland 3391RFK

(CNS, L, MEL); ibid, Mar 1988, Hyland 25416RFK

(BRI, CNS, L); ibid, Mar 1988, Hyland 25418RFK (BRI,

CNS, L); ibid, Oct 1988, Hyland 13599 (CNS); SFR 143,

North Mary LA, hill ‘1262’ N of swamp/weather station,

Jul 2001, Ford 2917 & Holmes (CNS).

Distribution and_ habitat: Polyosma

nigrescens 18 endemic to the Wet Tropics

bioregion of north-east Queensland north of

the BMC and is known from just three general

locations with multiple sublocalities (Mt

Lewis, Mt Spurgeon and Windsor Tableland

(Map 5). It inhabits montane rainforest

(complex notophyll rainforest, microphyll

fern/moss vineforest) on granite, at altitudes

between 1000 and 1300 metres on often

exposed ridges and mountain tops.

Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in

March; fruits have been recorded in February,

July, and from October to December.

Affinities: Polyosma nigrescens appears to be

closely related to the allopatric P. reducta, but

differs by the glabrous branchlets, the always

entire leaf margins, the larger fruits and the

longer fruiting pedicels.

Conservation status: Polyosma nigrescens

occurs in effectively three locations with

multiple sublocalities; it is locally common

at both the Windsor Tableland (now Mount

Windsor NP) and North Mary LA (now Mount

Lewis NP) localities. Further exploration

of the largely inaccessible area between Mt

Spurgeon and the former North Mary LA

is likely to reduce this apparent geographic

disjunction to two broad locations. The

likelihood of extinction from _ stochastic

change (i.e. a drier and hotter climate) is high

to extreme for some locations. The climate

is predicted to become hotter and drier with

more variable conditions (McInnes ef al.

2015). The plants that occur on mountain tops

in the Wet Tropics of Queensland are under

direct threat from a changing climate with

modelled projections of widespread species

extinction by 2080 (Costion ef al. 2015;

Hoffman et al. 2019). Polyosma nigrescens

has a small and fragmented distribution and is

probably already well advanced on its natural

journey towards eventual extinction (Levin

2000) due to being unable to escape from its

refugial habitat that 1s anchored to geology

and topography (Cartwright 2019). A formal

assessment of the conservation status of this

species will be undertaken elsewhere and is

likely to recommend a conservation status of

Endangered.

Etymology: From the Latin nigrescens,

‘becoming black’. This refers to the fruits that

darken from blue to black at maturity.

6. Polyosma reducta F.Muell., Vict. Nat. 9:

42 (1892). Type citation: “Sources of the

Russell-River; W. Sayer’. Type: Queensland.

Cook District: Sources of the Russell

89-114 (2021)

Austrobaileya 11

100

See ett teenage pe eae es eee STS SE © ge %,

pt ne eugene tae

en ee

a oi Pen teeg oe

‘st,

ee ht he

: =

22m eS

Add ars

2 Se a ee es essere tert eo =

eet oS

ep)

3 &

o£

—

2 FA

i Aa

cD)

t. A-E from Hyland 25416RFK (BRI)

ture fru

_E. stamen. F. imma

igma

to anthesis. D. style and st

13599 (CNS). Scales as indicated. Del. N. Crosswell.

Fig. 3. Polyosma nigrescens. A. flowering branchlet. B. portion of leaf lower surface. C

prior

Bean & Forster, Polyosma

River, in 1887, W.A. Sayer s.n. (lecto [here

designated]: K 000739773 i.d.v.; isolecto: BRI

[AQ342409]).

Polyosma sp. (=~RFK/2524); Hyland (1982: 88,

129, 145); Christophel & Hyland (1993: 7, 37,

116, pl. 54d); Hyland & Whiffin (1993, 1: 103,

119, 180; 2: 169); CHAH (2007).

Polyosma sp. ‘Bellenden Ker’ (B.Hyland

2524 RFK); Thomas & McDonald (1987: 25).

Polyosma_ sp. (Mt Bellenden Ker BH

2524RFK); Hyland et al. (1994: 305; 1999:

68); Zich et al. (2018).

Polyosma sp. (Mt Bellenden Ker); Cooper &

Cooper (2004: 226).

Illustrations: Christophel & Hyland (1993:

116, pl. 54d) [as P. sp. (@RFK/2524)|; Zich

et al. (2018) [as P. sp. (Mt Bellenden Ker BH

2524RFK)I.

Small tree to 8 metres. Branchlets +

terete, indumentum persistent, hairs white

or yellowish, 0.1—0.25 mm long, straight,

appressed. Leaves: petioles terete, 7-16 mm

long, 13-24% of lamina length, sparsely

pubescent with appressed hairs; lamina

elliptical, 47-70 X 15-22 mm, 2.6-3.8

times longer than wide, base cuneate, apex

acuminate, margins entire or with 2 or 3

pairs of small marginal teeth, younger leaves

sparsely hairy on midvein (lower) and lower

surface, soon glabrescent; secondary veins

obscure on both sides, 7—8 pairs, diverging

at 60—70° from the midvein; tertiary venation

not visible on either surface, not raised.

Juvenile specimens similar, but leaves

larger, sparsely hairy (especially on lower

surface) and with 5—7 pairs of marginal teeth.

Inflorescence rachis with moderately dense

white appressed hairs, 30—45 mm long (basal

8—14 mm without flowers), bracts 2, opposite,

c. 3 mm long; flowers 16—25; bracteoles all

about the same size, middle bracteole ovate,

0.5—0.7 mm long. Flowers: pedicels 1.5—2.5

mm long at anthesis; calyx 1.5—2 mm long,

with appressed white hairs, lobes 0.5—0.7 mm

long; corolla tube with longitudinal sutures,

6—7 mm long, often splitting to base, cream-

coloured, with very sparse appressed hairs on

outer surface, densely hairy on inner surface;

101

corolla lobes of indeterminate length, apex

obtuse; staminal filaments c. 3 mm long,

anthers 2.2—2.5 mm long; style about as long as

corolla, very sparsely hairy, slightly exserted

from the corolla tube. Fruits: pedicels 2.5—3.5

mm long, articulated at the base; mature fruits

ellipsoidal, 4.5-—6 < 3.2—4.6 mm, obscurely

ribbed and rugose, sparsely pubescent, colour

unknown, not fleshy.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook

District: SER 310, Bellenden Ker, Upper Goldsborough

LA, Oct 1988, Hyland 25566RF'‘K (CNS); ibid, Feb

1990, Hyland 13984 (BRI, CNS); Mt Bellenden Ker,

in 1887, Sayer 133 (MEL 0568079A, MEL 0568080A,

MEL 0568081A, MEL 0568082A); Bellenden Ker, Aug

1971, Hyland 2524RFK (CNS); Bellenden Ker main

ridgeline between Centre Peak and North Peak, Aug

2016, Worboys et al. 1205 (CNS); Bellenden Ker main

ridgeline between Centre Peak and North Peak, Aug

2016, Worboys et al. 1207 (CNS).

Distribution and habitat: Polyosma reducta

is endemic to the Wet Tropics of north-east

Queensland, and confined to the Bellenden

Ker Range south of the BMC (Bryant &

Krosch 2016) (Map 3). It grows in dense

montane tropical rainforest (microphyll fern/

moss vineforest) on the highest ridgeline

points between 1450 and 1550 metres altitude.

Phenology: Poorly known. Flowers are

recorded for October; fruits have been

collected in February.

Typification: There appear to be two separate

collections of this species made by Sayer in

1887; these have been variously labelled as

being “part of type collection” or “syntype”’

by R.D. Hoogland. One is unnumbered and

States “sources of the Russell River’, whereas

the other has the number 133 and states

“Mt Bellenden Ker” or “B Ker’; the latter

specimens are not considered to be syntypes

as the locality does not agree with that given

in the protologue. Specimens bearing the

locality “sources of the Russell River” are

present at K and BRI. The K specimen is

chosen as lectotype as it 1s the more complete.

Affinities: Polyosma_ reducta and PP.

nigrescens appear to be most closely related

to P. amygdaloides Reeder from New

Guinea on the basis of morphology. The

latter species shares the sparse appressed

hairs of the branchlets, and the glabrous

102

leaves with indistinct tertiary venation, but

it differs by the corolla tube c. 12 mm long,

the fruiting pedicels 6—7 mm long, and the

middle bracteole 1.2—1.4 mm long. Polyosma

cestroides Schltr. 1s also similar; however,

it differs by the broad leaves (about twice as

long and wide), the corolla without sutures

and c. 18 mm long, and the pedicels 4—5 mm

long at anthesis.

Conservation status: Polyosma_ reducta

occurs in one location with probably multiple

sublocalities where it can be locally common.

This location is one of the highest places in

Queensland. The likelihood of extinction

from stochastic change (i.e. a drier and hotter

climate) 1s extreme as the climate 1s predicted

to become hotter and drier with more variable

conditions (McInnes ef al. 2015). The plants

that occur on mountain tops 1n the Wet Tropics

of Queensland are under direct threat from a

changing climate with modelled projections

of widespread species extinction by 2080

(Costion et al. 2015; Hoffman ef al. 2019).

Polyosmareducta has avery small distribution

and is probably already well advanced on its

natural journey towards eventual extinction

(Levin 2000) due to being unable to escape

from its refugial habitat that 1s anchored to

geology and topography (Cartwright 2019). A

formal assessment of the conservation status

of this species will be undertaken elsewhere

and is likely to recommend a conservation

status of Critically Endangered.

7. Polyosma rhytophloia C.T.White &

W.D.Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 37:

158 (1926). Type citation: “Eungella Range,

about 40 miles westward of Mackay, W.D.

Francis, October 3rd to 12th, 1922 (flowering

specimens, type)’. Type: Queensland. SOUTH

KENNEDY DISTRICT: Eungella Range, west of

Mackay, 3-12 October 1922, W.D. Francis

s.n. (holo: BRI [AQ291358]; 1so: K 000739772

1.d.v.).

Illustrations: White & Francis (1926: 158, pl.

V); Francis (1951: 414); Christophel & Hyland

(1993: 116, pl. 54b); Cooper (1994: 231);

Cooper & Cooper (2004: 226).

Shrub or tree 1.5-12 m tall. Branchlets

flattened near growing point, indumentum

Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021)

present only on young growth, brown or

white-coloured, hairs 0.05—0.1 mm_ long,

straight, appressed. Leaves: petioles terete,

10-21 mm long, 9-17% of lamina length,

sparsely pubescent with appressed hairs;

lamina elliptical to oblanceolate, 99-190 x

29-54 mm, 2.6-3.9 times longer than wide,

base cuneate, apex acute to acuminate,

margins with 7—11 pairs of teeth, 0.4-1 mm

long; younger leaves densely hairy on midvein

(lower) and sparsely hairy on lower surface,

soon glabrescent; secondary veins distinct on

both sides, 6—12 pairs, diverging at 60—7/0°

from the midvein; reticulate tertiary venation

visible on lower surface, raised or not raised.

Juvenile specimens very similar but with

larger leaves and more teeth. Inflorescence

rachis with dense white appressed _ hairs,

42-140 mm long (basal 5—26 mm without

flowers), bracts 2, opposite, 2.5—9 mm long;

flowers 22—66; bracteoles unequal, middle

one somewhat longer than lateral ones,

middle bracteole broadly ovate to orbicular,

0.3—0.6 mm long. Flowers: pedicels absent;

calyx 1.9—2.7 mm long, with dense appressed

white hairs, lobes 0.4—1 mm long; corolla

tube with longitudinal sutures, occasionally

splitting to base, 10.5-14 mm long, yellow

or mauve, appressed hairy on outer surface,

glabrous on inner surface; corolla lobes 2.1—

3.5 mm long, 0.9—1.2 mm wide, apex obtuse;

staminal filaments 9—9.5 mm long, anthers

2.1-3.2 mm long; style about as long as

corolla, with moderately dense antrorse hairs

0.05—0.1 mm long; exserted from corolla tube

by < 1mm or 1—2 mm. Fruits: pedicels 0—0.5

mm long, articulated at the base; immature

fruits ellipsoidal, 6-9.5 xX 4.5-—6 mm, not

ribbed, rugose, sparsely pubescent, green, not

fleshy; mature fruits ellipsoidal, 10.5—12 mm

long, 8-9 mm diameter, base cuneate, black,

rugose, sparsely hairy, slightly fleshy.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Mt Hartley W slopes, TR 165, Jul 1995,

Forster PIF17304 & Figg (BRI); Mt Finnigan, west

slopes, Sep 1948, Brass 20349 (BRI, CANB); SF 185

Danbulla, Tinaroo LA, 7.5 km past western boundary

of Forestry grid, Dec 1993, Forster PIF14344 (BRI);

SF 185 Danbulla, 7.3 km along Kauri Creek Road

from Tinaroo Dam end, Aug 2003, Forster PIF 29576

& Jensen (BRI, MEL, NSW); Boonjee near Malanda,

Aug 1943, Blake 15182 (BRI); Westcott Road, Topaz,

Aug 2005, Cooper WWC1927 (BRI, MEL); Moomin FR,

Bean & Forster, Polyosma

c. 10 miles SW of Atherton, Atherton Tableland, Aug

1963, Schodde 3272 (BRI, CANB); SFR 194, Cpt. 53,

Feb 1975, Irvine 1169 (BRI, CNS); SF 194 Mt Baldy, 7

km from Rifle Range end, Jun 1996, Forster PIF1922]

et al. (BRI, CNS, MEL); SF 194 Mt Baldy, Herberton

Range, 5 km from southern entrance, May 2003,

Forster PIF 29332 (BRI, MEL); Portion 6, Parish of

Bartle Frere, Aug 1998, Hyland 16056 (BRI, CNS); SFR

650 Mt Fisher, Aug 1975, Stocker 1421 (BRI, CANB,

CNS). NORTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: Kirrama Range, W

of Kennedy, Aug 1947, Smith & Webb 3206A (BRI);

Saddle Mt, Bowling Green Bay NP, S of Townsville,

Aug 1991, Bean 3632 (BRI). SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT:

Eungella Range, Sep 1938, White 12968 (BRI, CANB);

Mt David, Eungella NP, Aug 1992, Bean 4933 (BRI); Mt

Dalrymple, Aug 1975, Hansen 124 (CNS); Dalrymple

Heights, Coles Property off Blacks Road, Oct 1991,

Champion 548 (BRI); Diggings Road, Eungella NP,

Aug 1990, Pearson 392 (BRI); Broken River — Crediton

Walking Track, Eungella NP, Mar 1990, Pearson 227

(BRI); S end of Broken River Walking Track, Eungella

NP, McDonald 4479 (BRI, CNS).

Distribution and_ habitat: Polyosma

rhytophloia is endemic to Queensland in the

Wet Tropics and Central Queensland Coast

bioregions in two subpopulation centres. It

extends from Mt Hartley (S of Cooktown)

to Eungella NP (W of Mackay) (Map 6).

It grows in tropical rainforest (complex

notophyll rainforest) on metasediments or

volcanic (basalt, granite) substrates. Altitude

ranges from 550 to 1270 metres, except for

a sterile specimen collected at 15 m altitude

near El Arish (Webb & Tracey 6902, BRI).

Phenology: Flowers are borne from June to

September, with an apparent peak in August;

fruits are from November to March.

Affinities: Polyosma_ rhytophloia can be

distinguished from other Australian species

by the toothed leaf margins on mature plants,

the raised veins on the lower leaf surface, and

the sessile flowers and fruits.

Conservation status: Polyosma rhytophloia

is quite widespread and most locations of

its extant range are now in National Parks

or other conservation reserves. Historic

land clearing of rainforest throughout its

range has undoubtedly reduced its overall

occurrence and caused fragmentation of

habitat particularly on the Atherton and

Evelyn Tablelands and Dalrymple Heights

at Eungella. It remains a common species

throughout its range with no _ obvious

103

immediate threatening processes and should

continue to be listed as Least Concern.

Etymology: The species epithet rhytophloia

(meaning wrinkled bark) is derived from

the Greek, and hence the correct connecting

vowel 1s -o- (Turland et al. 2018, Art. 60.10).

8. Polyosma_ rigidiuscula F.Muell. &

F.M.Bailey in F.M. Bailey, Bot. Bull. Dept.

Agric. Queensland |: 4 (1890). Type citation:

“Summit of Mt. Bartle Frere, Bellenden-

Ker Expedition, August 1889”. Type:

Queensland. Cook DISTRICT: top of Mt Bartle

Frere, Bellenden-Ker expedition, in [August]

1889, A. Meston s.n. (lecto [here designated]:

MEL 2288068: comprising 2 sheets and

lacking month; isolecto: BRI [AQ342411: with

August].

Illustrations: Christophel & Hyland (1993:

116, pl. 54c); Cooper & Cooper (2004: 226).

Shrub or tree 2—12 m tall. Branchlets + terete,

indumentum absent except on young growth,

hairs white, 0.1—0.2 mm _ long, straight,

appressed. Leaves: petioles terete, 3-8 mm

long, 4—9% of lamina length, glabrous or with

short white appressed hairs; lamina elliptical

to oblanceolate, 55—158 X 21—43 mm, 2.1-3.9

times longer than wide, base cuneate, apex

acute to acuminate, margins entire or with

1-4 pairs of marginal teeth, 1—-1.3 mm long,

younger leaves sparsely hairy on midvein

(lower), and lower surface, soon glabrescent;

secondary veins obscure on upper side,

distinct on lower side, 6—8 pairs, diverging at

60—85° from the midvein; reticulate tertiary

venation readily visible on either surface,

raised. Juvenile specimens very similar but

with larger leaves and more consistently

toothed. Inflorescence rachis sparsely white-

hairy, 43-117 mm long (basal 13-18 mm

without flowers), bracts 4, ternate or disjunct,

2.5—5 mm long; flowers 45-58; bracteoles

all about same length or middle one longer,

middle bracteole lanceolate to narrowly

elliptical, 0.8—1.4 mm long. Flowers: pedicels

Q.5—1.2 mm long at anthesis; calyx 2—2.5 mm

long, very densely hairy, lobes 0.5—0.8 mm

long; corolla tube with longitudinal sutures,

sometimes splitting to base, 5-9 mm long,

cream to greenish-yellow, appressed-hairy

104

on outer surface, glabrous or sparsely hairy

on inner surface; corolla lobes 1.2—1.8 mm

long, 0.5—0.8 mm wide, apex obtuse; staminal

filaments 5—6 mm long, anthers 1.2—1.4 mm

long; style about as long as corolla, exserted

from the tube by < 1 mm, with dense antrorse

hairs 0.05—0.1 mm long. Fruits: pedicels 1.2—

4 mm long, articulated at the base; immature

fruits ellipsoidal, 7-9 xX 5-7 mm, not or

obscurely ribbed, rugose, sparsely pubescent,

ereen, not fleshy; mature fruits ellipsoidal

to globose, 10-13 mm long, 9.5-11 mm

diameter, base cuneate, dark blue to black,

smooth, sparsely hairy, slightly fleshy.

Additional selected specimens examined: Queensland.

Cook District: Cedar Bay NP, Mt Finnigan summit

area, Horans Creek, Oct 1999, Forster PIF 25040 & Booth

(BRI, MEL); Thornton Peak, Mar 1932, Brass 2283

(BRI); NPR 164, Thorntons Peak, Nov 1973, Stocker

1103 (BRI, CANB, CNS, L); Daintree, upper slopes of

Mt Alexandra, Nov 1967, Boyland 519 & Gillieatt (BRI);

Daintree NP, WNW of Black Mt, May 1998, Forster

PIF 22912 et al. (BRI, CNS, MEL); Mt Spurgeon, Sep

1936, White 10549 (BRI); c. 1 km NE of Cooper’s Camp,

Mount Spurgeon FR, Carbine Tableland, Oct 2009,

Worboys 850 (BRI, CNS); Pinnacle Rock Track, 4.5 km

W of Karnak, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10706 et al. (BRI,

CNS, DNA, MEL); Mt Lewis, North Mary LA, Aug

1973, Risley 109 (BRI, CNS, L); SFR 143, North Mary

LA, May 1973, Hyland 6746 (BRI, CNS, L); Mt Lewis

forestry road, Mar 1999, Jago 5149 (BRI); Mt Lewis

FR, 13 km along Mt Lewis Road, Aug 2003, Forster

PIF29558 & Jensen (BRI, L, MEL); Platypus Creek,

Sep 1936, Flecker CAIRNS 2298 (CNS); Daintree NP,

Mossman Bluff Track, Jul 2010, Baba 466 & Kilgour

(BRI, CNS); Summit of Mt Bellenden Ker, Aug 197],

Hyland 5308 (BRI, L); Wooroonooran NP, Mt Bellenden

Ker summit area, May 2001, Forster PIF 27125 et al.

(BRI, L, MEL); Mt Bellenden Ker, c. 0.5 miles [0.8 km]

SW of centre peak, Jun 1969, Smith 14628 (BRI); NPR

904, Wooroonooran, just S of tower No 9, Mt Bellenden

Ker cableway, May 2003, Ford AF3962 & Green (BRI,

CNS, L, MEL); Wooroonooran NP, S of communication

building, site 243, Apr 2011, Ford 5835 & Torello (BRI,

CNS, L, MEL, NSW); SFR 1230, Bartle Frere, Boonjee

LA, Oct 1991, Gray BG5342 (BRI, CNS); Mt Bartle

Frere, Jan 1891, Johnson s.n. (BRI [AQ385155], MEL

607244A); Bartle Frere, upper E face on walking track,

Nov 1986, Godwin C2954 (BRI, CNS); Wooroonooran

NP, Bartle Frere, Lookout between NW Peak and creek,

Oct 1997, Forster PIF 21780 et al. (BRI); Mt Bartle Frere,

S slope of North Peak, Aug 1943, Blake 15234 (BRI);

Bellenden Ker, South Peak, Aug 1971, van Balgooy 1450

(CANB); Broken Nose on Mt Bartle Frere, Bellenden

Ker [sic] NP, Apr 2002, Jago 6197 & Wannan (BRI); SFR

755, Gosschalk LA, Sep 1977, Gray 70] (BRI, CNS).

Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021)

Distribution and habitat: Polyosma

rigidiuscula 1s endemic to Queensland in the

Wet Tropics bioregion, extending from Mt

Finnigan, S of Cooktown, to Mt Bartle Frere,

W of Innisfail (Map 7). Unlike the other

species of Polyosma that inhabit the tops of

the highest peaks in the Wet Tropics, this

species occurs both side of the BMC (Bryant

& Krosch 2016). It inhabits montane tropical

rainforest (complex notophyll vineforest,

microphyll fern/moss vineforest) on granite

substrates at altitudes between 800 and 1560

metres.

Phenology: Flowers are recorded for every

month of the year; fruits mainly July to

December, and a single record in March.

Typification: The type collection of Polyosma

rigidiuscula 1s represented in two herbaria

BRI and MEL. The BRI specimen is poor,

consisting of a stem, several detached leaves

and fragments in a packet. It also has the note

“No. 16 sent to Baron Mueller” and the full

date of August 1889. By comparison the MEL

specimen is in good condition comprising

several pieces with fruit mounted on two

sheets with the same accession number and

has “Syntype of Polyosma rigidiuscula’, but

lacks the ‘August’ of the collection date.

The locality given on the label of the

lectotype (Summit of Mt Bartle-Frere) 1s

erroneous. The mountain explored by Meston

and Bailey in 1889 was Mt Bellenden Ker

(Dowe & Broughton 2007).

Affinities: Polyosma rigidiusculais a glabrous

or glabrescent species with toothed leaves on

mature plants, and short petioles. The fruits

can be ribbed or not. The more northerly

populations tend to have narrower leaves than

those from Mt Bellenden Ker and Mt Bartle

Frere. Its affinities are hard to suggest but may

lie with species in New Guinea.

Note: The authorship of Polyosma

rigidiuscula has often been given as

“F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey ex F.M.Bailey”,

but that 1s incorrect. This would have been

the case where an invalid description was

later validated by Bailey; however, it 1s the

Bean & Forster, Polyosma

case where a perfectly valid description was

published in a more extensive paper authored

by Bailey. Therefore the correct authorship

is “F.Muell. & F.M.Bailey in F.M.Bailey”,

or where the name stands alone, “F.Muell. &

F.M.Bailey”.

Conservation status: Polyosma rigidiuscula

is quite widespread and most locations of its

extant range are now in National Parks or

other conservation reserves. Historic land

clearing and logging of rainforest throughout

its range would have had relatively little

impact on its overall occurrence due to its

occurrence at higher and more inaccessible

altitudes. It remains a common species

throughout its range with the most obvious

immediate threatening process being that of

loss of suitable habitat due to climate change.

The likelihood of extinction from stochastic

change (i.e. a drier and hotter climate) is

extreme as the climate is predicted to become

hotter and drier with more variable conditions

(McInnes eft al. 2015). The plants that occur

on mountain tops in the Wet Tropics of

Queensland are under direct threat from a

changing climate with modelled projections

of widespread species extinction by 2080

(Costion ef al. 2015; Hoffman ef al. 2019).

Polyosma rigidiuscula has some way to go on

its natural journey towards eventual extinction

(Levin 2000) due to currently inhabiting a

habitat band of c. 600 m that may enable it to

persist in its refugial habitat that is anchored to

geology and topography (Cartwright 2019). A

formal assessment of the conservation status

of this species will be undertaken elsewhere

and is likely to recommend a conservation

status of Vulnerable.

Acknowledgements

We thank the Director of PR for sending

images of the syntypes of Polyosma

brachyandra. The Directors of AD, CANB,

CNS, MEL and NSW kindly sent specimens

on loan or facilitated visits to their collections

by one of us (PIF). Assistance with field

105

work by PIF over a long period of time was

provided by L.H. Bird, R. Booth, G. Leper,

G. Sankowsky, G. Smyrell and M.C. Tucker.

Images of P. cunninghamii were kindly

provided by Glenn Leiper. We thank Alex

George and Werner Greuter for nomenclatural

advice. Nicole Crosswell executed the

excellent illustrations.

References

ApG [Angiosperm Phylogeny Group] (1998). An ordinal

classification for the families of flowering

plants. Annals of the Missouri Botanical

Garden 85: 531-553.

ApG II [Angiosperm Phylogeny Group II] (2003). An

update of the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group

classification for the orders and families of

flowering plants: APG II. Botanical Journal of

the Linnean Society 141: 399-436.

ApG III [Angiosperm Phylogeny Group III] (2007). An

update of the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group

classification for the orders and families of

flowering plants: APG III. Botanical Journal of

the Linnean Society 161: 105-121.

APG IV [Angiosperm Phylogeny Group IV] (2016). An

update of the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group

classification for the orders and families of

flowering plants: APG IV. Botanical Journal of

the Linnean Society 181: 1-20.

BAILEY, F.M. (1890). Botany. Contributions to the Flora

of Queensland. Botany Bulletin. Department of

Agriculture, Queensland |: 4.

— (1900). Polyosma [Saxifrageae]. In The

Queensland Flora 2: 534—535. H.J. Diddams &

Co.: Brisbane.

BEAN, A.R. (2019). The journeys and_ botanical

collections of Edward Macarthur Bowman

(1826-1872). Muelleria 37: 85—99.

BENNETT, J.J., BROWN, R. & HORSFIELD, T. (1840).

Polyosma. \n Plantae Javanicae Rariores, pp.

194-196. W.H. Allen: London.

BENTHAM, G. (1864). Polyosma |Saxifrageae]. In Flora

Australiensis 2: 438-439. L. Reeve & Co.:

London.

BLuME, C.L. (1826). Bijdragen tot de Flora van

Nederlandsch Indié 13: 658. ter Lands

Drukkeri: Batavia.

— (1851). Museum Botanicum Lugduno-Batavum

sive stirpium Exoticarum, Novarum vel Minus

Cognitarum ex Vivis aut Siccis Brevis Expositio

et Descriptio 1(17): 258. E.J. Brill: Lugduni-

Batavorum.

106

BRYANT, L.M. & Kroscu, M.N. (2016). Lines in the land:

a review of evidence for eastern Australia’s

major biogeographical barriers to closed forest

taxa. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society

119: 238-264.

CARTWRIGHT, J. (2019). Ecological islands: conserving

biodiversity hotspots in a changing climate.

Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 17:

331-340.

CHAH [Council of Heads of Australian Herbaria| (2007).

Australian Plant Census. https://id. biodiversity.

org.au/instance/apni/646265, accessed 14

January 2021.

CHRISTOPHEL, D.C. & HYLAND, B.P.M. (1993). Leaf

Atlas of Australian Tropical Rain Forest

Trees. CSIRO Publications: East Melbourne.

Cooper, W. (1994). Fruits of the Rain Forest. Geo

Productions: Chatswood.

COOPER, W. & COOPER, W.T. (2004). Fruits of the

Australian Tropical Rainforest. Nokomis

Editions: Melbourne.

COSTION, C.M., SIMPSON, L., PERT, P.L., CARLSEN, M.M..,

Kress, W.J. & CRAYN, D. (2015). Will tropical

mountaintop plant species survive climate

change? Identifying key knowledge gaps using

species distribution modelling in Australia.

Biological Conservation 191: 322-330.

CRONQUIST, A. (1981). An Integrated System of

Classification of Flowering Plants. Columbia

University Press: New York.

DomIN, K. (1926). Beitrége zur Flora und

Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca

Botanica 89: 152. E. Schweizerbart: Stuttgart.

DoweE, J.L. & BROUGHTON, A.D. (2007). F.M.Bailey’s

ascent of Mt Bellenden-Ker in 1889, and notes

on the publication priority of new vascular plant

species from the Expedition. Austrobaileya 7:

555—566.

Dowg, J.L. & Maroske, S. (2020). John Dallachy

(1804-71): collecting botanical specimens

at Rockingham Bay. Historical Records of

Australian Science 31: 101-117.

ENGLER, A. (1890). Saxifragaceae. In A. Engler & K.

Prantl (eds.), Die nattirlichen Pflanzenfamilien

3, 2a: 41-93. W. Engelmann: Leipzig.

— (1928). Saxifragaceae. In A. Engler (ed.), Die

natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, 2" Edition, 18a:

74-226. W. Engelmann: Leipzig.

Esser, H.-J. (2017). Polyosmaceae. In T. Santisuk ef al.

(eds.), Flora of Thailand 13: 538—545. The Forest

Herbarium, Department of National Parks,

Wildlife and Plant Conservation: Bangkok.

Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021)

Esser, H.-J. & SAw, L.G. (2015). A new species of

Polyosma (Escalloniaceae/Polyosmaceae) from

Thailand and new synonyms. Phytotaxa 221:

89-92.

FLoyD, A.G. (1989). Rainforest Trees of Mainland South-

eastern Australia. Inkata Press: Melbourne/

Sydney.

Forster, P.I. (2007). Escalloniaceae. In P.D. Bostock &

A.E. Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland

Flora 2007, p. 69. Queensland Herbarium,

Environment Protection Agency: Brisbane.

— (2010). Escalloniaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.

Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland

Flora 2010, p. 64. Queensland Herbarium,

Department of Environment and Resource

Management: Brisbane.

— (2019). Escalloniaceae. In G.K. Brown & P.D.

Bostock (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora

2019. Queensland Department of Environment

and Science, Queensland Government.

https://data.qld.gov.au/dataset/census-of-the-

queensland-flora-2019, accessed 11 April 2020.

FRANCIS, W.D. (1951). Saxifragaceae. In Australian

Rain-Forest Trees, Edition 2, pp. 143, 146, 413,

414. Forestry & Timber Bureau: Canberra.

HENDERSON, R.J.F. (1997). Grossulariaceae. In R.J.F.

Henderson (ed.), Queensland plants: names

and distribution, p. 93. Queensland Herbarium,

Department of Environment: Indooroopilly.

— (2002). Grossulariaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.),

Names and Distribution of Queensland Plants,

Algae and Lichens, pp. 90-91. Queensland

Herbarium, Queensland Government

Environmental Protection Agency: Toowong.

Heywoop, V.H., BRUMMITT, R.K., CULHAM, A. &

SEBERG, O. (2007). Flowering Plant Families

of the World. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew:

Richmond.

HOFFMANN, A.A., RYMER, P.D., BYRNE, M., RUTHROF,

K.X., WHINAM, J., MCGEOCH, M., BERGSTROM,

D.M., GUERIN, G.R., SPARROW, B., JOSEPH, L,

Hitt, S.J., ANDREW, N.R. Camac, J., BELL,

N., RIEGLER, M., GARDNER, J.L. & WILLIAMS,

S.E. (2019). Impacts of recent climate change

on terrestrial flora and fauna: some emerging

Australian examples. Austral Ecology 44: 3-27.

HUTCHINSON, J. (1967). The genera of flowering plants

IT, Dicotyledons. Clarendon Press: Oxford.

HYLAND, B.P.M. (1982). A revised card key to rainforest

trees of North Queensland. CSIRO: Melbourne.

HYLAND, B.P.M. & WHIFFIN, T.P. (1993). Australian

tropical rain forest trees: an_ interactive

identification system. CSIRO: East Melbourne.

Bean & Forster, Polyosma

HYLAND, B.P.M., Gray, B. & Elick, R.W. (1994).

Appendix I: Provisional Species List. In W.

Cooper, Fruits of the Rain Forest, pp. 230-—

231. Geo Productions: Chatswood.

HyLAND, B.P.M., WHIFFIN, T.P., CHRISTOPHEL, D.C.,

GRAY, B., ELick, R.W. & Forb, A.J. (1999).

Australian Tropical Rain Forest Trees and

Shrubs. CSIRO Publishing: Collingwood.

IucNn (2012). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria:

Version 3.1. Second edition. IUCN: Gland/

Cambridge.

LEIPER, G., GLAZEBROOK, J., Cox, D. & RATHIE, K.

(2008). Mangroves to Mountains. Logan River

Branch, Society for Growing Australian Plants

(QLD Region) Inc.: Browns Plains.

Levin, D.A. (2000). The origin, expansion, and demise

of plant species. Oxford University Press: New

York/Oxford.

LUNDBERG, J. (2001). Phylogenetic studies in the

Euasterids II with particular reference

to Asterales and Escalloniaceae. Acta

Universitatis Upsaliensis: Uppsala.

— (2016). Polyosmaceae. In J.W. Kadereit & V.

Bittrich (eds.), Flowering Plants. Eudicots, The

Families and Genera of Vascular Plants 14:

291-294. Springer International Publishing AG:

Berlin & Heidelberg.

MalIbD_EN, J.H. (1917). No. 188. Polyosma cunninghamii

J.J. Bennett. In The Forest Flora of New South

Wales 6: 12-13. W.A. Gullick, Government

Printer: Sydney.

McInnNEgS, K., ABBS, D., BHEND, J., CHIEW, F., CHURCH, J.,

EKSTROM, M., KIRONO, D., LENTON, A., LUCAS,

C., Morse, A., MONSELESAN, D., MPELASOKA,

F., WEBB, L. & WHETTON, P. (2015). Wet Tropics

Cluster Report. Climate Change in Australia

Projections for Australia’s Natural Resource

Management Regions: Cluster Reports. CSIRO

and Bureau of Meterology: Australia.

Mor.ey, B.D. (1983). Saxifragaceae. In B.D. Morley

& H.R. Toelken (eds.), Flowering Plants in

Australia, pp. 143-144. Rigby Publishers:

Adelaide et al.

MUELLER, F.M. (1872). Fragmenta Phytographiae

Australiae 8(58): 8. Government Printer:

Melbourne.

— (1892). Descriptions of new Australian plants, with

occasional other annotations. The Victorian

Naturalist 9: 42—44.

Nsweo [New South Wales Flora Online] (2020). https://

plantnet.rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au/cgi-bin/NS WIf1.pl?p

age=nswil&lvl=sp&name=Polyosma~cunning

hamii, accessed 17 December 2020.

107

PILLON, Y. (2018). Nomenclature and _ typification

in Polyosma (Escallionaceae) from New

Caledonia, with the description of a new

species. Phytotaxa 371: 267-272.

REEDER, J.R. (1946). Notes on Papuasian Saxifragaceae.

Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 27: 275—288.

Saw, L.G. (2020a). A new species of Polyosma Blume

(Escalloniaceae) and notes on a revision of the

genus in Peninsular Malaysia and Singapore.

Gardens’ Bulletin Singapore 72: 215-231.

——(2020b). Ten new _ species of Polyosma

(Escalloniaceae) from Borneo. Phytotaxa

https://do1.org/10.11646/phytotaxa.471.2.1

SCHLECHTER, R. (1914). Die Saxifragaceae Papuasiens.

Botanische Jahrbiicher fiir Systematik 52: 118—

138.

SOLTIS, D.E., SMITH, S.A., CELLINESE, N., WURDACK,

K.J., TANK, D.C., BROCKINGTON, S.F.,

REFULIO-RODRIGUEZ, N.F., WALKER, J.B.,

Moore, M.J., CARLSWARD, B.S., BELL, C.D.,

LATVvIs, M., CRAWLEY, S., BLACK, C., DIOUF,

D., X1, Z., RUSHWORTH, C.A., GITZENDANNER,

M.A., SytTsMA, K.J., Qru, Y-L., HiLtu, K.W.,

Davis, C.C., SANDERSON, M.J., BEAMAN, R.S.,

OLMSTEAD, R.G., JUDD, W.S., DONOGHUE, M.J.

& SOLTIS, P.S. (2011). Angiosperm phylogeny:

17 genes, 640 taxa. American Journal of Botany

98: 704-730.

STANLEY, J.D. (1983). Escalloniaceae. In Flora of

South-eastern Queensland 1: 223, Fig.

35B. Queensland Herbarium, Queensland

Department of Primary Industries: Brisbane.

TAKHTAJAN, A. (1997). Diversity and Classification of

Flowering Plants. Columbia University Press:

New York.

TANK, D.C. & DONOGHUE, M.J. (2010). Phylogeny and

phylogenetic nomenclature of the Campanulidae

based on an expanded sample of genes and taxa.

Systematic Botany 35: 425-441.

THOMAS, M.B. & McDONALD, W.J.F. (1987). Rare and

threatened plants of Queensland: a checklist

of geographically restricted, poorly collected

and/or threatened vascular plant species, p. 25.

Queensland Herbarium: Indooroopilly.

— (1989). Rare and threatened plants of Queensland:

a checklist of geographically — restricted,

poorly collected and/or threatened vascular

plant species, Edition 2, p. 26. Queensland

Herbarium: Indooroopilly.

THORNE, R.F. (1992). Classification and geography of

the flowering plants. The Botanical Review 58:

225-348.

108 Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021)

TURLAND, N.J., WIERSEMA, J.H., BARRIE, F.R., GREUTER, WHitTE, C.T. & FRANCIS, W.D. (1926). Contributions to

W., HAwKSworTH, OD.L., HERENDEEN, the Queensland Flora, No. 3. Proceedings of the

P.S., KNaApp, S., KusBer, W.-H., Li, D.- Royal Society of Queensland 37: 152-167.

Z., MARHOLD, K., May, T.W., McNEILL, _

J., Monro, A.M., Prapvo, J., Price, M.J. WILis, J.C. & AtRY SHAw, H.K. (1966). A Dictionary

& SmitH, G.F. (2018). International Code of of the Flowering Plants and Ferns. 7 Edition.

Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants Cambridge University Press: London.

(Shenzhen Code). https://www.iapt-taxon.org/ ZICH, F.A., HYLAND, B.P.M., WHIFFIN, T.P. & KERRIGAN,

nomen/main.php, accessed 8 February 2021. R.A. (2018). Australian Tropical Rainforest

Wuite, C.T. (1918). Contributions to the Queensland P fants, Edition 8. https://apps.lucidcentral.org/

Flora. Botany Bulletin. Department of rainforest/, accessed 22 September 2020.

Agriculture, Queensland 20: 14-15.

Map I. Distribution of Polyosma alangiacea (major roads indicated).

Bean & Forster, Polyosma

Map 2. Distribution of Polyosma cunninghamii (major roads indicated).

155E

305

355

109

Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021)

110

re ™

Map 3. Distribution of Polyosma globosa ( @ ) and P. reducta (A), shaded areas indicate conservation reserves.

Bean & Forster, Polyosma

. aa’ ar

+ @ Cairns’ J

Map 4. Distribution of Polyosma hirsuta, shaded areas indicate conservation reserves.

11]

112 Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021)

146E

Map 5. Distribution of Polyosma nigrescens, shaded areas indicate conservation reserves.

Bean & Forster, Polyosma 113

*y,

SS ra

Townsville

Map 6. Distribution of Polyosma rhytophloia (major roads indicated).

114 Austrobaileya 11: 89-114 (2021)

Map 7. Distribution of Polyosma rigidiuscula, shaded areas indicate conservation reserves.

Liparis barbata Lindl. (Orchidaceae) —

new to the flora of Australia

B. Gray’, P. Ormerod’ & Larry Simpson?’

Summary

Gray, B., Ormerod, P. & Simpson, L. (2021). Liparis barbata Lindl. (Orchidaceae) — new to the flora

of Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 115-117. Liparis barbata Lindl. (Orchidaceae) is newly recorded

for the flora of Australia from northern Queensland and is known from a single location in the Wet

Tropics bioregion.

Key Words: Orchidaceae; Liparis; Liparis barbata; Australia flora; Queensland flora; new record

'B. Gray, Australian Tropical Herbarium, James Cook University, Cairns Campus, McGregor Road,

Smithfield, Queensland 4878, Australia; ?P. Ormerod, P.O. Box 8210, Cairns, Queensland 4870,

Australia; "Larry Simpson, 16 Maunds Road, Atherton, Queensland 4883, Australia.

Introduction

Liparis L.C.Rich. (in the broad sense) is a

pantropical and temperate genus of 480—500

terrestrial to epiphytic orchids found in a

variety of habitats, including grassy fields,

monsoonal forest to tropical rainforest.

Twelve species (ten endemic) of Liparis are

currently recognised for Australia (APC

2021); Liparis barbata Lindl. is recorded

here as the thirteenth. Molecular studies by

Cameron (2005) found that Liparis could be

divided into four major clades, two of which

comprised terrestrial taxa, and two that

comprised mostly epiphytic taxa. Ongoing

molecular studies have shown that the

situation 1s increasingly complex; however,

the basal split into two major clades (epiphytic

versus terrestrial) remains supported (Li ef al.

2020). The type species of Liparis, L. loeselii

(L.) L.C.Rich., belongs with mainly temperate

terrestrial taxa bearing conduplicate leaves.

Liparis barbata belongs to the second group

of terrestrial taxa which are mostly tropical in

distribution and bear plicate leaves. Species

from this second group of terrestrial taxa

have been allocated by some authors to genera

such as Empusa Lindl.; however, a robust

classification based on phylogeny remains to

be finalised. As a result, we treat this species

in Liparis in the broad sense.

Materials and methods

This study is based on the examination of

living specimens, dried materials, and spirit

collections held at A, AMES, BM, BRI, CNS,

Kk, L and NY. Measurements were taken

from dried specimens, flowers of which were

rehydrated, and from material in spirit.

Most of the extra-Australian synonymy

for this species was enumerated by Ormerod

(2005) with the exception of Liparis indirae

Manilal & C.S.Kumar from India, which

was accidentally omitted. The other eight

taxonomic synonyms are Liparis alavensis

P.J.Cribb & Whistler (Samoa), L. fimbriata

A.F.G.Kerr (Thailand), L. maboroensis

Schltr. (Papua New Guinea), L. maboroensis

var. bistriata J.J.Sm. (Papua, Indonesia), L.

pectinata Ridl. (Philippines), L. pectinifera

Rid]. (Perak, Malaysia), L. punctifera Schltr.

(Sulawesi, Indonesia), and L. wrayi Hook.f.

(Perak, Malaysia).

Taxonomy

Liparis barbata Lindl., Gen. Sp. Orch. Pl.: 27

(1830); Leptorkis barbata (Lindl.) O.Kuntze,

Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 671 (1891); Empusa barbata

(Lindl.) T.C.Hsu, //ustr. Fl. Taiwan 2: 14

(2016). Type: Zeylonae [Sri Lanka], in 1829,

J. Macrae 6 (holo: K-L).

Accepted for publication 28 July 2021, published online 15 September 2021

116

Plants terrestrial. Rhizome creeping, terete,

short. Roots terete, pubescent. Stems erect,

terete, fleshy, 2—4 leaved in apical half, 50—

150 mm long, 5—8 mm thick. Leaves obliquely

ovate-elliptic, acute, plicate, margins more or

less undulate, 50-80 mm long, 25—40 mm

wide; petiole and sheath up to 50 mm long.

Inflorescence terminal, alate, 60-150 mm

long; peduncle to 40 mm long; rachis sublaxly

5—15 flowered, 20—110 mm long; floral bracts

triangular, acute, 1.5—2.5 mm long. Flowers

yellowish green, the labellum usually with

Fig. 1. Liparis barbata. Plant in situ. (Gray BG9996 &

Simpson, BRI, CNS). Photo: L. Simpson.

Austrobaileya 11: 115—117 (2021)

two parallel reddish-brown bands. Pedicel

with ovary clavate, hexalate, 10-15 mm

long. Dorsal sepal oblong-ligulate, obtuse,

7.5-8 mm long, 2—2.3 mm wide. Lateral

sepals obliquely oblong-lanceolate, acute to

subacute, c. 6.5 mm long X 2.5 mm wide.

Petals linear, obtuse, 7—8 mm long, 0.8—1 mm

wide. Labellum oblong-cuneate, apex with

two dentate to fimbriate terminal lobules,

base with two small parallel calli, 6.5—7 mm

long, 3—5 mm wide. Column semiterete, very

narrowly alate, 4-5 mm long. Figs. 1 & 2.

Fig. 2. Liparis barbata. Inflorescence with flowers.

(Gray BG9996 & Simpson, BRI, CNS). Photo: B. Gray.

Gray et al., Liparis barbata

Additional specimens examined: India. Mowgong, Jul

1850, Hooker & Thomson I88I (K). Myanmar. Lawa,

84—85 km W of Myitkyina on Ledo road, Jul 1958, McKee

6284 (K); Eastern Tenasserim, May 1932, Kerr 1007

(kK). Thailand. Kao Luang, Prachuap, Jul 1926, Kerr

326 (K); Doi Sutep, Oct 1914, Kerr 357A (K). Malaysia.

PERAK: Upper part, Jun 1889, Wray 3631 (K). SABAH:

Tawau District, Tawau River floodplain, Jun 1984,

Beaman et al. 10184 (K); Tambunan District, Crocker

Range, KM 59.5 on Kota Kinabalu, Aug 1983, Beaman

68/8 (K); Ranau District, near Poring Hot Springs, Aug

1990, Beaman 10926 (K). Brunei. Temburong River,

Batu Apoi Forest Reserve, Jun 1991, Poulsen 200 (K);

Belait District, Kampong Teraja, Oct 1989, Forman 1077

(K). Philippines. Leyte, Dagami, Jul 1913, Wenzel 207

(K). Papua New Guinea. MOROBE PROVINCE: Oomsis

Creek, 28—29 km W of Lae, Aug 1963, Garay & Hartley

s.n. (AMES); ibid, Sep 1963, Garay s.n. (AMES); ibid,

Jun 1962, Hartley 10416 (AMES). CENTRAL PROVINCE:

Koitaki, Apr 1935, Carr 10036 (BM, L, NY). Australia.

Queensland. Cook DIstricT: Whyanbeel Creek, N of

Mossman, Sep 2019, Gray BG9982 & Simpson (CNS);

ibid, Mar 2020, Gray BG9996 & Simpson (BRI, CNS).

Distribution and habitat: Liparis barbata has

a wide distribution in mainland Asia (India,

Malaysia, Myanmar, Sri Lanka, Thailand),

Malesia (Brunei, Indonesia, Papua New

Guinea, Philippines), Australasia (Australia

— Queensland, Solomon Islands) and Oceania

(Samoa, Vanuatu). Throughout its range

this species seems to prefer shady lowland

to lower montane forest, from 0—1400 m. In

Australia it grows in wet lowland rainforest

near creeks.

Typification: The protologue for Liparis

barbata states “in pratis ad latera collinum

Zeylonae, florens Novembri, Macrae”

(Lindley 1830). The specimen in the Lindley

herbartum (examined in situ by Ormerod)

has a few more details, notably the year of

collection and Macrae’s initial and collection

number.

Notes: Liparis barbata is easily distinguished

from its Australian congeners by its oblong-

cuneate lip that is terminated by two short

fimbriate to dentate lobules (Figs. 1 & 2). Its

closest Australian relatives are L. collinsii

B.Gray, L. petricola (D.L.Jones & B.Gray)

Bostock, and L. simmondsii F.M.Bailey

but these differ in having an obovate to

suborbicular lip, with an entire, acute to

emarginate apex.

117

Acknowledgements

We wish to thank herbaria and library staff

at A, AMES, BM, BRI, CNS, and K for their

help and hospitality during our visits. L and

NY kindly loaned material. Permits to collect

material were issued by the Queensland

Government to the Australian ‘Tropical

Herbarium at Cairns (CNS) enabling staff or

designated associates to collect herbarium

samples from state lands.

References

Apc [AUSTRALIAN PLANT CENSUS] (2021). Liparis.

https://biodiversity.org.au/nsl/services/

search/taxonomy?product=APC&tree.

id=&name=Liparis&inc. scientific=&inc.

scientific=on&inc. cultivar=&max=l00&displ

ay=&search=true, accessed 27 May 2021.

CAMERON, K.M. (2005). Leave it to the leaves: a

molecular phylogenetic study of Malaxideae

(Epidendroideae, Orchidaceae). American

Journal of Botany 92: 1025—1032.

Li, L., CHUNG, S.-W., Li, B, ZENG, S.-J., YAN, H.-

F. & Li, S.-J. (2020). New insight into the

molecular phylogeny of the genus Liparis s.1.

(Orchidaceae: Malaxideae) with a new generic

segregate: Blepharoglossum. Plant Systematics

and Evolution 306: 54.

LINDLEY, G. (1830). The genera and species of

orchidaceous plants. Ridgways: London.

ORMEROD, P. (2005). Notes on Papuasian Orchids.

Orchadian 14 (12): 563-565.

Taentophyllum cylindrocentrum Schitr. (Vandeae:

Orchidaceae) — a new record for Australia

Mark A. Clements*”, John R. Clarkson’, Heidi C. Zimmer’ &

David L. Jones

Summary

Clements, M.A., Clarkson, J.R., Zimmer, H.C. & Jones, D.L. (2021). Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum

Schltr. (Vandeae: Orchidaceae) — anew record for Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 118-123. A specimen

collected during the 1978 Australian Orchid Foundation expedition to the Mcllwraith Range, Cape

York Peninsula, Queensland is identified as Taeniophyllum cylindocentrum Schltr. This is the first

record for this species in Australia. The identification key to Australian 7Taeniophyllum is updated to

include this species.

Key Words: Orchidaceae; Rhynchanthera; Taeniophyllum; Taeniophyllum_ cylindrocentrum;

Australia flora; Queensland flora; Mcllwraith Range; new species record

‘Australian National Herbarium, Centre for Australian National Biodiversity Research, GPO

Box 1700 Canberra, ACT 2601, Australia; "Queensland Parks and Wildlife Service, PO Box 975,

Atherton, Queensland 4083, Australia; “Kalaru, New South Wales 2550, Australia; ’Corresponding

author. Email: mark.clements@csiro.au

Introduction

Taeniophyllum Blume is a genus of leafless

epiphytic orchids within tribe Vandeae,

subtribe Aeridinae. The genus 7aeniophyllum

encompasses approximately 236 species,

13. of which occur in Australia, including

Norfolk and Christmas Islands (Jones 2021);

the others in Asia, Malesia including New

Guinea, Solomon Islands, south Pacific

islands as far east as the Austral Islands, New

Caledonia and New Zealand (Wood 2014).

Upon returning a long overdue loan

from the Queensland Herbarium (BRI), a

collection held in spirit as Yaeniophyllum

sp. was re-determined by the senior author

as Taeniophyllum_ cylindrocentrum Schltr.

The material was originally collected by

one of the authors (Clarkson 2436, BRI) on

an Australian Orchid Foundation sponsored

field expedition in 1978 to the MclIlwraith

Range in Cape York Peninsula (Lavarack

1980, 2011). The specimen was one of three

species of that genus collected during the trip.

It is only the second confirmed collection of

this species and the first from Australia. As

such, it must be considered as rare, although

we acknowledge the possibility that further

yet-unidentified collections may have been

made, especially from New Guinea.

Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum was first

described by Rudolf Schlechter from material

collected during one of his expeditions to the

region in northeast New Guinea then known as

German New Guinea or Kaiser-Wilhelmsland

(Schlechter 1911-1914). Yaeniophyllum

cylindrocentrum was one of 63 new species

of Zaeniophyllum that Schlechter discovered,

described or recognised from New Guinea.

Schlechter placed this species in subgenus

Eu-Taeniophyllum, section Rhynchanthera

Schitr., a group with an undivided labellum

and distinctly beaked anther, as well as

glabrous peduncles and ovaries (Schlechter

in Blaxell 1982).

Taeniophyllum section Rhynchanthera

comprises more than 20 species, 18 of which

are distributed in New Guinea (Schlechter

1911-1914). This section includes T. malianum

Schlitr., a species commonly encountered in

Accepted for publication 28 July 2021, published online 15 September 2021

Clements et al., Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum

the rainforests of the MclIlwraith Range and

Iron Range of Cape York Peninsula (Lavarack

2011). Schlechter (1911-1914) noted that the

section, and some unique species therein

(such as the large-flowered 7’ macranthum

Schitr.), was easily recognisable overall, based

on possession of tangled root masses mostly

erowing in the air. However, he also noted

that species delimitation within the section

was difficult, even with careful examination

of the flowers — although root morphology

appeared constant for each species.

This record of Taeniophyllum

cylindrocentrum brings the number of species

in this genus found in Australia and its island

territories to 13. This is in addition to the

five new Taeniophyllum species recently

described by Gray (2015, 2017, 2018). The

English translation of the original description

and Schlechter’s (1923-1928) illustration

(Fig. 1) of the 7. cylindrocentrum species are

presented here.

Taxonomy

Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum Schitr.,

Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 1:

1019-1020 (1913). Type citation: “Kaiser-

Wilhelms-Land: Auf Baumen in den WAaldern

des Kani-gebirges, c. 600 m ti. d. M. — R.

Schlechter no. 17873, bliihend im Juni 1908.”

Type: Kaiser-Wilhelms-Land: On trees in the

forest of the Kani Range, alt. c 600 m — R.

Schlechter no. 17873, flowering in June 1908

(holo: Br) (Schlechter in Blaxell 1982).

Epiphytic, leafless, very slender; roots slightly

flattened, flexuose, 1.25 mm wide, to 25 cm

long, mostly hanging free from host, some

appressed. Inflorescence densely several-

to many-flowered, tooth-like; including

the hair-like peduncle to 6 cm long. Floral

bracts deltoid, apiculate, much shorter than

the ovary. Flowers opening in succession,

glabrous. Sepals oblong-ligulate, obtuse, 30

mim long. Lateral sepals oblique. Petals similar

to the sepals but somewhat shorter, oblique.

Labellum very broadly ovate, as long as the

petals, narrowed towards the apex and with

swollen margins, subobtuse, in the middle

119

with a cuneate pit; spur cylindrical, obtuse,

as long as the lip. Column very short, thick;

rostellum hammer-shaped. Anther ovate-

cucullate, long rostrate; pollinia obliquely

obovoid; stipe very slender, widened towards

the apex; viscidium linear-lanceolate, large.

Ovary subsessile, glabrous, 30 mm long (after

Schlechter in Blaxell 1982).

Distribution and habitat: Taeniophyllum

cylindrocentrum 1s known from two

locations, one 1n northeast Papua New Guinea

and other in the Mcllwraith Range, Cape

York Peninsula, Queensland, Australia. At

the Australian location, this orchid occurs as

a small twig epiphyte in low shrubs on the

margins of rainforest.

Notes: The holotype for this name was

destroyed and no isotypes are known.

The original protologue and illustration

(Schlechter 1911-1914) provide a thorough

description of the species. Lectotypification

using an herbarium specimen would bring

additional value to an augmented description,

not least the possibility of genetic sampling.

Taeniophyllum — cylindrocentrum — can

be distinguished from its congeners by the

combination of its distinctly broad labellum

and the cylindrical shape of the spur, after

which it is named; the flowers are white-yellow

(Schlechter in Blaxell 1982). To facilitate the

identification of 7: cylindrocentrum, a colour

illustration (Fig. 2) was prepared by the artist

Cheryl Hodges based on the Mcllwraith

Range collection, Schlechter’s description,

illustration and notes particularly with

reference to flower colour and the comparison

to living plants of the related 7’ malianum.

Little 1s known about the ecology or

biology of J7aeniophyllum cylindrocentrum.

Unlike the related species 7? malianum,

which has a prominent nectiferous spur and

attracts mosquito-like species that can affect

pollination, the spur of 7. cylindrocentrum

is relatively short and uniformly narrow,

suggesting a different pollinator is attracted.

120 Austrobaileya 11: 118-123 (2021)

Nene iopbylum colinahocentom Schltr

Fig 1. Schlechter’s (1923-1928) original drawing of Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum.

Clements et al., Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum 12]

mR WwW NN = =

- a i ar)

Key to mainland Australian 7aentophyllum species (revised from Gray 2018)

Sepals and petals fused near the base forming a tube; flowers <3 mm diameter...... 2

Sepals and petals free to the base not forming a tube; flowers > 3 mm diameter ...... 6

Roots triangular or flattened in cross section. ... 2... 2... ee ee ee 3

Roots Ttetete cross SCCUON aids Sak Se zit ie nl Se eee yee ite eee oy elke ESS 10

Roots triangular in cross section (having a raised longitudinal ridge). . . T. triquetroradix

Roots Mattened tCresstsecHOn.s. ts Bok Se8 6 8, es RO cn Bl i, Se gh She. bee 4

Peduncle not filiform, roots 2-3 mm broad; floral bracts overlapping,

hiding the rachis; flowers 4-5 mm long ................... T. confertum

Peduncle filiform, roots |—-1.5 mm broad; floral bracts not overlapping;

HOWETS 252).5- TIM LONGs 2 Ae hess fen oe ae eye OO og ne ene we ge Oe ns sa eomiensinne vee ts 5

Roots 1—1.5 mm broad; peduncle 12—15 mm long; rachis filiform; floral

bracts alternating c. 0.5 mm apart, all in one plane; flowers c.

er MONe Ase) let tle Pe Seer SSS me Pee ME a T. explanatum

Roots up to 1 mm broad; peduncle 2—5 mm long; rachis not

filiform, fleshy, parallel sided, twice as wide as peduncle; floral

bracts alternating < 0.5 mm apart; flowers<2mmlong........... T. clementsil

Peduncle, rachis and ovary sparsely covered with erect short-bristly

hairs; flowers green, turning yellow withage................. T. lobatum

Péduncle.. rachis and iovary -Slabrous |). 6 39 ek eae we Re he ew LAA Bie hb o

Peduncle filiform, roots, mostly hanging free from host, some appressed. ......... 8

Peduncle not filiform, roots mostly appressed to host .................2.04. 9

Roots flat in cross-section, green or grey; labellum spur widening near

ADEN Melle oN Seagate he oe ae oe as WB ake BO a2 olla: WF ob taro engine= 2. tel pela os SAL T. malianum

Roots oval-shaped in_ cross-section; labellum spur uniformly

CVIOTICALAY wis ce oy ahcda Satetee weld ot mete (AS Selle te RoR uen gt! T. cylindrocentrum

Roots greyish green, flat in cross section, 2—3.5(—4) mm broad; peduncle

and rachis reddish, zig-zag from the base, 8-10 mm long; floral bracts

alternating 2—3 mm apart; flower 4.5-5 mm wide. ............ T. epacridicola

Roots green, + terete in cross section, 1.5—2.1 mm broad; peduncle

up to 1 mm long, floral bracts overlapping hiding the rachis;

TOWER CoS SSI Wie -2 4. K- 6 fon Gh hd tk be dol ee eed yk Ses T. walkeri

10 Inflorescence with 4-8-9) flowers, self-pollinating; sparsely

arranged flowers, 1.7-3 mmapart ...........0..0 02.08 ee eee. T. muelleri

10. Inflorescence with 6—20(—more) flowers, not self-pollinating; tightly

arranged flowers, 0.8-l.5 mmapart ..........0.. 02.008 eee ene T. baumel

122 Austrobaileya 11: 118-123 (2021)

Fig. 2. Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum. Plant; open flower front view and side view; root showing cross-section.

From (mostly) Clarkson 2436 (BRI). Del. Cheryl Hodges.

Clements et al., Taeniophyllum cylindrocentrum

References

GRAY, B. (2015). Three new species of Taeniophyllum

Blume (Orchidaceae) from northern

Queensland. Austrobaileya 9: 382-392.

—— (2017). Taeniophyllum walkeri B.Gray

(Orchidaceae), a new species from north

Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 65—69.

—— (2018). Taeniophyllum baumei B.Gray

(Orchidaceae), a new species from Cape York

Peninsula, Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 260—

265.

JONES, D.L. (2021). A complete guide to the Native

Orchids of Australia, 3"° edition. Reed New

Holland Publishers Pty Ltd.: Sydney/Auckland.

LAVARACK, P.S. (1980). Orchids of the MclIlwraith

Range. Australian Orchid Review 45: 90-105.

— (2011). Expeditions to Cape York Peninsula North

Queensland, Australia 1976-1989. Australian

Orchid Research 6. Australian Orchid

Foundation, DCP Group: Drouin, Victoria.

SCHLECHTER, R. (1911-1914). Die Orchidaceen von

Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Repertorium Specierum

Novarum Regni Vegetabilis, Beiheft 1: III, I-

LXVI, 1—-1079.

—— (1923-1928). Figuren-atlas zu den Orchidaceen

von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Repertorium

Specierum Novarum Regni Vegetabilis, Beiheft

21: t. I-CCCLX XII.

— (1982). The Orchidaceae of German New Guinea

(incorporating the Figure Atlas to the above).

In D.F. Blaxell (ed.), Translation of the German

text from Die Orchidaceen von Deutsch-

Neu-Guinea and including Figuren-atlas zu

den Orchidaceen von Deutsch-Neu-Guinea.

Australian Orchid Foundation, Essendon:

Victoria.

Woop, J.J. (2014). Taeniophyllum. In A.M. Pridgeon

et al. (eds.), Genera Orchidacearum Volume

6 Epidendroideae (Part Three), pp. 299-305.

Oxford University Press: Oxford.

123

Lomanadra altior Jian Wang ter and L. breviscapa Jian

Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae), two new species from

the Wet Tropics of north Queensland, Australia

Jian Wang

Summary

Wang J. (2021). Lomandra altior Jian Wang ter and L. breviscapa Jian Wang ter (Laxmanniaceae),

two new species from the Wet Tropics of north Queensland, Australia. Austrobaileya 11: 124-

134. Lomandra altior Jian Wang ter and L. breviscapa Jian Wang ter are described, illustrated

and compared to the putatively related species L. hystrix (R.Br.) L.R.Fraser & Vickery. Lomandra

altior 1s known from high altitudes of the Thornton Peak — Mt Spurgeon — Mt Lewis areas, while L.

breviscapa 1s restricted to the Mt Edith — Mt Bartle Frere — Mt Bellenden Ker areas. A key for the three

closely related species is provided. Notes on the distribution including a map, habitats, phenology and

affinities of the two newly described species are provided. Conservation status recommendations are

also discussed.

Key Words: Asparagaceae; Laxmanniaceae; Lomandra; Lomandra altior; Lomandra breviscapa;

Lomandra hystrix; Australia flora; Queensland flora; Wet Tropics flora; taxonomy; new species

Jian Wang, Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic

Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: Jian.Wang@des.qld.

gov.au

Introduction

The genus Lomandra Labill. includes four

sections with 57 species to date (CHAH

2020; Wang & Bean 2017; Wang 2018,

2021). Lomandra has had various family

placements over the past decades, such as

Xanthorrhoeaceae in Flora of Australia (Lee

& Macfarlane 1986), Dasypogonaceae (Briggs

1986; Chase et al. 1995) and Laxmanniaceae

(Chase & Stevens 1998; Wang 2021).

The genus is often placed in the family

Asparagaceae subfamily Lomandroideae as

recently circumscribed (Barrett 2018; Gunn

et al. 2020; Govaerts et al. 2021). The family

Laxmanniaceae is retained here following

the systematic arrangement applied at the

Queensland Herbarium (BRI).

Examination of herbartum material has

revealed the existence of two distinctive

species that were in the past either misidentified

as Lomandra hystrix (R.Br.) L.R.Fraser &

Vickery or unidentified species of Lomandra.

Lomandra hystrix was originally published

as Xerotes hystrix R.Br. by Brown (1810).

It has been variously classified as Xerotes

longifolia var. hystrix (R.Br.) Domin or

Lomandra longifolia subsp. hystrix (R.Br.)

Lee. The current name was established in

1937 (Lee 1962; Lee & Macfarlane 1986). It

erows mainly near streams along the eastern

coast of north-eastern New South Wales

and eastern Queensland. It was noted by

Lee & Macfarlane (1986) that the plants on

mountains of north Queensland differed 1n

inflorescence dimensions and the appearance

of male flowers. Furthermore, L. hystrix

occurs at low rather than high altitude (Lee

& Macfarlane 1986). Since then, more

collections of both male and female plants

with fertile parts have become available for

detailed taxonomic study. From study of

them, two new species, Lomandra altior Jian

Wang ter and L. breviscapa Jian Wang ter,

both restricted to the Wet Tropics bioregion of

north Queensland, are described in this paper.

Accepted for publication 10 November 2021, published online 22 December 2021

Wang, Two new Lomandra species

Lomandra_ altior and L. breviscapa

share similar characteristics with L. hystrix

(referred to in the key as the L. hystrix group),

being robust plants with tussocks arising

from condensed ascending rhizomes and with

acute leaf apices usually with 2—4 minutely

lateral teeth. However, both new species can

be easily distinguished from L. hystrix by

the shorter inflorescence rachis, significantly

shorter bracts of flower branches and flower

eroups, and depressed globular to globular

ovoid fruits (pyramid-shaped fruits in L.

hystrix).

The two new species described here

brings to ten, the number of Lomandra

species (including 3 subspecies) found in

the Queensland Wet Tropics bioregion (viz.

Lomanadra altior Jian Wang ter, L. banksii

(R.Br.) Lauterb., L. breviscapa Jian Wang

ter, L. confertifolia subsp. pallida A.T.Lee,

L. decomposita (R.Br.) Jian Wang ter &

A.R.Bean, L. filiformis (Thunb.) Britten subsp.

filiformis, L. hystrix (R.Br.) L.R.Fraser &

Vickery, L. laxa (R.Br.) A.T.Lee, L. longifolia

Labill., ZL. multiflora (R.Br.) Britten subsp.

multiflora). Both newly described species are

endemic to high altitude montane habitats on

granite substrates.

Biogeography

Lomandra 1s mainly in Australia, with two

species extending to New Guinea and one

species in New Caledonia (Lee & Macfarlane

1986; Wang 2018, 2021).

The distribution of the two newly

described species wholly in rainforest or

Taxonomy

E25

vegetation communities adjacent to rainforest,

i.e. montane herbland/heathland is congruent

with widely recognised biogeographic

barriers along the Australian east coast for

species distribution (Bryant & Krosch 2016).

Lomandra altior 1s known only from the

Thornton Peak — Mt Spurgeon — Mt Lewis

areas, albeit always at higher altitudes, to the

north of the Black Mountain Corridor (BMC).

By comparison, L. breviscapa 1s restricted to

the Mt Edith — Mt Bartle Frere — Bellenden

Ker areas, south of the BMC. The two

species occurring in limited minor centres

of endemism and refugia on mountain tops

and/or higher montane areas are putatively

examples of populations persisting in situ

following species fragmentation (vicariance),

rather than long range dispersal.

Materials and methods

This study is based on morphological

examination of Lomandra material from the

following herbaria: BRI, CANB, CNS, DNA,

JCT, MEL, NSW. All measurements are based

on dried material, except the dimensions

of florets, which are based on material

reconstituted with boiling water. Dimensions

of measurements are inclusive, 1.e. 1.0—1.7 are

given as |—1.7.

Common abbreviations in the specimen

citations are Mt (Mountain, except where part

of a National Park or State Forest name), N

(North), S (South), E (East), W (West), EP

(Environmental Park), LA (Logging Area),

NP (National Park), NPR (National Park

Reserve), SFR (State Forest Reserve), TR

(Timber Reserve).

Key to the Queensland Lomandra hystrix group

1 The primary rachis of inflorescence usually 25—50 cm long; bracts of

flower branch and flower clusters more than 1 cm long; mature fruit

PV CAIMIGES MAD SO 5 bg eg eh ge a we ce ee Be

1. The primary rachis of inflorescence usually 10—20 cm long; bracts of

flower branches and flower clusters usually 0.1—0.5 cm long; mature

fruit globular ovoid or depressed globular

21—50(—80) cm

inflorescence scape 23—71 cm long. . . .

2 Male inflorescence — scape

long; female

2. Male inflorescence scape O—5(—8) cm long; female inflorescence

scape 0—S emi lone ¢: 3 ec 65 oe

126

Lomandra altior Jian Wang ter sp. nov.

Resembling ZL. hystrix (R.Br.) L.R.Fraser &

Vickery, but differing in the shorter male and

female inflorescence rachis, shorter bracts

of flower branches and flower groups; also

differs by the globular mature fruit. Typus:

Australia. Queensland. Cook District: Near

Schillers Hut, Mt Spurgeon, | September

1972, L.J. Webb & J.G. Tracey 13444 (holo:

BRI [AQ380891]; iso: CNS [QRS081895]).

Plants forming tussocks from condensed

ascending rhizomes, each tussock usually

comprising numerous tufts, each tuft up to 3.5

cm in diameter at the base with leaves arranged

irregularly or often distichously (Figs. 1A &

2A). Leaves rather thin and upright, 70—110 cm

long, 0.7—1.3 cm wide, glabrous. Leaf sheath

margins at first membranous or cartilaginous,

fraying into strips or fibres up to 9 cm long,

red or dark brown. Leaf blades flat adaxially,

usually green, light green or whitish green,

with 16—26 parallel veins on both sides; the

margins smooth and occasionally slightly

rolled; leaf apex usually acute with 2 lateral

teeth well below apex or with 4—6 minute

teeth, it 1s rarely 3-toothed with the middle

one the largest, 4-6 mm long, 2.5-3 mm

wide (Figs. 1B & 2B). Both male and female

inflorescences are paniculate, usually 1 or 2

per tuft, usually shorter than the longest leaf.

Male inflorescences 33—/2(—100) cm long, the

scape flattened, longitudinally ribbed on each

side, smooth or rarely minutely verruculose,

21—50(—80) cm long, 0.3—0.7 cm broad, light

ereen to whitish brown; the primary rachis

4-angled, channelled or slightly to strongly

longitudinally ribbed, smooth or rarely

minute verruculose, 10—20(-31) cm_ long,

light green to dark brown, bearing numerous

branches and flower clusters; branches and

flower clusters appearing whorled, opposite

or near opposite at nodes; inflorescence

branches 4-angled, channelled or slightly to

strongly longitudinally ribbed, smooth or

rarely verruculose, usually I-11 cm long;

flower clusters with primary branches 0.8—

10.5 cm apart on the rachis, 0.5—3 cm apart

on the primary branches, inflorescences

occasionally developing secondary branches

0.5—1.5 cm apart. Main subtending bracts of

Austrobaileya \1: 124-134 (2021)

inflorescences usually 2 or 3, long- to short-

deltoid, 10-25 mm long, 0.8—5 mm wide at

the widest point, with 1—5 veins; bracts of

primary and secondary branches and flower

clusters usually 2—4, long- to short-deltoid,

I-5(-15) mm long, 0.6—2 mm wide at the

widest point, with single mid vein, longest

at the basal node of rachis, shorter upwards

along primary rachis as well as on primary

and secondary branches. Male flowers in

eroups of 3-6, usually various ages within

each cluster (Fig. 1D); bracteoles 3, cucullate,

1-1.5 mm long and 14-2 mm _ broad,

membranous, completely or near encircling

each flower; short pedicellate or sessile, the

pedicels when mature c. 0.6 mm long and 0.1

mm wide, terete, pale yellow. Flower buds

ellipsoid (Fig. 1E), pale yellow, at anthesis

becoming campanulate. Perianth segments

6, with distinct outer and inner whorls; outer

tepals (sepals) 3, elliptical to broadly elliptical,

thin, free except at the very base, uniform in

size, 1.6—2 mm long, 1.2—1.5 mm wide, pale

yellow; inner tepals (petals) 3, elliptical,

free except on the basal 1/5—1/4, uniform in

size, 1.66—2 mm long, 1—-1.4 mm wide, outer

surface mostly brown to dark brown except

brighter yellow or creamy yellow for margins,

inner surface brown to light brown. Stamens

6, 3 adnate basally to the inner tepals, the

filament not obvious 0.2—0.3 mm long, c. 0.2

mm diameter; 3 alternating with them and

adnate basally to outer tepals, the filament

longer, 0.3—1 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter;

anthers all similar, versatile, 0.6—0.8 mm

long, 0.4—0.5 mm wide, creamy yellow to

bright yellow. Pistillode poorly formed, c. 0.5

mm long and 0.4 mm diameter, hyaline or

pale yellow (Fig. 1F). Female inflorescences

28—88 cm long; the scape flattened, 23-71 cm

long, (0.25—)0.4—0.65 cm broad, pale green

to whitish brown; the primary rachis 4- or

irregularly angled or channelled or slightly

to strongly longitudinally ribbed, smooth

or rarely minutely verruculose, (6—)12—20

cm long, bearing numerous branches and

flower clusters; branches and flower clusters

appearing whorled or opposite at nodes,

very rarely alternate; inflorescence branches

4- or irregularly angled or rarely rounded,

smooth or rarely minute verruculose, 1—/

127

Wang, Two new Lomandra species

a eeaee

ee ee

enue ce ube 4 pee CS SOE Geet Eee ; Bee A 5

ve anemone 2 8 ot eee tena = aae F4 rs ee pe pe ee eS a eee ewe eee feb tb te we Fo TES hem eee es Oe Ree ees tee Re ee eee Oe ae ee ee ee eg ee ee Pee ee we ee 8 we eee oo ee ee ee ee

« seth oe aa te ss fteeui** eee Seow ae eee eS SEE THCTE Te eee te bee BOE SRS ee oe DTH E wes Beet se ee een freee ee ee Sew eeeee wa OE Hee Phe ee ee EEE ee ee eee ee PTE Pee eee SECT ETRE ET Se ee ee, pew ewe

a? gow See eSH EH OF 8 s ¢teeew es? wees we Gareth ogee HOE See TERE EE i ee ee ee ee ee ee ee rf « A « sas tung

e oe” * woot eon tear aeata se stents * er er ge * ee i ee See Ge BASE Hee a FC FSFE TES HH PeREERE 8 fee fees tag a ew

.- ae ae Sugeaee sae @ sehen = & sa06 ‘

searaor' aeueers ene . ge erecseeeteee sewer é oe cnow & pene gee Ses 6 eS ee PS FE TT ae se ete Ee LY Beene np See ge gee ee ee CEP a ee et eget SUPT He ee eee eves eee Ss Pe STH T Thee SH SHE SES we METRE HE FER ew we oe

aeteee tt io ft Se eee eee gan ces 206 t88e8 rea cces cu mee ce tase eeesae 28 86 5 URE ON eae sen HOS RET TS RENT EE yee ss a see pas eee e sa etanet he SP beng ge Fe Toes aeKtt eeeve oe cer eese ese dns SoH Ee oe STEEN TEE Rete SSH TT EOF ERE HET HE ES EE EE habe

. sou . 2 el eo fae ‘oe ee oe oo a F ee 4 eee .

ab anepeeers a ghar ote gate eaareenee 2. ce eS on eee pee ee Pe Ree eee Ee ee i ee ee * ts a #eenr eae ab oem s Sart se fo oe a hs a i oe eT Te

. ~ - amt L * P = re «

= Me

a ¢ ?

™.

“

. .

‘

5 "a

= .

® +.

a ®

eee

ett to

- eens

: was

= i

7+ &, ‘ eRe teeny fe

™: éa a .

ts . . '

"24 *. ®

. a

- te. Py « ae a, ew,

=. . a

a . .

vt ae "s 2

- ao "ay

= .

= ™.,

Fey

ff §:

is . 2

5 *

Tan Ts ™.

mm —

-- » 3 «

. 2 =

. a eae REE a

* a. 7 i re

: . ten eee eth. 2

"se beatae a a* "6 er

“on

ss z =.

Tas,” suey ™ 2 & . att ee eee *

Sane Fe8 = aed?

e . ee ge tt wet

""2s. .. "9 &

. = .

"ean ae —

Wee =, "'F

ze 2 oe Tee

& Se. =

>»

s+ a

=ay

toate a ,

tape =

4 vo

88S hen, PO ® Ganen , aes

me oP ote =

an ec ee . =. = —_

ot ae on -

: 7 #8 basen see oe. TESST FSR e eee ae ay a

. os

aSoes TStaae es r

* "4e7 4,5 . . -

Peer Peet 2 eee S82 s8ase, eae a are ——— =

= = - TEtae es 686 we oe

3 ‘ frtsan

a= 7S OS 6 Se es oe ees

Sonne 5

- a

a5)

5 ees - = -

5 ene net th ataanag, eee Pree; ; _ n ceroe anaes

i 2 "tees SOP w stem gee ts Ph epee meme ee ee Re eS SES Se Te

= a as

==: —— 4 2 dot ai aresganee ene ®

. A - ="

ae ate

= aaneaet hs oes

: tere 7

. oe? ' eat

. haan 7 ed .

en ee ant

sere” . ' wen"

seeee" T ll ert

a +7 .

- ween wast toon

kl > agent

= 2" . oF P, é

7 .

— a + yee set -_

. as * aon’ 5

at Te gt a a

as e* ee as

aw went ae?

eet att at

see" ro . . iL

= . .

, sant wees Pe

ae a=

eoat® uae?

eae at?

j ott

.* s

§ wee gah” on =

eaoee™ eatt = as®

ef st 5

me abe a? a

* 1

a 2

_ |

.* |

a” i

a .

=. a” wee

aoe =

an net =," |

rh ®

? 6

at" gt 4

=i . < >. a ¥ +. mre seg et Cael ie "

~y— - . —_ — ~. e cee PF bd Po! weet r ete

ah Wi LL ee Te er rr ee « see eerste 2 sie “ OF ey “me eee ennata . “sen

‘

Lh see * oe Pat eon Oe

eee

ones ¢ * 4

° 4 Crt

* «8 #

oo oem he we

4 hanna

vate

+ *

TL)

vat

ved

ot *" oe

ate at

arden

avee

qeeaeee

. ‘Sta gnent”

,otedeguat ee eg he

oo SP ied 3 hf

aun

‘. * ofa

Pownce eee

. '

eecenet

= fe oe T TOtsass ss Pesos sss cae tT a

= wr 7 “7 as

Geeebe ee POS REST A Oe ees ee OE HP ee ee ee ew cee eee OS SET EER eg Pees eueee ee ee ee EEE ST pees ee ee FR ee RS eee ERE PR PRES es ee ee ee

wete ttte

poeee ee whe eee eee

at fea -s

oe C Pe me ee PP eee ee EE Pe eee EEE Oe ee ee ee ge

tease aa . Ps s

ont wa dee we eee he id ony -Feees aes tes

i ec

a + 4% ea ween fd 258" ase aeons?” ' Beguestewvn re ta St ee Ste eusute ee teen TEES Se .

at ee eee eee eee . aan ee hea eftt@en wee aseeagtet ae seerrh er = aan Settee a a Sag

ere ee ee Fee et ee aeuetrest . -coa# minnow oy 93 Teeth Pe peepee ee ee FOP eae ee “ F ” “

L gsee OEE HE eT Oe a ddr wil eua@ oe S850 2 errr fa Fe re, Ce i er ae Sees been ae aad feetf tee bea, er ee er ee ee | + # te wees

pute &

eeeuune®

Settee e cca

eunetn atee® os ete teat sete ae sae es wot 6

aesee se Pewee a a a0 sstrere se * So SS Bee Se ageawe- Fe EF wa? gee . we eae eee ‘ .

eweanveteunt 4 oe eee ee es seay ts. hw oe ee Se ee eee reg eee eee pT TT TEES ee ee EEE TE ee

wort ere ese ees

i ee

Obe GR poeta geet RFE E tee ee ee ge i:

seeee ie

aut Seen wa eee sues eo

Pr eee eee ee Ee ee Ce

ee ee

eb 68 tree

eee ee ee

suawet

eee reer es ants fete eS Se SS ERED Bey come EE Oe eee Os Pe See eee ee ee Hass

eno oes SE SETS

ess EwEe me eo eT ee ew a

eee eee eee eee 2 66 SU USS ees eH SER ERS es See we eee etter ewe es PPM ee ee

SSS wee ee See eetteee peewee eee ee

eo we at Pe ee Ree eT hea Oe

ee eee ee ee ee eC ee ee

gen See us Dated San etee SF TTT ES e ete Se we ae FORE RPE ee ee

ste ©

ett pggunun ee GOP Ee eee ee a &

eaten ee rtee®

,e ooo

; eens

eon ee eeuere ea meets fee escetres ee eu et "SH m ewe eee eg SS tee ee Pe Ree ey

eer etee tee .

ee a a ee er es fa

peste tees tater eencee se

a2 gon oo ee guarsene estes

see ue teehee tee ee eee

ry seee

wath eee oe PP eR ad wee gree he + FF teeny

seep etut at eteeass i

esnten ep aceteee ott PP eee ete a a ee i ee i ee ee ee ee

=55

fe Fe # gee es tee esas

«5. A A z m anes P)

fear!

ts apex with teeth.

ing 1

Fig. 1. Lomandra altior (male). A. habit of tuft with inflorescence. B. distal part of leaf show

mature bud

C—F from Foreman

C. terminal portion of inflorescence (basal part of scape removed). D. cluster of flowers of various ages. E.

with a short pedicel. F. flower spread open. A & B from Webb & Tracey 13444 (BRI, holotype)

1725 (BRI). Del. N. Crosswell.

128

cm long; flower clusters with branches 1—6

cm apart on the primary rachis. Unlike male

inflorescences, female inflorescences not

developing a third rachis (second branch).

Bracts of inflorescences usually 2 or 3,

long- to short-deltoid, 15-32 mm long, 3—5

mm wide at the widest point, with 1—S(—7)

veins; bracts of branches and flower clusters

usually 2—6, long- to short-deltoid, 1—5(—10)

mim long, 0.6—2 mm wide at the widest point,

with 1-3 veins, longest at the basal node of

rachis, shorter upwards along primary rachis

as well as on secondary and tertiary rachises,

shorter and narrower distally. Female flowers

usually in group of 2—6, similar ages within

each cluster; each flower subtended by 1-3

cucullate bracteoles, 0.9-1.5 mm long, 1.1—2

mm wide, membranous, pale yellow with

purple tinges in the middle, completely

encircling the flower base (Fig. 2D); sessile or

with a very short pedicel. Perianth segments

6; outer 3 tepals (Sepals) broadly ovate, 3.1—3.5

mm long, 1.5—1.9 mm wide, creamy to pale

yellow with purple tinges at the apex, adnate

at the base; inner 3 tepals (petals) ovate, 3.4—

3.5 mm long, 1.6—2 mm wide, adnate near

base. Staminodes 6, whitish-transparent, 0.4—

0.5 mm, filaments 0.15—0.2 mm long, anthers

vestigial, 3 inserted on lower middle part of

inner tepals, 3 alternating with them on the

margin of lower side of each inner tepal.

Pistil conspicuous, styles short and fused

with 3 stigmatic lobes; ovary urn-shaped, c.

1.1 X 1.8 mm, on a ciliolate stalk, c. 0.3 X

0.6 mm, locules 3; ovules | per loculus. Fruits

sessile, usually in groups of 1-3 of similar

ages. Fruiting styles 0.8—1 mm long. Capsules

depressed globular, usually 4.5—6 mm long,

45-6 mm diameter, carpels irregularly

wrinkled at maturity; carpels brownish yellow

to bright yellow outside, whitish yellow inside;

the 6 hardened perianth segments persistent,

2—3 mm long, 1.2—2 mm wide; the hardened

bracts occasionally persistent, 1—1.5 mm long,

0.8—]1 mm wide (Fig. 2E). Seeds 1 per locule,

ovoid, c. 4.2 mm long and 3.3 mm wide,

2-angled on inner face, rounded on outer face,

smooth or slightly rough, translucent, whitish

brown (Fig. 2F).

Austrobaileya \1: 124-134 (2021)

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook

District: NPR 164, Thornton Peak, Nov 1973, Hyland

7095 (BRI, CNS); ibid, Nov 1973, Hyland 7102 (CNS);

Thornton Peak, Nov 1973, Hartley 14034 (BRI); ibid,

Sep 1984, Irvine 22414 (CNS); SFR 143, North Mary LA,

Nov 1978, Gray 1077 (CNS); Mt Lewis, c. 55 km NNE of

Mareeba, Oct 1980, Henderson H2641 (BRI); Mt Lewis,

13 km from junction with Mareeba to Mossman Road,

Oct 1987, Foreman 1725 (BRI, CNS, MEL); Mt Lewis,

Jan 1988, Sankowsky 773 & Sankowsky (BRI); SFR

143, Riflemead, North Mary LA, Oct 1994, Gray 5823

(CNS); ibid, Nov 1995, Gray 6401, 6402 (CNS); SFR

143 Parish of Riflemead, North Mary LA, May 1996,

Gray 6733 (BRI, CNS); Mt Spurgeon, Feb 2003, Cooper

WWCISI3A & 1813, Jensen, Jago, Russell (BRI, CNS);

Mt Lewis FR, Mt Lewis Road c. 100 m past CSIRO EP

118, Dec 2006, Ford AF4903 & Metcalfe (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Lomandra altior 1s

endemic to north Queensland and is known

only from a few mountain tops and high

montane areas in the Wet Tropics bioregion

from 1,000 m to 1,350 m altitude. It has been

recorded from Thornton Peak in the north, Mt

Spurgeon in the centre, and south to the Mt

Lewis area (Map 1).

The habitats are mainly _ tropical

rainforests, 1.e., simple notophyll vine

thicket/vine forest on soils of sandy loam

or reddish gravelly soil derived from and

overlying granite detritus or boulders. The

common canopy species at Mt Lewis sites

are: Sloanea macbrydei F.Muell., Halfordia

kendack (Montrouz.) Guillaumin, Sphalmium

racemosum (C.T.White) B.G.Briggs, B. Hyland

& L.A.S.Johnson, Ackama_ australiensis

(Schlitr.) C.T-White, Elaeocarpus — elliffii

B.Hyland & Coode and Argyrodendron sp.

(Mt Haig L.S.Smith+ 14307). The small

tree and shrub species include: Chionanthus

acuminiger F.Muell., Streblus glaber subsp.

australianus (C.T.White) C.C.Berg, Ficus

leptoclada Benth., Lenbrassia australiana

(C.T. White) G.W.Gillett) var. australiana

and Uromyrtus metrosideros (F.M.Bailey)

A.J.Scott. Lomandra altior has also been

recorded in montane herbland/heathland on

exposed granite outcrops adjacent to these

rainforests.

Phenology: Male flowering was mainly

recorded from September to November. It was

also recorded in February. Female flowering

was recorded in October and November.

129

Wang, Two new Lomandra species

noe ett F cae we ce

6 se tw epte

oenenee

ng,t Bae q

rae

* *. Y "* «

1 a as

wa, ey ot te eet,

*."« = a4

"note, Bi, le

e". *, # te ™

". = seuprere Ly

eee

Abts, ae 4

ate a

werd IS sts

P- Sesteten Sa,

' ee

= aie

1: ra e feu a

2 .

Satie poh eet

ete an ant ® ee -

# tne i "al se oe et 8

= * = ime et “eee, 77 a ®

pty 3 nye a," ee ao spe™ tan ® a

7. * ane es a0 *n 68 a ttt oa Le

Es =. - y te oo ee Prt tn See

a, fa, r enane Cee ere ke ee 2 | eva 8

Pe Bw a reat opt ee eet oe ete os a

*. . bi £ =, fe *

. 7

. a, soe

Pen He artes! woes oem ae eae

:, . = ie . ft ee « @

F . . = my - Sa me

waaeees e PUR SSHE EF Be weet a ee G nee. s "ee, Tee ten) ele =” ens fe

een ee ee ee esas =~, % - ™s 4, ee 2, ten of a é

F T.

~~ =. ts a ". "= a of fo e® s *

he +. = = m8 eat = +f - an “. 4,

wee ™« *. fa « it ae oe 7

- = = Ps = - : . 1 . +, e se

"Pes "te ® mas ° of a, Oe =f Seon, 5) 7 Pay

*. ™. ee . e ® . a's *

= . és «. z ek eee . bie | Hy

= ee, * ty fag te fe, fe) ' « ecett ves, a, oa

fe "fae, ee tae, is oP rae er ye a ait Pa

7 5 . eo, ry

wey & = : a = &

be . * =. - a

ar > Stag Pe ete” +s « fed

i ee = 7, . * oe Pa

fe. "Fe "as a? ad

* «

mega, 7 te =*

. +

"es, Seay. a

aoe feat = ee

. *

"Gag TFS, "ema, oo"

Mites” Mag ray wcphe

o a on a Le

2 ‘ . Ca .

® 1d

"aH, ". s = « « *

rT, Be, es ” oom

fa, "a5 *. eo ot we s

a. ® "oe

ts Pie ee iad

* ae tee al ftw eee eg

= “7! . p *

"tm. "Se fanaa eee e™ 7

. ®

@e,. 8 al

a. *

"ete

Fay Be.

®. "«

* .

on Hee

Sarg, “te,

ten tea

fs e

« “. .

ta.

a oe a . os Steerer « Foe e ee 4 titees at OF be ane awe eis Pte en eee renee

a ee lke

te = a nae

, ee ee owe ee "toes 28 ey

-_ te ee. ee POS POSSE One OE nee on teens ae

ot = we : . a

i ™ @ 8 "Seo Sa e. Te ms

=e Bs Bee

a b t. F us

Sen 5 seam mes re ne a Te ee " § 8B eeae

eR wee 7 Besa,

= aay frenes

"8 ems "eee #1. # #reng,

i” be on

be tte Fee

ee.

' oeme ee68 2 2 eee sn = = see oc. s2 = e2 8% = eae Bae s 2 s

anqunte@e eg CFSE Se eT eee soso eee ms baee Fae et eR PE RE APES TSS eM ee hee ea

aoe 7 2 e trues ,

oa * i. rr See ee ee ra, i ee

aes e*

es ae m -25e i ee aw

tone or a ee “

es LE tS onan ee | 7

= S SS SSerns ft Oe chee Stee ee oe me & PS % hdtem i ee ae alee e8en

tee "5 S goa

7 7 es eee

s * . eee eee ee ee ee ee | r A Sete oie feng ea 8 FP epee eee Ee ee a ee

o feecee eee eee ee ee estate te nese Pe ee ee ee . eden ap enee CPPP eee g FETS ee ase eT STE OE Reet ees TPC Fee eae ees Pe Fee Be ee 2 oe wae ee a5 foes ee be oe este TERS BES ee ee

ar ae = = . _ = i= efen

steam et 574 Fee g be0ese gee eet te store eF Eb Re see esate etic see Bec eetee es F ean wie eeetine ogereteee oe eee ee ee pee SE Ee eg ee ee ee eee Pe See eee eee ee

daw Ptpantoe t eteses Tae See Bas gee es Fee ee ee i ee ee ee e & ee fou eee ewe ee re Sete eee Say mae eee 66 Fee awe

YT ee ee asene

ee oot 8

SS eeaesaette Se ps FAS ee Peewee eee F ETT S SS

iii i ie ee ee) ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee. ee ee es ee 2

a«@

aenans Sethe 3 eee 8

ae ee ee ee

L . — . see

~ = ¥ Fd ° patted POST CEE ee ceed Set See Tee eee THT Eee ee eet eae ee eeee ts Fhe Ts 6 fae ten coe eee ee ee ee re eee ee el

7 . 2

=_eo * stern ee

oe pa P eee

Bets as

i506 Ghee wm wate be Ce ee eee ee ee ee rr

= | a

auaee

ee ne

eaee

\. eeerre?

seat

ao ae Gt

pha .

seen teae ee tee

sa air “Haeneee Oe ar ae terre . . eee

8 =n . == anh dene hie ahee

Mee neseeentitees ste sane tt eter OS ee “Somes. alt a PET. oe ee eee

La oe a = tL or * YW eee han entne + ef ant? ot sated

My 7 es 4 ba ~. i? e, & pa teta . Vin ewte i eS mae se rerer 6 hey ‘en we Pe , .*

a = erat eve Be ees a ee

_ =

te «© i ee Tat

tees

ae eet eee

7 aseeeeeer

= 7 r L er eee

- — ar = “of . ioe as Re cnc ee seen ee a ees eee ses eae es =

F See teeta

ezagetee nae ae oe 88 See TRE Se ee ee eee ee E eee Se feet ete se ee ge FE Fee ee et ee GF eee ee S¢eb sen ceeaetnsenee # os oon wep ee ete pe Fee

ee | sun 2 @ shot se .

ae@eteeesee # acnatew * goeee *eee

oO Bat CS GE PRN SESE eS EE et Bees R ee ag eee tere Pete eee ee pas ee ee ee Gees de Cee eens OEE Rens Sates Bee g sees FETE Hae CET SATE

wegen e 100 Og weten ss cteent SHE 6 Peet ete eee ee Cee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee a a

: e5ann ©

eh eaees a #

, ss

geen tt Pees ee ates bee SS te eee sees

i i et oe ee Bete se ete eee es eee ee eT PRP ee ee

Ce ee ee ee ee |

¥ . aks wang tn awet a hs

. ‘ -8erne

eeete tea se te etS a & PEPER CRT RE ee Re TERETE EY CE eee eo et ee eee SEPP CRE Re age ee Pee ee a ee Pee Tee Bee ee eee eee ee « og Fan ee ee eee e as

tcsegeeeeaeee eet ee ge wee eee Ce ETE Se eee Tee ee eg ew ee eg Eg et oe EE ee eee ee EE

= e 2

Seareeut Teeete punane ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 2 ee 2 re Pe ee ee see Sete Eeee tl

= = * s ‘ a =

7 "

ome

a o _ Ls 4

= *, he ee Oe 2°"

iN TT hbhe TILT MEL 2 eo kL

ing its apex

florescence. B. distal part of leaf show

ing in

Fig. 2. Lomandra altior (female). A. habit of plant with fru

lar ages. E. fruit with

with teeth. C. inflorescence (basal part of scape removed), fruiting. D. cluster of flowers of sim

wrinkles and hardened persistent perianth. F. fruit with longitudinal cross-section, showing

carpels of the tri-carpellate ovary. A & D from Henderson H264]1 (BRI)

from Gray 6733 (CNS). Del. N. Crosswell.

fruiting style and two

B, C & E from Cooper WWCISI3A (BRI)

130

Mature fruit was mainly collected from

December to February. It was also recorded

in May.

Affinities: Lomandra altior 1s _ putatively

closely related to L. hystrix, from which

it differs most obviously in the short

inflorescence rachis, the significantly shorter

bracts of flower branches and flower clusters,

and the depressed globular fruit (pyramid-

shaped fruit for L. hystrix).

Notes: Lomandra altior 1s parapatric with

L. hystrix; the latter species has a wide

distributional range in eastern Australia

from Cooktown in north Queensland to Coffs

Harbour in the Central Coast District of

New South Wales. In Queensland, L. hystrix

is usually a common species mostly from

rainforests near and along water courses.

However, it is not known to occur from high

altitudinal mountain tops of the Wet Tropics

bioregion.

Conservation status: Lomandra altior 1s only

known within a narrow geographic range on

higher mountain areas in north Queensland;

however, it can be a common species where

it occurs. It has been recorded from Daintree

NP, Mount Spurgeon NP and Mount Lewis

NP, and 1s not known to be at risk in the wild.

Therefore, the species 1s not considered to be

threatened and a Least Concern conservation

status 1s recommended using the criteria by

IUCN Standards and Petitions Committee

(2019).

Etymology: From the Latin altior meaning

‘higher’. This refers to the high altitude

habitat where the species occurs.

Lomandra breviscapa Jian Wang ter sp. nov.

Resembling ZL. hystrix (R.Br.) L.R.Fraser &

Vickery, but differing in the male and female

inflorescences with shorter rachis, shorter

bracts of flower branches and flower clusters,

and globular ovoid fruit. It differs from L.

altior Jian Wang ter by the significantly

shorter scapes and shorter rachis of both male

and female inflorescences, shorter bracts of

female inflorescence, and depressed globular

seed. Typus: Australia. Queensland. Cook

District: Danbulla National Park, TERN

Austrobaileya 11: 124-134 (2021)

plot off Mt Edith Road, Robson Creek, 7 Nov

2015, A. Ford 6479 (holotype: CNS 142792.1;

isotypes: BRI, NSW distribuendi).

Plants forming tussocks from condensed

ascending rhizomes, each tussock usually

comprising numerous tufts, each tuft 2—3 cm

in diameter at the base with leaves arranged

irregularly or often distichously. Leaves

glabrous, rather thin and upright, 40-100 cm

long, 6-10 mm wide. Leaf sheath margins at

first membranous or cartilaginous, fraying

into strips or fibres up to 7 cm long, red or

dark brown. Leaf blades flat adaxially, usually

ereen, light green or whitish green, with 16—

26 parallel veins on both sides; the margins

smooth and occasionally slightly rolled; leaf

apex mostly acute usually with 2 lateral teeth

well below apex, lateral teeth mostly under |

mm long, but can reach to 9 mm long (Fig. 3D);

the apex is rarely 3-toothed with the middle

one the largest, 3-5 mm long by 2-3 mm

wide. Both male and female inflorescences

are paniculate, usually | per tuft, shorter

than foliage. Male inflorescences 20—25

cm long (Fig. 3C & E); the scape flattened,

longitudinally ribbed on each side and

smooth, 0—5(—8) cm long, 0.3—0.5 cm broad,

light to whitish brown; the primary rachis

4-angled, smooth, channelled or slightly to

strongly longitudinally ribbed, 16-22 cm

long, light to dark brown; bearing numerous

branches and flower clusters; branches and

flower clusters appearing whorled, opposite

or near opposite at nodes, very rarely

alternate; inflorescence branches 4-angled,

smooth, rounded, channelled or slightly to

strongly longitudinally ribbed, usually 1-12

cm long; flower clusters with branches 1-3

cm apart on the primary rachis, (0.5—)l—

2.5(—3.5) cm apart on the secondary rachis

(first branch), inflorescences occasionally

developing a tertiary rachis (second branch)

0.5—2 cm apart. Main subtending bracts of

inflorescences usually 2 or 3, long- to short-

deltoid, 10-21 mm long, 0.6—2.5 mm wide

at the widest point, with 1—5 veins; bracts of

branches and clusters usually 1-3, long- to

short-deltoid, 1-5 mm long, c. 1.5 mm wide at

the widest point, usually with single mid vein,

longest at the lower nodes of rachis, shorter

upwards along primary rachis as well as on

Wang, Two new Lomandra species 131

Fig. 3. Lomandra breviscapa (male & female). A. habit of tuft with female inflorescence. B. fruiting inflorescence with

short scape. C. habit of tuft with male inflorescence. D. distal part of leaf from a male plant showing the apical teeth.

E. male inflorescence with flower buds and mature flowers. A from Gray 8304 (CANB). B from Gray 6740 (CNS). C

from Ford 6479 (CNS, holotype). D from Jessup, Guymer & McDonald GJM5131 (BRI). E from Skull & Power s.n.

(JCT S-04552). Del. N. Crosswell.

132

secondary and tertiary rachis. Male flowers

in groups of 2—5; similar ages within each

cluster, bracteoles 3, cucullate, c. | mm long

and 1.1 mm broad, membranous, completely

or nearly so, encircling each flower. Flowers

sessile, rarely shortly pedicellate, the pedicels

when mature c. 0.2 mm long X 0.1 mm wide,

terete, pale yellow. Flower buds ellipsoid,

pale yellow, becoming obovoid at anthesis.

Perianth segments 6 with distinct outer and

inner whorls; outer tepals (Sepals) 3, elliptical

to broadly elliptical, thin, free except at the

very base, uniform in size, 1.3—1.8 mm long,

1.2-1.6 mm wide, pale yellow; inner tepals

(petals) 3, elliptical, free except on the basal

1/6—1/5, uniform in size, 1.6—2.4 mm long,

1—1.2 mm wide, outer surface mostly brown to

dark brown except brighter yellow or creamy

yellow margin, inner surface brown to light

brown. Stamens 6, 3 adnate basally to the

inner tepals, the filament 0.4—1 mm long, c.

0.2 mm diameter; 3 alternating with them and

adnate basally to outer tepals, the filament

0.4—0.6 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diameter; anthers

all similar, versatile, 0.3—0.4 mm long, 0.2-

0.3 mm wide, creamy yellow to bright yellow.

Pistillode poorly formed, c. 0.3 mm long and

0.2 mm diameter, hyaline or pale yellow.

Female inflorescences 10—15 cm long (Fig.

3A); the scape flattened, pale to whitish brown,

Q—5 cm long, 0.25—0.5 cm broad; the primary

rachis 4-angled or irregularly so, or channelled

or slightly to strongly longitudinally ribbed,

smooth, 3-9 cm long, bearing numerous

branches and flower clusters; branches and

flower clusters appearing whorled or opposite

at nodes, very rarely alternate; inflorescence

branches 4-angled or irregularly so, smooth,

l—4 cm long; flower clusters with primary

branches 0.5—2 cm apart on the rachis. Unlike

male inflorescences, female inflorescences

not developing a secondary branch. Main

subtending bracts of inflorescences 2, usually

with single vein, long- to short-deltoid, 5—12

mim long, 2.5—3 mm wide at the base with 1-3

veins; bracts of branches and clusters usually

1-3, long- to short-deltoid, up to 5 mm long,

2—3 mm wide at the base, often largest at the

basal node of primary rachis, shorter and

narrower distally. Female flowers in group

of 1-4, similar ages within each cluster;

Austrobaileya 11: 124-134 (2021)

each flower subtended by 1-3 cucullate

bracteoles, 1-1.5 mm long, 1.1-1.8 mm

wide, membranous, pale yellow, completely

encircling the flower base; female flowers

with a pedicel c. 0.6 mm long X 0.5 mm

wide, outer 3 tepals (Sepals) broadly ovate, c.

2mm long <X 1.5 mm wide, creamy to pale

yellow with purple tinges at the apex, adnate

at the base; inner 3 tepals (petals) ovate, c.

1.9 mm long X 1.4 mm wide, adnate near

base. Staminodes 6, whitish-transparent, c.

0.2 mm long, filaments c. 0.1 mm, anthers

vestigial, 3 inserted on lower middle part of

inner tepals, 3 alternating with them on the

margin of lower side of each inner tepal. Pistil

conspicuous, styles short and fused, with 3

stigmatic lobes; ovary urn-shaped, c. 0.9 X

0.6 mm. Fruits sessile, usually in groups of

1 or 2 of simular ages. Fruiting styles 0.3—0.5

mm long. Capsules globular ovoid, usually

6—8 mm long, 5—6 mm diameter, carpels

irregularly wrinkled at maturity (Fig. 3B);

carpels brownish yellow to bright yellow

outside, whitish yellow inside; the 6 hardened

perianth segments persistent, 2—2.5 mm

long, 1.3-1.8 mm wide; the hardened bracts

occasionally persistent. Seeds | per locule,

usually 1 or 2 fully developed per fruit,

depressed globular, 3.5—5.5 mm diameter,

smooth or slightly rough, translucent, whitish

to dark brown.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland. Cook

District: Chalumin-Worree 275kV ‘Transmission

Line, near Copper Lode Falls Dam, Lamb Range, SW

of Cairns, Oct 1994, Skull & Power s.n. (JCT S-04552);

SFR 185, Danbulla, Mt Edith, Nov 1995, Gray 6382

(CNS); Summit of Bellenden Ker Centre Peak, Jul 1962,

Webb & Tracey 7010 (BRI); TR 1230 Boonjee LA, SE of

Butchers Creek township, Oct 1988, Jessup, Guymer &

McDonald GJM5131 (BRI); Summit of Bellenden Ker,

near radio transmitter building, Aug 1989, Bostock 0997

& Guymer (BRI). Mt Bartle Frere, May 1996, Gray 6740

(CNS); Summit Mt Bellenden Ker, Sep 2002, Gray 8304

(CANB).

breviscapa 1s endemic to north Queensland

and restricted to a few mountain tops

and montane localities in the Wet Tropics

bioregion. The altitudes range from 622 m to

1,622 m. The species has been recorded from

SE of Mareeba and Mt Edith in the north,

south to Mt Bartle Frere in the Bellenden Ker

Range (Map 1).

Wang, Two new Lomandra species

The habitats are mountainous notophyll

rainforest on summit plateaus of sandy soils

derived from granite or clay soil derived from

metasediments. The common canopy and/

or subcanopy species at Mt Edith sites are:

Flindersia bourjotiana F.Muell., Cardwellia

sublimis F.Muell., Alphitonia petriei Braid

& CTWhite, Litsea bindoniana (F.Muell.)

F.Muell. and Blepharocarya_ involucrigera

F.Muell. The small tree and shrub species

include: Polyscias australiana (F.Muell.)

Philipson, Medicosma fareana (F.Muell.)

T.G.Hartley, Daphnandra repandula

(F.Muell.) F-Muell. and Steganthera laxiflora

(Benth.) Whiffin & Foreman subsp. laxiflora.

The associated species at Bellenden Ker

Range included: Cinnamomum propinquum

F.M.Bailey, Rockinghamia_ brevipes Airy

Shaw and Gahnia sieberiana Kunth.

Phenology: Male flowering has _ been

most commonly recorded in October and

November. It has also been recorded as early

as June. Female flowering has only been

recorded in September, but 1s not thought to

be different to that of the males. Mature fruit

was collected from May and August.

Affinities: Lomandra breviscapa 1s allied to

L. hystrix but differs by the male and female

inflorescences with shorter rachises, shorter

bracts of flower branches and flower clusters

and globular ovoid fruit. It 1s also putatively

closely related to L. altior, but is distinguished

by the male and female inflorescences with

significantly shorter scapes (O—8 cm long, 21-—

80 cm long for L. altior), shorter rachises (5—8

cm long, 12—21 cm long for L. altior), shorter

bracts of female inflorescence (S—12 mm long,

15—32 mm long for L. altior), and different

seed shapes (depressed globular, 3.5—5.5 mm

diameter; ovoid c. 4.2 X 3.3 mm for L. altior).

Notes: Although Lomandra breviscapa has

short inflorescence scapes usually 0-8 cm

long, they can grow longer in cultivation

under favourable gardening conditions. A

single specimen sheet (BRI [AQ663055])

of a male plant with 20 cm long scape was

collected in the garden of D & O Hockings at

Maleny, south-eastern Queensland. This plant

was originally collected from the summit of

Mt Bartle Frere in October 1998.

133

Conservation status: Lomandra breviscapa

is a frequent species where it occurs. It has

been recorded from Dinden NP, Danbulla NP,

Gadgarra NP and Wooroonooran NP and is

not known to be at risk in the wild. Therefore,

it is not considered to be threatened and

a Least Concern conservation status is

recommended using the criteria by IUCN

Standards and Petitions Committee (2019).

Etymology: From the Latin brevis (short)

and scapus (peduncle), in reference to the

short stalk (scape) of both male and female

inflorescences.

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to the following staff at the

Queensland Herbarium who helped in the

preparation of this manuscript: Ms Nicole

Crosswell for the illustrations; Mr Luke

Hogan for the distribution map; Dr Paul

Forster for constructive comments. I also

wish to thank the Directors of CANB, CNS,

DNA, JCT, MEL, NSW and NT for providing

specimens on loan.

References

BARRETT, M.D. (2018). Three new species of

Asparagales from the Kimberley region of

Western Australia. Telopea 21: 25-37.

BricGs, B. (1986). Chromosome numbers in Lomandra

(Dasypogonaceae). Telopea 2: 741-744.

Brown, R. (1810). Prodromus Florae Novae Hollandiae

et Insulae Van-Diemen. R. Taylor et soc.:

Londini.

BRYANT, L.M. & KRoscu, M.N. (2016). Lines in the land:

a review of evidence for eastern Australia’s

major biogeographical barriers to closed forest

taxa. Biological Journal of the Linnean Society

119: 238-264.

(2020). Australian Plant Census. http://

biodiversity.org.au/nsl/servicers/apc, accessed

5 August 2021.

CHASE, M.W. & STEVENS, P.F. (1998). An _ ordinal

classification for the families of flowering

plants. Annnals of the Missouri Botanical

Garden 85: 531-553.

CHASE, M., DUVAL, M.H., HILLs, H.G., CONRAN, J.G.,

Cox, A.V., EGUIARTE, L.E., HARTWELL, J., FAY,

M.F., CADDICK, L., CAMERON, K. & Hoot, S.

(1995). Molecular phylogenetics of Lilianae.

In P.J. Rudall et al (eds.), Monocotyledons:

Systematics and Evolution, pp. 109-137. Royal

Botanic Gardens, Kew: London.

CHAH

134

GOVAERTS, R., ZONNEVELD, B.J.M. & ZONA, S.A. (2021).

World Checklist of Asparagaceae. Facilitated

by the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. http://

wcsp.science.kew.org/ accessed 25 August

2021.

GUNN, B.F., MURPHY, D.J., WALSH, N.G., CONRAN, J.G.,

Pires, J.C., MACFARLANE, T.D. & Bircu, J.L.

(2020). Evolution of Lomandroideae: Multiple

origins of polyploidy and biome occupancy

in Australia. Molecular Phylogenetics and

Evolution 149 (106836): 1—16.

IUCN STANDARDS AND PETITIONS COMMITTEE (2019).

Guidelines for Using the IUCN Red List

Categories and Criteria. Version 14. Prepared

by the Standards and Petitions Committee.

http://www.iucnredlist.org/documents/

RedListGuidelines.pdf.

Einasleigh Uplands

Map 1. Distribution of Lomandra altior and L. breviscapa.

Austrobaileya 11: 124—134 (2021)

Lege, A.T. (1962). Notes on Lomandra in New South

Wales. Contributions from the New South

Wales National Herbarium 3: 151-164.

Lee, A.T. & MACFARLANE, T.D. (1986). Lomandra.

In A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 46:

100-141. Australian Government Publishing

Service: Canberra.

WANG, J. (2018). Lomandra ramosissima Jian Wang ter

(Laxmanniaceae), a new species from southern

central Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 266—

272.

— (2021). Lomandra phillipsiorum Jian Wang ter

(Laxmanniaceae), a new species from south-

eastern Queensland. Austrobaileya 11: 19-25.

WANG, J. & BEAN, A.R. (2017). Lomandra decomposita

(R.Br.) Jian Wang ter & #£A.R.Bean

(Laxmanniaceae), a new _ species _ for

Queensland. Austrobaileya 10: 59-63.

0 10 2

Kilometres 7

16°S

Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa E.J.Thomps. (Poaceae:

Panicoideae), a new species from central Queensland

E.J. Thompson

Summary

Thompson, E.J. (2021). Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa E.J.Thomps. (Poaceae: Panicoideae), a

new species from central Queensland. Austrobaileya 11: 135-154. A new species, Calyptochloa

sphaerocarpa E.J.Thomps., endemic to central Queensland is described and illustrated, both for

general morphology and for anatomy and surface micromorphology of the leaf and inflorescence

culm. It is distinguishable from the other three species of Calyptochloa by characters including the

cleistogamous axillary racemes consisting of three to four spherical spikelets with scabrid upper

glume and lower lemma, spherical caryopsis and glabrous culm internodes.

Key Words: Poaceae; Panicoideae; Calyptochloa; Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa; Australia flora;

Queensland flora; new species; species taxonomy; identification key; anatomy; micromorphology

E.J. Thompson, c/o Queensland Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane

Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: john.thompson@

des.qid.gov.au

Introduction

Calyptochloa C.E.Hubb. is a genus of three

endemic species of Australian grasses,

allied to Cleistochloa C.E.Hubb. and

DimorphochloaS.1.Blake and to be included in

a new Subtribe as circumscribed in Thompson

(accepted). The subtribe is defined by having

reproductive dimorphism with amphigamous

inflorescences and corresponding dimorphic

spikelets (Hubbard 1933; Thompson &

Simon 2012; Thompson accepted; Thompson

& Fabillo 2021; Fig. 1). Calyptochloa 1s

characterised by having a_ stoloniferous

erowth habit and dimorphic reproductive

system with terminal inflorescences. These

consist of spike-like panicles comprising

chasmogamous (CH: flowers open to release

stigmas and anthers with the potential of

cross-pollination) spikelets and axillary

racemes with obligate cleistogamous (CL:

self-pollination within a closed flower that

never opens) spikelets completely or partially

hidden by the enveloping leaf sheath.

Calyptochloa differs from Cleistochloa by

several characters including the rhizomatous,

tufted, growth habit and CL spikelets with an

elaiosome (Thompson accepted).

The three species of Calyptochloa are

consistently grouped with Cleistochloa

sp. (Duaringa K.B.Addison 42) in various

topologies generated from analyses using

multiple algorithms and data sets (Thompson

accepted; Thompson & Fabillo 2021).

This close affinity suggests Cleistochloa

sp. (Duaringa K.B.Addison 42) should be

transferred to Calyptochloa.

The purpose of this paper is to formally

describe the new _ species, Calyptochloa

sphaerocarpa E.J.Thomps., with the phrase

name entity Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa

K.B.Addison 42) referred to its synonymy.

Materials and methods

This paper is based primarily on_ plant

material held at the Queensland Herbarium

(BRI), field collections by the author and

material observed in cultivation in Brisbane.

Accepted for publication 19 November 2021, published online 22 December 2021

136

Inflorescence

culm

if Axillary inflorescence -

if} partially exposed

/ | raceme composed of

| obligately cleistogamous

|| spikelets different from the

1] terminal spikelets

Austrobaileya 11: 135—154 (2021)

Terminal inflorescence -

reduced spike-like panicle consisting

of chasmogamous spikelets

Amphigamy: more than one type of

inflorescence in different parts of the

same plant

Cleistogamy: self-pollination within a

closed flower that never opens

Spikelet dimorphism: spikelets in

terminal inflorescences morphologically

differentiated from spikelets in axillary

or basal inflorescences

Spikelet: an inflorescence spike

consisting of one or more flowers

each enveloped by one or two bracts

(= florets) along an axis and the clus-

ter of florets subtended by one or two

bracts (glumes)

Fig. 1. Glossary of inflorescence components. Del. E.J. Thompson.

Leaf, culm and spikelet materials were

obtained from herbarium specimens and fresh

material was taken from cultivated plants of

the four species of Calyptochloa. Nursery

stock was initially grown from ex situ plants

and additional stock was propagated from

caryopses and stolons that readily root at

the nodes during humid weather in summer.

Plants of all species of Calyptochloa were

cultivated in pots under nursery conditions at

latitude 27.5° S, from 2013-2020.

Data used for circumscriptions provided

in this paper were obtained from the

l6l-character list and data matrix provided

by Thompson (accepted). Measurements are

inclusive, 1.e. 1.0—2.7 1s given as 1—2.7.

Nomenclature and terminology

Botanical nomenclature follows Thompson

(202 1a).

General botanical terminology follows

Harris & Harris (1994) and Beentje (2010)

with additional terminology provided in Fig.

1. Terminology relating to inflorescences and

spikelets follows Tothill & Hacker (1983),

Jacobs et al. (2008), Gibson (2009) and

Thompson (2021b, accepted). The spikelet

equates to a spike in the broader context of

inflorescences (Kellogg 2006; Endress 2010).

Terminology relating to grass anatomy and

micromorphology follows Ellis (1976, 1979),

Watson & Dallwitz (1992) and Dengler et al.

(1994).

Imagery

Photographs were taken using two light

microscopes, firstly using a Nikon SMZ25

binocular microscope with Nikon DS-

Ril camera and images viewed with NIS-

Elements BR (ver. BR 5.11.000 64-bit, USA;

Laboratory Imaging (http://www.lim.cz,

accessed 15 December 2019), and secondly

leaves were examined using a Leica DMLB

compound binocular microscope with an

industrial digital camera and images viewed

using ToupView (ver. x64 4.7.14326.20190401,

China; Touptek (http://wwwtouptek.com,

accessed 20 September 2019).

Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa

Scanning electron micrographs (SEMs)

were obtained without sputter coating using

a Phenom G2 5kev SEM with backscatter

detector. Magnifications in Figs. 6, 9-14 are

those at which the images were taken.

Leaf and inflorescence culm anatomy and

surface micromorphology

Transverse sections of leaves and

inflorescence culms were obtained using the

freehand sectioning method described by

Thompson (2017) and modified from Frohlich

(1984). Several sections of both leaves and

culms were made using fresh material from

the cultivated plants.

Leaf surface micromorphology of the

abaxial surface was examined using replicas

from fresh leaves following the method

described by Hilu & Randall (1984).

Observations of leaf and culm anatomy

and micromorphology including stomata,

silica bodies and microhairs were recorded

following descriptions and _ classifications

used by other authors including De Wet (1960),

Metcalfe (1960), Twiss et al. (1969), Ellis

(1979), Renvoize (1987), Watson & Dallwitz

(1992), Siqueiros-Delgado & Herrera-Arrieta

(1996), Piperno & Pearsall (1998), Krishnan

et al. (2000), Siqueiros-Delgado (2007), Lu ef

al. (2009) and Jattisha & Sabu (2015).

Spikelet morphology

Observations of micromorphology were made

from SEM micrographs of lower and upper

lemmas and upper paleas to classify silica

bodies, stomata, epidermal long cell walls,

microhairs and macrohairs as recorded by

Thompson accepted following established

descriptions and classifications (Hsu 1965;

Jirasek & Jozifova 1968; Ellis 1979; Valdes-

Reyna & Hatch 1991; Snow 1996; Acedo &

Llamas 2001; Liu et al. 2010; Mashau et al.

2015; Olonova ef al. 2016; Neumann ef al.

2017).

Images of fresh lodicules and stigmas were

obtained using light microscopy. Lodicules

were Classified as plicate or non-plicate (Hsu

1965; Jirasek & Jozifova 1968; Guedes &

Dupuy 1976). Stigma macromorphology was

classified by the position of emergence from

[37

the spikelet, overall shape outline and colour,

and micromorphology by characteristics of

the lobes including shape of apex, relative

length and tilt (Thiele et al. 1996).

Caryopsis and embryo morphology

including characters relating to hilum,

scutellum, epiblast, embryo spermaderm and

stylopodium were recorded and classified

using established categories (Kennedy 1899;

Reeder 1957; Brown 1959, 1960; Watson &

Dallwitz 1992; Klak 1994; Kosina 1995;

Snow 1998; Liu et al. 2005; Liu et al. 2015).

Results

The major differences in morphology of the

species of Calyptochloa are listed in Table 1.

Dimorphisms in the CH and CL

inflorescences and spikelets vary among

the four species, with Calyptochloa

Johnsoniana E.J.Thomps. & B.K.Simon and

C’. sphaerocarpa having closer morphological

affinities than C. gracillima C.E.Hubb. and C.

cylindrosperma. Calyptochloa johnsoniana

and C.. sphaerocarpa share axillary racemes

composed of one or two or as many as four

spikelets respectively, with at least the

apical one exposed at maturity, while the

others are enveloped by the leaf sheath. C.

sphaerocarpa also differs by the presence of

a third type of inflorescence, reduced spike-

like panicles apical on subordinate branches,

and comprises CL spikelets that are similar

but smaller than the spikelets in the terminal

inflorescences (Figs. 2—4).

CH and CL spikelets in C. sphaerocarpa

also have micromorphological differences

in the stigmas and surface pattern on the

upper florets. The stigmas differ by size and

the shape of the apices of the lobes (Fig. 5).

Surface pattern on the upper lemmas and

paleas differs by the texture of the longitudinal

ridges being coarser in the CL upper florets

(Fig. 6).

The lodicules of C. sphaerocarpa have

asymmetric shape similar to other taxa in

Cleistochloinae and are broadly similar to C.

Johnsoniana (Fig. 7).

138 Austrobaileya 11: 135-154 (2021)

Queensland Herbarium (BRI)

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Australia: Queensland Leichhardt Brisbane Australia

Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa K.B.Addison 42)

Coll. no.: EJT817

Lat.: 24° 9' 53.000"S Long.: 149° 39’ 1.000"E

Datum: GDAS4

17.3km W of Baralaba on edge of road.

Woodland of Acacia shirleyi with ground layer dominated by

Calyptochloa gracillima and Cleistochloa sp, (Duaringa) on

red lateritic soil on crest of range.

Perennial stonloniferous grass ascending to 60cm tall.

Common.

> 2

Det.; Thompson, E.J., May 2012

Dup.: 359.0 Poaceae

NNN

Prep at BRI: Sheet

pe/uesse }yuBuUAdOD

Fig. 2a. Holotype of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa (Thompson EJT817 & Simon, BRI). Sheet 1, showing terminal

chasmogamous and axillary cleistogamous inflorescences. Photo: Queensland Herbarium.

Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa

peAsesas jUHuUAdOS

—_*

Queensland Herbarium (BRI)

Australia: Queensland Leichharat

Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa K.B.Addison 42)

Coll.: Thompson, E.J.; Simon, B.K. 24 Apr 2012

Coll. no.: EJT817

Lat.: 24° 9' 53.000"S Long.: 149° 39° 1.000"E

Datum: GDA94

17.3km W of Baralaba on edge of road.

Woodland of Acacia shirleyi with ground layer dominated by

Calyptochloa gracillima and Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa) on

red lateritic soil on crest of range.

Perennial stonloniferous grass ascending to 80cm tall.

Common,

Det.: Thompson, E.J,, May 2012

Dup..:

-AQ101

359.0 Poaceae

Prep at BRI: Sheet

139

QUEENSLAND HERBARIUM (BRI)

Brisbane Australia

AQ (ol742z0

Fig. 2b. Holotype of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa (Thompson EJTS&17 & Simon, BRI). Sheet 2, showing terminal

cleistogamous inflorescences. Photo: Queensland Herbarium.

140

Taxonomy

Austrobaileya 11: 135-154 (2021)

Key to the species of Calyptochloa

1 Leaf sheath woody and enveloping a single cleistogamous spikelet; fertile

Culinis-disarticulating at NOdES- . 6 -. 0. Eins ao Sd ee ee Se, Re Be Ha Be eG 2

1. Leaf sheath with a chartaceous margin, racemes more than 1|-flowered,

apical spikelet exposed; fertile culms not disarticulating atnodes............. 3

2 ‘Terminal spikelets 3—4.6 mm long; axillary spikelets 3.5—5.5 mm long. . . . C. gracillima

2. Terminal spikelets 5—6 mm long; axillary spikelets 6—7.5 mm long. . . C. cylindrosperma

3 Axillary racemes 3 or 4-flowered; spikelets broadly elliptical with short

stiff tuberculate-based trichomes. ... .

rece fee ES ee es CO eS, C. sphaerocarpa

3. Axillary racemes | or 2-flowered; spikelets lanceolate, glabrous ...... C. johnsoniana

Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa E.J.Thomps.,

Sp. nov.

Similar to C. johnsoniana E.J.Thomps. &

B.K.Simon but differing by the axillary

racemes comprising 3 or 4 scabrid spikelets

that are broadly elliptical. Typus: Queensland.

LEICHHARDT District: 17.3 km west of

Baralaba, 24 April 2012, E./. Thompson

EJTS17 & B.K. Simon (holo: BRI [AQ1017420

comprising 2 sheets]).

Calyptochloa sp. (Duaringa K.P.Addison

42): Thompson & Simon (2012); Simon &

Thompson (2013).

Cleistochloa sp. (Duaringa K.P.Addison

42): Thompson (2016); Thompson (2019);

Thompson & Fabillo (2021); Thompson

(2021a & b).

Illustration: Thompson (2021b: Fig. 1)

Stoloniferous perennial to c. 50 cm _ tall,

rooting at the nodes and with stolons to 6

m long; vegetative culms c. 2 mm wide and

up to 4 m long, copiously branched, nodes

6-many. Culm internodes smooth to scabrid.

Ligule a fringe of hairs 0.3—0.4 mm long;

contraligule c. 0.1 mm long. Leaf sheaths

glabrous to hirsute, one margin pilose the

other glabrous, margins chartaceous. Leaf

blades at mid-culm 3-11 cm long, 3.5—8 mm

wide, ultimately disarticulating; glabrous to

occasionally hispid, hairs to c. 1.5 mm long;

base truncate, apex mucronate; margins

undulate on one side, minutely scabrid,

thickened, white. Inflorescences of three

types with dimorphic spikelets in separate

parts of the plant. Inflorescence type 1

comprising a terminal inflorescence with a

reduced panicle, axes 4-9 cm long, 14-30

flowered, on taller culms; branched near base,

branches to c. 1.5 cm long, 2—3-flowered.

Spikelets overlapping, appressed to rachis,

elliptic, adaxial, heteromorphic, largest at

apex, 4.8—6.5 mm long (without awn), 1.3—1.6

mm wide; lateral pedicels 0.5—1 mm long,

apical pedicels 3—6 mm long. Lower glume

lunate, 0.1—0.5 mm long, membranous, apex

truncate, hairy. Upper glume elliptic, 4.8-—

6.5 mm long, margin hyaline, chartaceous,

7-veined, hispid with moderately dense

tubercle-based trichomes to 0.5 mm long over

body and to | mm on margins, apex obtuse.

Lower floret sterile; lemma lanceolate, 4—4.8

mm long, margins hyaline, chartaceous,

7-veined, pubescent with scattered tubercle-

based trichomes to 1 mm long over body

and margins, apex acute to attenuate; palea

absent. Upper florets mostly bisexual, some

female, chasmogamous; lodicules fan-

shaped, 0.3-—0.5 mm long. Upper lemma

body lanceolate, 2.9—4 mm long, margin flat

hyaline, cartilaginous, 3-veined, awn 1.2-3

mm long; palea elliptic, 2.9-3.5 mm long,

cartilaginous, obscurely 2-veined, apex acute.

Anthers 3, equal, chasmogamous 2.5—3.7 mm

long. Caryopses 1.6—2.2 mm long x 1—].2 mm

wide. Inflorescence type 2 comprising apical

racemes on subordinate culms separate from

the terminal spike-like panicles, axes 1.8—2.5

cm long, 8—12-flowered (occasionally with

2-flowered branch at base). Spikelets mostly

partly overlapping, appressed to rachis,

lanceolate, adaxial, heteromorphic, largest at

Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa 141

lcm

Fig. 3. Types of inflorescences of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa. A. terminal spike-like panicle comprising

chasmogamous spikelets. B. reduced spike-like panicle comprising cleistogamous spikelets terminal on subordinate

culms. C. axillary racemes with cleistogamous spikelets. Scales as shown. All from Thompson EJT301 et al. (BRI).

Del. E.J. Thompson.

142 Austrobaileya 11: 135-154 (2021)

Fig. 4. Three kinds of spikelets of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa. A—G. chasmogamous spikelet from terminal spike-like

panicle. A. adaxial view of spikelet showing small lower glume and lower lemma. B. dorsal view of upper glume. C.

dorsal view of upper lemma. D. ventral view of upper lemma. E. ventral view of upper palea. F & G. dorsal and ventral

views of caryopsis. H—N. cleistogamous spikelet from axillary raceme. H. adaxial view of spikelet showing small lower

glume and lower lemma. I. dorsal view of upper glume. J. dorsal view of upper lemma. K. ventral view of upper lemma.

L. ventral view of upper palea. M—N dorsal and ventral views of caryopsis. O—U. cleistogamous spikelet from apical

raceme on subordinate culm. O. adaxial view of spikelet showing small lower glume and lower lemma. P. dorsal view

of upper glume. Q. dorsal view of upper lemma. R. ventral view of upper lemma. S. ventral view of upper palea. T & U.

ventral and dorsal views of caryopsis. Scales as shown. All from Thompson EJT30/ et al. (BRI). Del. E.J. Thompson.

Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa 143

Fig. 5. Chasmogamous and cleistogamous stigmas of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa. A. stigma from spikelet from

terminal spike-like panicle. B. rehydrated entangled stigmas from cleistogamous spikelet from axillary raceme. C.

branch of stigma from terminal spikelet. D. branch of stigma from axillary cleistogamous spikelet. E. caryopsis from

cleistogamous spikelet from apical raceme on subordinate culm showing anthers of two sizes (al & a2) and stigmas

(s). F. caryopsis from cleistogamous spikelet from axillary raceme showing much reduced stigmas (s) anthers (a). G.

terminal spike-like panicle from cultivated plant. Scales as shown. All from Thompson EJT301/ et al. (BRI). Photos:

E.J. Thompson.

Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa

apex, 2.9-3.8 mm long (without awn), |.2—1.5

mm wide; lateral pedicels 0.5—1.5 mm long,

terminal pedicels included on branches 2—5

mm long. Lower glume lunate, 0.1—0.4 mm

long, membranous, apex truncate, hairy. Upper

glume elliptic, 3.2—4.8 mm long, chartaceous,

7-veined, pubescent with tubercle-based

trichomes 0.5 mm long, apex truncate. Lower

floret sterile; lemma lanceolate, 2.7—3.6 mm

long, chartaceous, 7-veined, pubescent with

tubercle-based trichomes to 1 mm long,

apex obtuse, revolute; palea absent. Upper

florets bisexual, cleistogamous or partially

autogamous (anthers enclosed and stigmas

exserted); lodicules 2, linear, c. 0.2 mm

long. Upper lemma body elliptic, 2.5—3 mm

long, cartilaginous, 3-veined, apex revolute,

truncate with awn 0.5—1 mm long; palea

elliptic, 2.4-3 mm _ long, cartilaginous,

margin hyaline, obscurely 2-veined, apex

revolute, acute. Anthers 3, cleistogamous,

unequal, 2 at 0.7—0.9 mm long, | shorter 1.1-

1.7 mm long; partially autogamous (stigmas

exserted), equal, 1.6—2 mm long. Caryopses

1.8—2 mm long, c. | mm wide. Inflorescence

type 3 comprising axillary racemes, axes 1-3

cm long, 2—4-flowered, lor 2 exserted from

leaf sheath. Basal spikelets sessile, others

with pedicels 0.5-—4 mm long. Spikelets

4.5—4.8 mm long (without awn), 2-3 mm

wide, adaxial. Lower glume lunate, 0.1—0.2

mm long, cartilaginous, apex truncate,

minutely pubescent. Upper glume ovate,

3.5—4 mm long, margin hyaline, woody, apex

truncate, involute, scabrid with tubercle-

based trichomes. Lower floret sterile; lemma

lanceolate, 4—4.8 mm long, 1.4—1.6 mm wide,

margin hyaline, woody, 7—9-veined, involute,

hispid, apex truncate; palea absent. Upper

floret fertile; lemma body ovate, 3.5—4 mm

long, indurated, papillate, apex convolute,

glabrous, margin flat hyaline, 3-veined, awn

0.5—2.6 mm long; palea elliptic, convolute,

c. 3 mm long, indurated, glabrous, striate,

obscurely 2-veined. Anthers 3, equal, c. 0.3

mm long. Caryopsis pale, 1.6—2.5 mm long,

1.1—1.5 mm wide, ovoid. Figs. 2-7.

Additional specimens examined: Queensland.

LEICHHARDT District: Gainaford, Duaringa, Apr

1964, Addison 42 (BRI); 3 miles [5km] E of Duaringa,

Apr 1971, Munroe 1/5 (BRI); South Blackwater Mine,

Laleham, Jan 1986, Thompson s.n. (BRI [AQ0399041]);

145

3 km NW of River View Station, Dec 1998, Ryan 1394

(BRI); Duaringa SF — 15 km NW of Duaringa, Mar

2009, Naske 03/09 (BRI); Blackwater—Rolleston Road,

c. 44 km S (by road) from Railway Street, Blackwater,

Jul 2011, Menkins ILM 0501 (BRI); Duaringa SF, 8 km

W of Duaringa, Dec 2011, Thompson EJT503 (BRI); 16

km W of Baralaba on edge of road, Dec 2011, Thompson

EJT510 (BRI); ibid, Dec 2011, Thompson EJT511 (BRI);

35.5 km SSW of Duaringa, Dec 2011, Thompson EJT506

(BRI); Edge of highway, 53 km NW of Clermont, May

2012, Thompson EJT&79 & Simon (BRI); Duaringa SF,

12 km W of Duaringa, May 2012, Thompson EJT882

& Simon (BRI); ibid, May 2012, Thompson EJTS886

& Simon (BRI); 20.2 km W of Blackwater on edge of

Capricorn Highway, Mar 2011, Thompson EJT296,

Simon & Edginton (BRI); Edge of Capricorn Highway,

20 km W of Blackwater, May 2014, Thompson EJT1028

(BRI); 8 km E of Bluff on edge of Capricorn Highway

in Walton SF, Mar 2011, Thompson EJT30I1, Simon &

Edginton (BRI); 17.3 km W of Blackwater on edge of

Capricorn Highway, Mar 2011, Thompson EJT307, Simon

& Edginton (BRI); 9.6 km W of Blackwater on edge of

Capricorn Highway, Mar 2011, Thompson EJT308,

Simon & Edginton (BRI); 16 km W of Bauhinia Downs,

Apr 2012, Thompson EJTS&11 & Simon (BRI; Edge of

Gregory Development Road, 53 km NNW of Clermont,

May 2012, Thompson EJT883 & Simon (BRI); Duaringa

SF, southern side of Capricorn Highway, c. 5 km W of

Duaringa, May 2013, Thompson EJT934 & Simon

(BRI); Near Wallaroo Siding, c. 12 km W of Duaringa,

May 2013, Thompson EJT925 & Simon (BRI); 16 km

W of Bauhinia Downs, Apr 2012, Thompson EJTS14 &

Simon (BRI). PorT CurTIS DistTRIcT: Overdeen SF, Jul

2017, Fensham 6684 (BRI). CULTIVATED. Ashgrove,

Mar 2017, Thompson MORS17 (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Calyptochloa

sphaerocarpa 18 endemic to central

Queensland and has been recorded mostly

near Duaringa and Blackwater (Map 1). It

is frequently a co-dominant in the ground

layer under woodland of lancewood (Acacia

shirleyi Maiden), and/or bendee (4. catenulata

C.T.White), and occasionally in woodland

of lemon-scented spotted-gum (Corymbia

citriodora var. citriodora (Hook.) K.D.Hill

& L.A.S.Johnson) within the Regional

Ecosystems 11.7.2 and 11.7.6, respectively

(Queensland Government 2020).

Typically, the habitat is shady on lateritic

landscapes with undulating to steeply sloping

terrain and shallow to skeletal soils (Fig. 8).

It is commonly sympatric with Calyptochloa

gracillima var. gracillima, C. johnsoniana and

Cleistochloa subjuncea C.E.Hubb., and other

erasses including Aristida queenslandica

Henrard and A. caput-medusae Domin are

frequently present.

- 135-154 (2021)

Austrobaileya \1

146

f A. Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa (Thompson MORS17, BRI).

ing comparison o

Fig. 7. Ex situ fresh lodicules show

Thompson.

E,J

B. C. johnsoniana (Thompson MOR799, BRI). Photos

: E.J. Thompson.

Fig. 8. Growth habit of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa and habitat of low woodland of Acacia shirleyi (lancewood) on

, BRI). Photo

laterite (Thompson EJT510

148 Austrobaileya 11: 135—154 (2021)

ores

, ———

| «ae

i. ~ «=~

- ; : “FP Le “ bupe : Le. ; ? one ar

Se des Sa Lc ea ae ee 4

- - — . - _ we, ha «

. s% ° hy - _ oi. bo ee.

y rs. Pee YS Vo Fee

eoAge nm Manes

_ e a « . -9

. NO es 2.

; se ant XS ee) ae

¥. — so - - 7 »-. -

DRANG TES Oe

“~~ a en ee

+ & + - .

“_ 7... 7 4

or a vee

ae Ce hw

nl a ft _

~ ' - :

—_ wa “ 7 S - _ ir ~ : -

A oe ; s har ° > .

: ~ - ~ . ' a” - a,

FF _ ’ a Ty - ,

7 Arow at

yes . . _ -_-

- -

- Sd

costal zone

intercostal

costal zone

ee e+

ag. | a % i,t ee -+o-rene ee

~ het ee Ae m4 v eT

~~, Pr, 4 4 . . -- :

- An bed % . os : . - -

FO I ROE TF ag gp J gee re sid

. . 4 a a iat > o as s

a Me. Oy Mee Oe ee,

iy : 4 * *

a - ,. -, > - we) 4 5 . - AE ‘ ‘ ; T oO : “

ay NS - | it TER Pade My’ A es ee al

: ' " = 7

. _

4 _

r . id .

7” — ~

Fig. 10. Scanning electron micrograph of abaxial leaf surface of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa, X\1000 (aew anticlinal

walls; bm bicellular microhair; sb1 silica body — bilobate type; sb2 silica body — polylobate type; S stoma). From

Thompson EJT301 et al. (BRI). Photo: E.J. Thompson.

costal zone

intercostal

zone

oa :

ee a “ .. = Se _—_ ’ >. a tas n'y ccs ~_

“\ “|

— rt.”

* + 1

50 um

Fig. 11. Abaxial leaf surface replica of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa, X20 (acw anticlinal walls; bm_ bicellular

microhair; h hook; sb1 silica body — bilobate type; sb2 silica body — polylobate type; S stoma). From Thompson EJT301

et al. (BRI). Photo: E.J. Thompson.

Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa 149

mid vein tertiary vein

strand

sclerg¢nchyma chlorenchyma

bulliform cells

sclerenchyma 50 um

outer bundle sheath - ‘horse inner bundle sheath -

-shoe’ of clear cells with inverted ‘horse-shoe’ of

abaxial thick-walled cells thick-walled cells with

adaxial clear cells

Fig. 12. Transverse section of fresh leaf at mid vein of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa, X20. From Thompson EJT301 et

al. (BRI). Photo: E.J. Thompson.

-————I

50 um

tangential girder

sclerenchyma

vascular bundles with

ring of parenchyma

chlorenchyma

Fig. 13. Transverse section of portion of fertile culm of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa, X20 (Vascular bundles: 1

primary; 2 secondary; 3 tertiary). From Thompson EJT301 et al. (BRI). Photo: E.J. Thompson.

150

Phd

wee. \ye a :

7 4 :

Fo eis ph ER

-- —.

aa Sterne Padres

ee td ,

. ; 4 Pade os . a A a

“ és : eon. J

i . . wos _ rep. “f _

m aati + , Shere cw Y": “ted . > *

1 - sy nF o twee ft.’ :

arty Neos Ss oi ¢

° e dn al ae ee > i. 0 am

ae SOP" “Te Seas

rg iy - ° Ls Le A ae % ~ be weg

yy & VA ee “gt "4h &_¢

Sa ~ OP ~. “ey . > sottrena 49 Shap to

ear. :

y ut APS ee vei» ’ : i. . > as ¥% » “. ry Ae ay

ead . "|S . ‘ \ ° 4 T!

na Bie SS. + re no ee eee er

“s 7 - - v 7

pee ; Tea wees : = A:

fh ory a. ' . i wh, >

~ om “a Ey te

- a. Po ain! 7

. & . a et - LFS P,,6

: 4 — , “ey ee Py o 1. &

an a al , eer Pe ; AS : “ nae

'. . : ,

ys > “. ~ ' boro Fe .

~ >

> .

A 7

Austrobaileya 11: 135—154 (2021)

Ps. ihe

Ee, lore

100 um

. ® yor noone? @ . \ ov »wy

dite sate rey eae none

ial Mere,

Fig. 14. Scanning electron micrograph of surface of terminal inflorescence culm of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa, X500

(bm bicellular microhair; h hook; p prickle; S stoma). From Thompson EJT301 et al. (BRI). Photo: E.J. Thompson.

Phenology: Flowers December to July.

Conservation Status: Calyptochloa

sphaerocarpa has been recorded for four

State Forests - Duaringa, Dawson Range,

Expedition and Overdeen. Plants are usually

common at sites. The species is presently

adequately conserved but its response to fire

requires research.

Etymology: The species epithet is derived

from Latin and refers to the spherical shape of

the axillary cleistogamous spikelets.

Breeding system: —Calyptochloa has

a dimorphic breeding system with

amphigamous inflorescences comprising CH

terminal spike-like panicles and CL axillary

racemes with distinct spikelet dimorphism.

Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa_ difters by

also having occasional apical racemes on

subordinate culms comprising spikelets

with similar morphology to those in the

terminal panicles but smaller. The spikelets

in these racemes can be either of two types,

completely CL or partially autogamous,

with heteromorphic anthers. The partially

autogamous spikelets consist of an upper

floret with anthers of two sizes enclosed by

the lemma and palea and exserted stigmas

(Fig. 5).

Micromorphology and macromorphology of

the lemmas: The CH and CL lower lemmas

(Figs. 6 & 9) differ in several ways including

type of macrohairs, viz. tuberculate-based

simple hairs vs tuberculate-based spicule-

like trichomes; abundance of stomata, viz.

occasional vs absent; and abundance of

prickles, viz. common vs abundant. Upper

lemmas differ the width of the longitudinal

ridges, narrow vs wide.

Abaxial leaf blade epidermis (Figs. 10 &

11): Costal/Antercostal zonation conspicuous.

Papillae absent. Costal long cells rectangular,

much narrower than intercostal; anticlinal

walls of intercostal long cells (-shaped.

Stomata 34—45 um long with low triangular

subsidiaries, in single rows separated by 5—7

Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa

files of long cells. Bicellular microhairs 85—

90 um long, distal cell longer than proximal.

Silica bodies predominantly bilobate or

occasionally polylobate, 22-28 tum _ long.

Hooks sparse.

Transverse section of leaf blade (Fig.

12): CC, XyMS+. Mesophyll without

radiate chlorenchyma; adaxial palisade

inconspicuous. Midrib not prominent; with a

double bundle sheath; partial outer ring of clear

parenchyma cells with abaxial thick-walled

cells and inner ring of partially thick-walled

cells with adaxial clear parenchyma cells.

Bulliform cells in discrete regular groups,

in simple fans. Sclerenchyma accompanying

mid-vein as adaxial and abaxial girders;

secondary and tertiary vascular bundles as

adaxial strands and abaxial girders.

Transverse section of culm (Fig. 13): Culm

examined c. | mm in diameter. Outer smallest

vascular bundles adjacent to tangential

girder sclerenchyma and imbedded in large-

celled sclerenchyma. Vascular bundles with

a ring of clear parenchyma; three sizes in

separate circles, smallest to the periphery.

Chlorenchyma in rectangular blocks, 3-4

cells deep by c. 12 cells wide; outer layer of

cells more elongated than the more or less

circular, inner three layers. Inner ground

tissue consisting of large thin-walled cells.

Surface of inflorescence culm (Fig. 14):

Scabrid with hooks and prickles. Stomata

abundant, 25-25 um long, smaller than

those on the abaxial leaf surface. Bicellular

microhairs, c. 75 um _ long, occasional.

Silica bodies absent as for other species of

Calyptochloa and taxa in Cleistochloinae.

Acknowledgements

Much gratitude to Dr G.P. Guymer for

provision of resources and equipment at the

Queensland Herbarium.

References

AcEbo, C & LtLaAmas, F. (2001). Variation of

micromorphology characters of lemma and

palea in the genus Bromus (Poaceae). Annals

Botany Fennici 38: 1-14.

IS]

BEENTJE, H. (2010). The Kew Plant Glossary an

illustrated dictionary of plant terms. Kew

Publishing: Kew.

Brown, W.V. (1959). The epiblast and coleoptile in the

erass embryo. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical

Club 86: 13-16.

— (1960). The morphology of the grass embryo.

Phytomorphology 10: 215-223.

DENGLER, N.G., DENGLER, R.E., DONNELLY, P.M. &

HATTERSLEY, P.W. (1994). Quantitative leaf

anatomy of C, and C, grasses (Poaceae): bundle

sheath and mesophyll surface area relationships.

Annals of Botany 73: 241-255.

De WET, J.M. (1960). Culm anatomy in relation to

taxonomy. Bothalia 7: 311-316.

ELLis, R.P. (1976). A procedure for standardizing

comparative leaf anatomy in the Poaceae: I.

The leaf-blade as viewed in transverse section.

Bothalia \2(1): 65-109.

— (1979). A procedure for standardizing comparative

leaf anatomy in the Poaceae: 2. The epidermis

as seen in surface view. Bothalia 12(4): 641-—

671.

ENDRESS, P.K. (2010). Disentangling confusions

in inflorescence morphology. Journal of

Systematics and Evolution 48: 225-239.

FROHLICH, M.W. (1984). Freehand sectioning with

parafilm. Stain Technology 59: 61—62.

GIBSON, D.J. (2009). Grasses & Grassland Ecology.

Oxford University Press: Oxford, UK.

M. & Dupuy, P. (1976). Comparative

morphology of lodicules in grasses. Botanical

Journal of the Linnean Society 73: 317-331.

HARRIS, J.G. & HARRIS, M.W. (1994). Plant Identification

Terminology: an illustrated glossary. Spring

Lake Publishing: Spring Lake, Utah.

(GGUEDES,

HiLu, K.W. & RANDALL, J.L. (1984). Convenient method

for studying grass leaf epidermis. 7axon 33:

413-415.

Hsu, C.C. (1965). The classification of Panicum

(Gramineae) and its allies with special reference

to the characters of lodicule, style-base and

lemma. Journal of the Faculty of Science

University of Tokyo, Section III, Botany 9:

43-150.

HUBBARD, C.E. (1933). Calyptochloa — gracillima

C.E.Hubbard. Hooker’s Icones Plantarum

33(3210): 1-3.

JACOBS, S.W.L., WHALLEY, R.D.B. & WHEELER, D.J.B.

(2008). Grasses of New South Wales. University

of New England: Armidale.

152

JATTISHA, P.I. & SABU, M. (2015). Foliar phytoliths

as an aid to the identification of Paniceae

(Panicoideae: Poaceae) grasses in South India.

Webbia 70: 115-131.

JIRASEK, V. & JozIFOVA, M. (1968). Morphology of

lodicules, their variability and importance in

the taxonomy of the Poaceae family. Boletin de

la Sociedad Argentina de Botanica 12: 324-349.

KELLOGG, E.A. (2006). Beyond taxonomy: prospects for

understanding morphological diversity in the

grasses (Poaceae). Darwiniana 44: 7-17.

KENNEDY, P.B. (1899) The structure of the caryopsis of

erasses with reference to their morphology and

classification. U.S. Department of Agriculture

Division of Agrostology Bulletin 19: 1-14.

KLAK, C. (1994) Embryo and caryopsis morphology of

danthonoid grasses (Arundinoideae: Poaceae):

important characters for their systematics?

Honours Thesis, University of Cape Town:

Rondebosch.

Kosina, R. (1995). Remarks on taxonomy of some

species of Elytrigia s.l. (Triticeae) in the

light of embryo morphology. Acta Societatis

Botanicorum Poloniae 64: 295-302.

KRISHNAN, S., SAMSON, N.P., RAVICHANDRAN, P.,

NARASIMHAN, D. & DAYASNANDAN, P. (2000).

Phytoliths of Indian grasses and their potential

use in identification. Botanical Journal of the

Linnean Society 132: 241-252.

Liu, H., Hu, X.Y., Liu, YX. & Liu, Q. (2015). Caryopsis

micromorphology survey of Sorghum (Poaceae)

— taxonomic implications. South African

Journal of Botany 99: \-11.

Liu, Q., ZHANG, D.X. & PETERSON, P.M. (2010).

Lemma micromorphological characters in

the Chloridoideae (Poaceae) optimized on a

molecular phylogeny. South African Journal of

Botany 76: 196-209.

Liu, Q., ZHAO, N.-X., HAo, G., Hu, X.-Y. & Liu, Y.-

X. (2005). Caryopsis morphology of the

Chloridoideae (Gramineae) and its systematic

implications. Botanical Journal of the Linnean

Society 148: 57-72.

Lu, H., ZHANG, J., Wu, N., Liu, K.-B., Xu, D. &

Li, Q. (2009). Phytoliths analysis for the

discrimination of foxtails millet (Setaria italica)

and common millet (Panicum miliaceum). Plos

One 4(2): 1-15.

MasHau, A.C., FisH, L. & VAN Wyk, A.E. (2015).

Taxonomic significance of the abaxial lemma

surface in southern African members of

Helictotrichon (Poaceae). Bothalia 45: |-8.

METCALFE, C.R. (1960). Anatomy of the Monocotyledons

Il. Gramineae. Oxford University Press:

London.

Austrobaileya 11: 135—154 (2021)

NEUMANN, K., FAHMy, A.G., MULLER-SCHEEBEL, N. &

SCHMIDT, M. (2017). Taxonomic, ecological

and paleoecological significance of leaf

phytoliths in West African grasses. Quaternary

International 434B: 15-32.

OLONOVA, M.V., BARKWoRTH, M.E. & GUDKOVA,

P.D. (2016). Lemma micromorphology and

the systematics of Siberian species of Stipa

(Poaceae). Nordic Journal of Botany 34: 322-

334.

PIPERNO, D.R. & PEARSALL, D.M. (1998). The silica

bodies of the tropical American grasses:

morphology, taxonomy, and _ implications

for grass systematics and fossil phytolith

identification. Smithsonian Contributions to

Botany 85: |—40.

QUEENSLAND GOVERNMENT. (2020). Regional ecosystem

descriptions. https://apps.des.qld.gov.au/

regional-ecosystems/, accessed 27 January

2020.

REEDER, J.R. (1957). The embryo in grass systematics.

American Journal of Botany 44: 756—768.

RENVOIZE, S.A. (1987). A survey of leaf-blade anatomy

in grasses XI Paniceae. Kew Bulletin 42: 739-

768.

SIMON, B.K. & THOMPSON, E.J. (2013). Poaceae. In P.D.

Bostock & A.E. Holland (eds)., Census of the

Queensland Flora 2012. https://id.biodiversity.

org.au/instance/apni/51389765, accessed 10

November 2021.

SIQUEIROS-DELGADO, M.E. (2007). Culm anatomy

of Bouteloua and _ relatives (Gramineae:

Chloridoideae: Boutelouinae). Acta Botanica

Mexicana 78: 39—59.

SIQUEIROS-DELGADO, M.E. & HERRERA-ARRIETA, Y.

(1996). Taxonomic value of culm anatomical

characters in the species of Bouteoua Lagasca

(Poaceae: Eragrostoideae). Phytologia 81: 124—

141.

SNow, N. (1996). The phylogenetic utility of lemmatal

micromorphology in Leptochloa s.l. and

related genera in subtribe Eleusininae (Poaceae,

Chloridoideae, Eragrostideae). Annals of the

Missouri Botanical Garden 83: 504-529.

— (1998). Caryopsis morphology of Leptochloa

sensu lato (Poaceae, Chloridoideae). S/DA,

Contributions to Botany 18: 27\1—282.

THIELE, H.L., CLIFFORD, H.T. & ROGERS, R.W. (1996).

Diversity in the grass pistil and its taxonomic

significance. Australian Systematic Botany 9:

903-912.

THOMPSON, E.J. (2016). Poaceae. In P.D. Bostock & A.E.

Holland (eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora

2015. https://id.biodiversity.org.au/instance/

apni/51390821, accessed 10 November 2021.

Thompson, Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa

— (2017). Elionurus purpureus — E.J.Thomps.

(Panicoideae: Andropogoneae: Rottboelliinae),

a new species for Queensland: circumscription

and breeding system. Austrobaileya 10: 139-

162.

— (2019). Poaceae. In G.K. Brown & P.D. Bostock

(eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora 2019.

http://data.qld.gov.au/dataset/census-of-the-

queensland-flora-2019/, accessed 21 August

2020.

— (202la). Poaceae. In G.K. Brown & P.D. Bostock

(eds) (2021). Census of the Queensland Flora

2020. http://data.qld.gov.au/dataset/census-of-

the-queensland-flora-2020/, accessed 15 May

2021.

— (2021b). A review of the classification and

taxonomic and geographic distribution of

cleistogamy in Australian grasses. Australian

Journal of Botany (In press).

— (accepted). Simonachne, anew genus for Australia

segregated from Ancistrachne s.\. (Poaceae:

Panicoideae: Paniceae) and a new subtribe

Cleistochloinae. Australian Systematic Botany.

153

THOMPSON, E.J. & FABILLO, M. (2021). The impact of

multiple molecular and morphological data

sets on the phylogenetic reconstruction of

subtribe Neurachninae (Poaceae: Panicoideae:

Paniceae). Australian Systematic Botany 34:

227-251.

THOMPSON, E.J. & SIMON, B.K. (2012). A revision of

Calyptochloa C.E.Hubb. (Poaceae), with

two new species and a new subspecies.

Austrobaileya 8: 634-652.

TOTHILL, J.C. & Hacker, J.B. (1983). The Grasses

of Southern Queensland. University of

Queensland Press: St Lucia.

Twiss, P.C., Suess, E. & SMITH, R.M. (1969).

Morphological classification of grass phytoliths.

Soil Science Society of America Journal 31:

109-115.

VALDES-REYNA, J. & HatcH, S.L. (1991). Lemma

micromorphology in the Eragrostoideae

(Poaceae). Sida 14: 531-549.

WATSON, L. & DALLWITz, M.J. (1992). The Grass Genera

of the World. University Press: Cambridge.

Table 1. Morphological differences between the species of Calyptochloa

Calyptochloa Calyptochloa | Calyptochloa | Calyptochloa

Character cylindrosperma gracillima jJohnsoniana | sphaerocarpa

Leaves: length (cm) < width 15-3 x2-4 12-4 X2.5-—6 | 2-5.5 X3-5 3-11 X3.5-8

(mm)

‘Culminternodes internodes

CL racemes ———————— on absent absent absent present

subordinate culms

Number of spikelets in axillary 1 or 2 3 or 4

racemes

‘Fertile culm disarticulating culm ‘Fertile culm disarticulating

Upper glume and lower lemma — — —— a

of ROGET spikelets

Axillary spikelet length (mm) — spikelet length (mm) 3.5-5.5 661 | 6.1

45-48 4.8

Outline shape of axillary lanceolate lanceolate ooh ae

spikelet lanceolate elliptical

154 Austrobaileya 11: 135-154 (2021)

Map 1. Distribution of Calyptochloa sphaerocarpa based on Queensland Herbarium collection records.

Endiandra wongawallanensis L.Weber (Lauraceae), a new

Species from south-east Queensland allied to E. floydii B.Hyland

Lui C. Weber* & Paul I. Forster

Summary

Weber, L.C. & Forster, P.I. (2021). Endiandra wongawallanensis L.Weber (Lauraceae), a new species

from south-east Queensland allied to E. foydii B.Hyland. Austrobaileya 11: 155-169. Analysis of

morphological variation in plants previously classified as Endiandra floydii B.Hyland has revealed

that two allopatric taxa are present. Endiandra floydii has a more restricted distribution than

previously given and now appears to be only present in north-east New South Wales. The Queensland

plants differ in a range of both vegetative and reproductive characters and are described here as the

new species £. wongawallanensis L.Weber. It is endemic to a small area south of Beenleigh and north

of Tallebudgera Creek. The new species is described with notes on distribution, habitat, dispersal

ecology and conservation status. The biogeographic context for both species and the areas they occur

in is discussed.

Key Words: Lauraceae; Endiandra; Endiandra floydii; Endiandra wongawallanensis; New South

Wales flora; Queensland flora; new species; conservation status; biogeography; large fleshy fruit

dispersal; refugia

L.C. Weber, Email: lui.weber@gmail.com, “corresponding author; P.I. Forster, Queensland

Herbarium, Department of Environment and Science, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road,

Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia. Email: paul.forster@des.qld.gov.au

Introduction

Endiandra R.Br. (Lauraceae) comprises

c. 100 species occurring in Asia, Malesia,

Australia and the Pacific Islands with 39

species (33 or 34 species endemic) in Australia

(Hyland 1989; Le Cussan & Hyland 2007;

Gray 2020). Endiandra has been grouped

with Beilschmiedia Nees based on molecular

analyses (Rohwer & Rudolph 2005; Rohwer ef

al. 2014; van der Merwe et al. 2016); these two

genera differ mainly in the orientation of the

flower anther valves (Hyland 1989; Le Cussan

& Hyland 2007). The recent study by Song ef

al. (2019) based on increased taxon sampling

inferred a closer relationship between species

of Beilschmiedia and Syndiclis Hook.f., with

Endiandra resolved as sister to that group.

Endiandra floydii B.Hyland was described

from a type collection made in 1985 at

Tomewin, New South Wales (NSW), a

location very close to the Queensland (Qld)

border (Hyland 1989). The species was named

after the botanist Alex Floyd who recognised

this species as being undescribed, based on

his collections at Upper Crystal Creek, NSW

in 1977. The first collection of the species

appears to have been by Clark, Pickard and

Coveny in 1969 from Brunswick Heads in

NSW.

Similar plants to Endiandra_ floydii

were first collected by Janet Hauser in the

Pimpama area of south-east Qld in 1986.

These and nearby collections from south-east

Qld were later identified as FE. floydii (Barry &

Thomas 1994; Jessup 1994, 1997, 2002, 2020),

although the initial determinations were based

on vegetative specimens and not subsequently

queried. The lack of flowering and fruiting

specimens from these Queensland locations

may have resulted in their distinctiveness

being previously overlooked.

In 2017, one of the authors (LW) being

very familiar with Endiandra floydii from

NSW, observed that specimens of “BE.

floydii” at Maudsland and Wongawallan in

Qld had significantly different bark and leaf

morphology from NSW plants and grew

in drier types of rainforest with a different

Accepted for publication 6 December 2021, published online 22 December 2021

156

floristic composition. Whilst immature or

rotting fruit material had been observed, no

flowering material was available until recently

for this possible new taxon. In 2020, Mr Reece

Taverner was undertaking bush regeneration

at Maudsland and sent photographs of flowers

to LW who recognised a different floral

morphology and flowering time from E. floydii

in NSW. In October 2020 flowering material

was observed at Maudsland, Mudgeeraba and

Wongawallan in south-east Qld. This material

presented different floral morphology to

E. floydii from NSW and together with the

vegetative differences confirmed the identity

of a separate unnamed species.

The new species Endiandra

wongawallanensis L.Weber, is _ described

in this paper. It 1s endemic to south-east

Queensland, in a small geographic area north

of Tallebudgera Creek. This distribution 1s

further discussed below in relation to its

biogeographical context.

Taxonomy

Austrobaileya 11: 155—169 (2021)

Materials and methods

This paper is based on specimens at the

Queensland Herbarium (BRI) that were

examined under a binocular dissecting

microscope (Olympus Corporation Japan) and

observations of plants in habitat. Leaves, fruit

and flowers were measured with hand calipers.

Field observations were carried out in Qld at

all known sites for E. floydii s.l. (described

in this paper as £. wongawallanensis) and in

NSW for £. floydii s.s. at Brunswick Heads,

Couchy Creek and Tomewin.

Online images of the type collection of

Endiandra floydii were viewed on JSTOR

Global Plants.

A comparison of key diagnostic features

of both species is provided in Table 1

with a species key also included to enable

recognition in habitat, regenerative plantings

or cultivation.

Key to distinguish Endiandra floydii and E. wongawallanensis

1 Bark

thick, up to 10 mm _ deep, patterned, corky fissured,

often tessellated. Leaf lamina with midvein raised above in

upper half towards apex; lateral veins 9-12 per side; domatia common,

> two on some leaves, 1.5-3 mm long, raised above with an

aperture below. Flowers in racemes |1—4 cm long. Corolla lime green

to creamy yellow; tepals six or rarely eight, ovate to obovate with

rounded apex, uneven in size with three c. 2 mm long and three

c. 3 mm long alternating in the same flower, curved concave with

edges curling in towards middle of the flower and flower not

very widely opening, tips thickened and fleshy, > 1 mm thick at apex;

glands 2-angled on the base, staminodes minute, c. 0.1 mm. North of

Tallebudgera Creek in Qld ..........0...0.... Endiandra wongawallanensis

1. Bark thin, less than 5 mm deep or flat, pale, with slightly fissured corky

ridges or smooth with raised lines and lenticels. Leaf lamina with

midvein sunken in upper half towards apex; lateral veins 12—16 per side;

domatia absent or if present than minute, < two and < | mm long.

Flowers in racemes 4—10 cm long. Corolla pale green sometimes with

red tinges to wholly dull red; tepals six, ovate to rhomboid

with slightly pointed broad apex almost equal in size and < 0.5 mm

difference from smallest and largest tepal in the same flower;

flowers widely opening, sometimes flat or > 180° with tepals closer to

flower stem than stamens, tips thin, not thickened < | mm thick

at apex; glands with a rounded base or with two small corners of

> 130°, staminodes three, c. 0.25 mm, on top of glands between

larger stamens. South of Tomewinin NSW .............. Endiandra floydil

Weber & Forster, Endiandra wongawallanensis

Endiandra wongawallanensis L.Weber sp.

nov.

Similar to E. floydii B.Hyland but differing in

adult trees often being taller than 15 m and

with the bark on mature trees being corky,

deeply fissured and tessellated vs smooth or

shallowly fissured or cracked on that species.

Some leaves commonly have multiple pit

domatia to 3 mm diameter that are raised

above and form a deep pocket below vs

occasional minute domatia (c. | mm diameter)

that are not raised above on E. floydii. Tepals

of two different sizes, three small (c. 2 mm

long) alternating with three large (c. 3 mm

long) rather than six of similar size (3.5—4

mi long) for £. floydii. Inner surface of tepals

concave and thickened (c. | mm thick) vs flat

(c. 0.5 mm thick) for £. floydii. Staminodes

minute, c. 0.1 mm vs c. 0.25 mm in E. floydii.

Typus: Queensland. MoORETON DISTRICT:

Gold Coast City Council Park and Recreation

Reserve, off Tanby Court, Mudgeeraba, 4

November 2020, P./. Forster PIF47068 & G.

Leiper (holo: BRI [3 sheets plus spirit]; iso:

CNS, L, MEL, NSW, US distribuendi).

Illustrations: Harden et al. (2006: 137, as E.

floydii); Letper et al. (2017: 285, fruit is E.

wongawallanensis, flowers are E. floydii).

Tree to 20 m (or rarely 27 m) tall, with a

spreading canopy. Trunk up to 40 cm diameter

at breast height, often multistemmed; base of

trunk with small spur buttresses andcommonly

with smaller coppice shoots especially after

low intensity fires. Bark fissured to tessellated,

corky, moderately thick to 10 mm, pale brown

to fawn. Branchlets green and smooth in leafy

sections, with scattered silvery brown hairs on

the growing tip; older branchlets with corky

pale brown lenticels merging and forming a

rough bark on the thicker branchlets. Leaves

usually alternate except for occasional nearly

opposite pairs on branch tips below flowers,

coriaceous, flexible; petioles 6—9 mm _ long,

slightly thickened at base with scattered

hairs. Lamina elliptic to ovate, 5-12 cm

long, 1.5—3.5 cm broad (up to 14.7 cm and 4.7

cm and undulate at Bonogin), the broadest

point usually being closer to the petiole or

occasionally at the middle and then gradually

tapering towards apex, length to width ratio

Ly.

average 3.2; base cuneate to occasionally

obtuse; apex long-acuminate and blunt tipped;

juvenile coppice or seedling foliage 1s broader

with base obtuse and apex short acuminate;

glossy, mid-green above and paler below,

glabrous; fresh leaves with midvein curving

down and the sides of the lamina curved up;

domatia comprising medium sized pits in

lateral vein angles, forming a raised lump

above and with a small hole on the underside,

1.5—3 mm long and obvious on broader leaf

laminae; midvein raised above and below,

straight or slightly zigzagged in leaves with

domatia, yellowish white; main lateral veins

5—10 per side becoming indistinct at apex;

interlateral net venation forming a closely

raised network above and below. New growth

pale green and old leaves turning yellowish.

Flowers in axillary panicles, 1-4 cm long;

subtended by persistent bracts (paired

bracts below each flower and a single bract

subtending inflorescence branches), present

at anthesis, 1-2 mm long, with pale brown

hairs. Flower pedicels c. 2 mm long; buds

globose, lime green with whitish waxy raised,

elongated lumps. Flowers opening lime green

then aging to creamy pale yellow, not strongly

scented. Perianth segments (tepals) 6 or rarely

§, obovate to concave-ovate on the inside

and thickened to c. 1.5 mm near apex; larger

tepals (usually 3) are c. 3 mm long and 3 mm

wide, smaller tepals (usually 3) are c. 2 X 2

mim, similar coloured from base to tip. Glands

below stamens forming a tripartite ring in

the centre of the flower and raised < 0.5 mm

above the tepals; each gland basally 2-angled.

Stamens 3 or rarely 4; pollen sacs rhomboidal

or triangular with rounded corners c. 0.6 X

0.4 mm, green to cream. Staminodes the

same number as stamens, minute and c. 0.1

mm long, on top of glands between stamens.

Fruit: pedicel 2—3 cm long, thickened; drupe

globose, 5—7 cm long, turning red then black

with a thin glaucous waxy bloom, textured

with numerous, closely spaced raised lumps

c. 0.2 mm high on skin when ripe; immature

fruit shiny, globular green and resembling

a passionfruit, also with a finely textured

surface; calyx persistent on top of fruit, fleshy

sometimes remaining green on ripe fruit with

3 larger and 3 smaller sized tepals alternating

158

around the pedicel joint; exocarp fleshy, 3—10

mm thick, creamy green, resinous; ripe fruit

smell somewhat of ammonia and avocado

when cut, older fallen fruit strongly scented.

Seed globular to ovate, 45-57 mm _ long,

apex rounded or with a small protrusion or

slight depression, base not raised; endocarp

light brown with a darker brown network

of both broad and fine, slightly raised veins.

Cotyledons ivory white inside endocarp,

turning creamy orange on exposure to air.

Figs. 1—10.

Additional specimens examined: (Queensland.

MoreETON District: Upper Ormeau, Jul 2004, Leiper

s.n. (BRI [AQ767463]); Pimpama, Jul 1986, Hauser s.n.

(BRI [AQ440484]|; Hotham Creek Road, Pimpama, Feb

1992, Leiper s.n. (BRI [AQ583192]); property of Miles

family, Hotham Creek, Pimpama, Feb 1992, Hauser &

Leiper s.n. (BRI [AQ540375]); Hotham Creek, Pimpama,

Nov 1993, Miles s.n. (BRI [AQ621564]); Hotham Creek,

Willowvale, Jan 1994, Thomas & Barry s.n. (BRI

[AQ636488]); 8 km NNE of Eagle Heights, Dec 1994,

Halford 02368 (BRI); Wongawallan off Lanes Road,

Sep 2003, Leiper s.n. (BRI [AQ762862]); Hotham Creek,

Ruffles Road, Jun 2012, Forster PIF38774, Leiper &

Miles (BRI); ibid, Oct 2020 Leiper s.n. (BRI, CNS, MEL,

NSW); Adams property, Guanaba, Aug 1997, Hauser

s.n. (BRI [AQ655823]); Maudsland, Jul 2003, McDonald

s.n. (BRI [AQ777484]); Saltwater Creek, Pacific Pines

Estate near Maudsland, Aug 2003, McDonald s.n. (BRI

[AQ778851]); Finnin Court, Maudsland, Jan 2018, White

s.n. (BRI [AQ970833]); Clover Hill SE of Bonogin Road,

Mudgeeraba, Sep 1997, Hauser s.n. (BRI [AQ655822]);

Clover Hill Farm, Mudgeeraba, Jul 2021, Forster

PIF 47488 & PIF 47497, Jinks & Leiper (BRI).

Distribution and habitat: Endiandra

wongawallanensis 1s endemic to south-

east Qld where it is known from north of

Tallebudgera Creek and south of Beenleigh,

with most locations in the Darlington Range

(Ormeau, Wongawallan) east and north of Mt

Tamborine and an outlying southern location

at Clover Hill, Bonogin near Mudgeeraba.

The altitude range is 10 to 350 m. The known

distribution is only 15 km north to south and

7.5 km east to west or 113 km7.

Endiandra wongawallanensis occurs

in subtropical rainforest or on its ecotonal

edges, with mean annual rainfall of 1000—

1500 mm. The species occurs on both

hills and valleys, composed primarily

of Neranleigh Fernvale metasediment

geology, often with outcropping surface

rock. At the type locality, the predominant

Austrobaileya 11: 155—169 (2021)

metasediments are intermixed in creek lines

with limited andesitic flows; however, FE.

wongawallanensis 1s invariably on alluvial

flanges away from these flows. By contrast at

the Clover Hill locality, the metasediments are

enriched by shallow and variable overlying

flows of basalt. £. wongawallanensis grows

in variable species assemblages with canopy

dominant species such as Acacia bakeri

Maiden, Araucaria cunninghamii Mudie,

Dissiliaria baloghioides F.Muell. ex Baill.,

Eucalyptus grandis W.Hill, Euroschinus

falcatus Hook.f. and Flindersia schottiana

F.Muell. Other laurels also growing in

association include Cryptocarya glaucescens

R.Br., C. microneura Meisn., C. triplinervis

var. pubens B.Hyland and Endiandra muelleri

subsp. bracteata B.Hyland. Listed threatened

flora that may co-occur or occur close by are

Baloghia marmorata C.7.White, Brachychiton

sp. (Ormeau L.H.Bird AQ435851), Cassia

marksiana (¥.M.Bailey) Domin, Macadamia

integrifolia Maiden & Betche and Randia

moorei F.Muell.

Endiandra wongawallanensis is

particularly common on the upslope ecotonal

margins of rainforest patches adjacent to or on

margins of dry sclerophyll forest dominated

by variable mixtures of Corymbia intermedia

(R.T.Baker) K.D.Hill & L.A.S.Johnson,

Eucalyptus acmenoides Schauer, E. pilularis

Ssm., £. propinqua H.Deane & Maiden, £E.

siderophloia Benth., Lophostemon confertus

(R.Br.) Peter G.Wilson & J.T.Waterh.

and Syncarpia glomulifera (Sm.) Nied.

subsp. glomulifera. These ecotones suffer

repeated fire, and the thick corky bark of the

Endiandra stems may have been selected

as an adaptation to withstand fire. J. Searle

recorded that a fire burned some individuals

of EF. wongawallanensis (as E. floydii), killing

the main trunks; however, these individuals

produced new sucker shoots from the bases

(DEC 2004).

Weber & Forster, Endiandra wongawallanensis

, PTR

Fig. 1. Endiandra wongawallanensis, habit of adult

stems (Tanby Court, Mudgeeraba). Photo: L. Weber.

Fig. 3. Endiandra wongawallanensis with new foliage

growth (Tanby Court, Mudgeeraba, Qld). Photo: L.

Weber.

Fig. 4. Leaf underside of Endiandra wongawallanensis

showing hollow pit domatia (Lanes Road, Wongawallan).

Photo: L. Weber.

Fig. 2. Endiandra wongawallanensis with thick, corky,

fissured and tessellated bark on large trees (Tanby Court,

Mudgeeraba

Qld). Photo: L. Weber.

be)

160 Austrobaileya 11: 155-169 (2021)

Fig. 5. Flowering racemes of Endiandra wongawallanensis (left) (Tanby Court, Mudgeeraba) and E. floydii (right)

(cultivated Murwillumbah). Photos: L.Weber.

Fig. 6. Flowers of Endiandra wongawallanensis Fig. 7. Globose fruit of Endiandra wongawallanensis

showing evenly green coloured tepals, chocolate brown (Maudsland, Qld). Photo: L. Weber.

glands, green stamens and yellow anthers. Staminodes

are minute and hard to see. (Tanby Court, Mudgeeraba).

Photo: L. Weber.

Weber & Forster, Endiandra wongawallanensis lol

a | 4

a ad

Fig. 10. Endiandra wongawallanensis, seed endocarp

(Tanby Court, Mudgeeraba). Photo: L. Weber.

Fig. 8. Endiandra wongawallanensis, ripe fruit (c. 5.7

cm <5.7 cm) showing radial linear ridges and waxy grey

bloom (Tanby Court, Mudgeeraba). Photo: L. Weber.

Fig. 9. Endiandra wongawallanensis, transverse section of fruit, seed and cotyledons (Maudsland, Qld). Photo: L.

Weber.

162

Endiandra wongawallanensis 1s absent

from similar subtropical rainforest habitats on

the same geological substrates at Bahr’s Scrub,

just to the north of the known range. The

Albert River may have been a biogeographic

barrier that prevented this species from

reaching these apparently suitable habitats.

No subpopulations have been located between

Mudgeeraba Town and Nerang, but some

areas of suitable habitat may have been lost

when historical clearing occurred.

Phenology: Flowering period September

to November. Fruiting period February to

March.

Notes: A full comparison of morphological

features between Endiandra floydii and E.

wongawallanensis 1s provided in Table 1.

When examining material it 1s important that

for some characters (e.g. domatia), more than

single leaves are studied.

Endiandra —wongawallanensis trees

superficially resemble Cryptocarya

microneura in many features including

leaf morphology (the drawn-out blunt leaf

apex, orientation, colour, midvein zig zags,

midvein colour) and bark type. The habitat

Austrobaileya 11: 155—169 (2021)

on the margins of sclerophyll forest is also

occupied by C. microneura. Endiandra

wongawallanensis has larger flowers and fruit

than C. microneura and when not fertile in

the field, is distinguished by its glossier leaves

with a sparser areolate reticulate intralateral

venation and lack of a fine waxy bloom on the

leaf undersides.

The outlying southern subpopulation of

Endiandra wongawallanensis at Clover Hill

has a few minor morphological differences to

the northern subpopulations, although these

are not always consistent when examining

a range of material. The leaves are slightly

larger with sometimes undulate margins and

less domatia and the bark 1s slightly thinner

but still corky and fissured. This variation 1s

not consistent as some trees at this location

have smaller leaves and thicker bark similar

to the subpopulations further north. Flower

buds appear to have a flat, pale waxy marbled

pattern under the surface, similar to E£.

floydii. This 1s in comparison to the slightly

raised, waxy ridges present in the flower

buds of the northern subpopulations of E.

wongawallanensis.

Table 1. Morphological comparison of Endiandra floydi and E. wongawallanensis

Endiandra floydii Endiandra wongawallanensis

thin, less than 5 mm deep or + flat, white

to fawn, with very fine to thin fissures and

Bark

striations or corky ridges; similar in larger

trees

thick, up to 10 mm deep, corky

with vertical fissures or tessellated

with rectangular corky sections and

corky lumps, pale cream; thicker

and lumpier in older specimens

New growth flush colour | pale salmon pink, aging to pale green

Lamina shape

elliptic to lanceolate, often oblanceolate

elliptic to ovate

Leaf bases cuneate, sometimes slightly asymmetric cuneate to obtuse, sometimes

slightly asymmetric

Leaf lamina

glossy above, paler and glossy below

pale yellow-green to mid grey-green and

dark green to mid-green and

moderately glossy above, paler and

moderately glossy below

Broadest part of leaf near middle with some below and often usually 3 of distance from base to

lamina above middle the mid-point

Weber & Forster, Endiandra wongawallanensis

Midvein

absent or occasionally weakly developed,

thickening in some vein angles, very rarely

1 or 2 tiny hollow pits below, but not nota-

bly raised above

always straight to slightly curved left or

right; obviously raised below from base to

apex; raised above only near base and sunk-

en for most of leaf length towards apex

163

present as hollow pits on some

leaves, forming a pocket in the

lamina in vein angles, raised above

and hollow below, more than 2 well

developed domatia per leaf where

present

Zig zagged between domatia when

present otherwise almost straight

to slightly curved; raised below

for most of leaf length but not

obviously raised at apex below;

raised on upper surface for most of

the leaf length

moderately curved, 12—16 per side strongly curved, 9-12 per side

Intralateral venation

indistinct above, distinct below on fresh

leaves, more distinct in dried material

distinct above and below on fresh

leaves, more distinct in dried

material

Inflorescence panicle often erect to slightly pendulous, 4-10 cm pendulous, 1—4 cm long

long

Flower buds

Tepal shape and thickness

Tepal colour and orien-

tation

Flower glands

Stamens cream and sometimes pale pink in centre of

anther sacs

cream to pale pink, c. 0.6 mm long

Cotyledons

globose to obovoid, often with obtuse

point formed by tepal tips, green to dull

red; surface with flat, waxy patterned paler

marbling

inner surface (young flowers in particular)

almost flat to slightly concave; almost even

in size; laminae flattened and thin, c. 0.5

mm thick

pale green to red; widely opening flat on

maturity often even opening backwards

beyond 90° towards petiole

3; green to red on newly opened flowers,

darker on older flowers; raised c. 1.5 mm

above tepals

3; flattened, obvious on top of glands be-

tween stamens, c. 0.25 mm long

ovoid, obovoid to pyriform, 6—10 cm long;

smooth with a blue grey waxy bloom wear-

ing off to reveal shiny black skin; persistent

floral parts often drying brown on ripe fruit

pale yellowish-pink, oxidizing to dark

orange brown or turning green on germinat-

ing seeds

obovoid, lacking an obtuse point

formed by tepal tips, lime green or

cream yellow; surface with raised,

waxy elongated lumps (not so in

Bonogin subpopulation)

inner surface concave, outer con-

vex; differing significantly in size

with 3 larger and 3 smaller tepals

(rarely 4 large & 4 small) in alter-

nating sequence; laminae thickened

towards tips, c. 2 mm thick

dark green, ageing to pale creamy

yellow; opening to less than or

equal to 90°

3 rarely 4; chocolate brown on

newly opened flowers, red brown

on older flowers; raised less than

0.5 mm above tepals

pale green to cream

3 or 4; minute, c. 0.1 mm long

pale green, c. 0.5 mm long

globose, 5.5—6.5 cm long; with mi-

cro texture dimples, matt to slightly

shiny black, sometimes with thick

waxy bloom; sometimes with per-

sistent, green fleshy floral parts

white, turning pale creamy orange

on exposure to air

164

Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the

locality where this species was first recognised

as being distinct, namely Wongawallan. This

word is also applied to a local mountain.

Wongawallan is believed to derive from two

Yugambeh Aboriginal words wonga (pigeon)

and walla (water) (GCCC 2021).

Conservation status: Endiandra floydii s.l.

is currently listed as Endangered under the

Commonwealth Environment Protection and

Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, the NSW

Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016 and QLD

Nature Conservation Act 1992.

The recognition of § Endiandra

wongawallanensis as a distinct species from

E. floydii has significant implications for the

conservation of these species. Material of

Endiandra floydii 1s widespread 1n cultivation

(generally of unknown origin) and has been

used in revegetation plantings in Queensland

within the range of £. wongawallanensis or to

augment subpopulations of that species.

The recognition of two separate species

increases the conservation concerns for both,

especially for Endiandra wongawallanensis.

The newly described species has a known

distribution in two subpopulation centres.

The northern centre 1s c. 15 km north to

south and only 10 km east to west, whereas

the isolated southern subpopulation at

Clover Hill, Mudgeeraba 1s less than 4 km7.

This tiny distributional range is one of the

smallest for any laurel in Australia. The

habitat of E. wongawallanensis has been

extensively cleared for agriculture over the

past century and has recently been subjected

to extensive suburban development and

erowth on the perimeters of the Gold Coast.

Fortunately, the Gold Coast City Council

has had the foresight to recently purchase

land containing dry rainforest supporting a

number of subpopulations including Willow

Vale Scrub, so this subpopulation at least

is secure; however, weed invasion of forest

edges and inappropriate fire regimes remain

a threat. Some of the other subpopulations are

still threatened by suburban development and

adjacent quarrying activity.

Austrobaileya 11: 155-169 (2021)

With an estimated c. 470 known adult

plants across all subpopulations and fewer

than 50 mature individuals in any one of the

northern subpopulations (Table 2), Endiandra

wongawallanensis 1s most likely to meet the

IUCN red list criteria for Endangered.

Extent of occurrence (EOO) 1s estimated

at 65 km? for the Ormeau—Wongawallan—

Maudsland subpopulations and 3.5 km?

for the Mudgeeraba subpopulation. Area

of occupancy (AOO) is much _ smaller,

approximately 20 km? based on the number

of occupied standard 4 km? grids. With

an actual EOO of less than 100 km’, E.

wongawallanensis qualifies for Critically

Endangered under Red List criterion

Bla,b(i-v). However, when all subpopulations

are included 1n an analysis, the EOO increases

beyond 100 km/? despite the intervening area

between the two subpopulation centres not

having the species present. Based on the

Extent of Occurrence, Area of Occupancy,

and an estimated 470 mature individuals,

it easily qualifies for Endangered based on

criteria Bla,b(i-v); 2a,b(-v); Cl (IUCN 2019).

A formal nomination for listing under the Qld

Nature Conservation Act 1992 will be made

elsewhere.

Endiandra wongawallanensis 1s not

known from any _ formal conservation

reserves (National Parks, Nature Reserves

and Nature Refuges) (DOE 2021). The largest

subpopulation at Clover Hill is on private or

Gold Coast City Council land on multiple

titles, with the largest group of trees (c. 1000,

although not all are adult) on the former

(Table 2); both are currently being managed

for conservation purposes. The second largest

subpopulation at Lanes Road, Wongawallan

(Willowvale Scrub) is within a _ property

managed for conservation by the Gold Coast

City Council and the species is present within

several other council reserves (Table 2).

Weber & Forster, Endiandra wongawallanensis

Dispersal ecology and its significance for

Endiandra floydi and E. wongawallanensis

In the rainforests of the north Queensland Wet

Tropics bioregion, laurel fruits fall into two

main size classes with dispersal by differing

animals. Species with fruits up to 3 cm long are

dispersed predominantly by pigeons and fruit

bats. Larger fruits (generally > 5 cm diameter)

are dispersed by southern cassowaries

(Casuarius casuarius (Linnaeus, 1758))

(Cooper & Cooper 2004) and scatter hoarded

by musky rat kangaroos (Hypsiprymnodon

moschatus Ramsey, 1876) and giant white-

tailed rats (Uromys caudimaculatus (Krefit,

1867)) (Dennis 2002, 2003). In subtropical

Australian rainforests the same two _ size

classes are present in laurel fruit; however,

cassowaries, musky rat kangaroos and giant

white-tailed rats are not currently present. A

fossil dwarf cassowary has been putatively

recovered from Pleistocene deposits in NSW

(Miller 1962), although this provenance

has been disputed by some authors (Rich

et al. 1988). Fossils attributed to, or with

similarities to Hypsiprymnodon are known

from South Australia and Victoria (Bates ef al.

2014). Large-fruited laurels of the subtropics

may have been dispersed by these or similar

species, or other extinct megafauna such

as the herbivorous giant horned land turtle

Ninjemys oweni (Woodward, 1888) that was

described from a Pleistocene fossil deposit on

the Darling Downs of Qld (Sterli 2015). The

extinction of megafauna from subtropical

eastern Australia is now thought to be

relatively recent dating to the Quaternary,

c. 280,000 years ago (Hocknull et al. 2007).

The case of Endiandra compressa C.T.White

(another laurel with large fruit) is the most

convincing in this regard, as this species 1s

known to be consumed by cassowaries in the

northern tropical part of its distribution, but

is rare and restricted to stream banks in the

subtropical zone where this bird is absent.

Plants with large fruit that are no longer

effectively dispersed are considered an

evolutionary legacy (Galetti et al. 2018), as

their fruits were adapted for dispersal by a

now extinct megafauna (Johnson 2009; Weber

2013; Rossetto et al. 2015). Both Endiandra

165

floydii and E. wongawallanensis do not appear

to be effectively dispersed, with the large fruits

accumulating near to the parent trees. This

clumping of individuals does not appear to be

particularly associated with lack of habitat and

is most likely an example of dispersal limited

distribution (Primack & Miao 1992; Rossetto

et al, 2008). This apparent lack of dispersal,

along with habitat fragmentation are the most

likely contributors to their rarity within the

known distribution ranges. This is based on

their extant distribution in mesic refugia in

the subtropics (Weber ef al. 2014), as they

are replaced by other large fruited Endiandra

species in the tropics of Queensland, thus not

supporting the contention of Bunney ef al.

(2019) that such species are merely a tropical

phenomenon.

Biogeographic history in_ relation’ to

Endtiandra floydii and E. wongawallanensis

The Border Ranges Refugium (BBR)

associated with the Mt Warning volcanic

caldera is one of the most significant

refugia for rainforest on the Australian

continent given its geographic location in

the subtropics. Palaeoclimatic models predict

rainforest habitat between Mt Tamborine and

Ballina to have been highly stable for the past

120,000 years (Weber et a/. 2014). Numerous

rainforest plant species including E. floydii

are endemic to this refugium.

North of the BBR _ rainfall rapidly

decreases, with the rainforest communities

demonstrating a concomitant decrease in

species richness together with an increase

in sclerophylly and deciduousness. This

is further complicated by complex local

variations in geology ranging from volcanics

(andesites, basalts, metabasalts, rhyolites) to

metasediments (chert amongst others). These

drier rainforests on the northern margin of

the BRR, especially north and east of Mt

Tamborine (Northern Darlington Range) are

interesting from a biogeographic standpoint

in this respect. They contain a mix of taxa

ranging from those more common in wetter

(notophyll to mesophyll) communities to those

prevalent in drier (predominantly microphyll)

communities. They contain a small number

of known endemic taxa (e.g. Brachychiton

166

sp. (Ormeau L.H.Bird AQ435851), Coleus

habrophyllus (P.1.Forst.) P.I.Forst., an

undescribed species of Backhousia), with

Endiandra wongawallanensis adding to

this list of narrow-range endemics from this

restricted area. The area also encompasses

the northern or southern limits for numerous

other rainforest plant species (Forster ef al.

1991).

Past climate change in the area under

discussion would have caused habitat

fluctuations for probably over | million years,

as the rainforests expanded and contracted

on the margins of the BBR in direct contact

with the Dry Brisbane Valley Barrier (Weber

et al. 2014). These dry rainforests may have

functioned asa“semi-arid cradle” as suggested

by OCBIL theory (Hopper 2009; Hopper ef

al, 2021), insomuch as they persist on ancient,

weathered landscapes with low phosphorus

content (1.e. the metasediments), intermixed

with more recent landscapes formed from

volcanic activity. These rainforests probably

Sheltered relict species contracting from

previously wider distributions (possibly the

case with Endiandra wongawallanensis)

and perhaps facilitated the evolution and

speciation of new taxa such as Brachychiton

sp. (Ormeau L.H.Bird AQ435851) and Coleus

habrophyllus.

Austrobaileya 11: 155—169 (2021)

Endiandra wongawallanensis and

E. floydii are postulated to be allopatric

sister taxa, with the former restricted to

the drier rainforests on predominantly

metasediments of the Northern Darlington

Range and the latter to the wetter rainforests

on metasediments and rhyolites (rarely on

coastal sands) in the Border Ranges and

adjacent coast. Some morphological features

unique to E£. wongawallanensis (e.g. thick

corky bark) may have been selected for due to

more frequent fires 1n its drier habitat. Despite

only 20 km separating the most northern

location of £. floydii and the most southern

location of E. wongawallanensis, it 1s unlikely

that recent genetic flow between the two taxa

has occurred. It is also unlikely that the two

taxa are still capable of interbreeding when

cultivated together due to different flowering

times; however, it is recommended that EL.

floydii no longer be used as a regeneration

species to augment EL. wongawallanensis. The

purported inability to interbreed is further

support for recognition as separate species

under an evolutionary species concept ( Wiley

1978).

Weber & Forster, Endiandra wongawallanensis 167

Table 2. Numeric estimates for all known extant locations of Endiandra wongawallanensis

Location Voucher at BRI Land Tenure Estimated

Number of

Adult Trees

Titan Ca, Pape | Hater dn Fe

Hideaway Road, Upper Leiper s.n. (AQ767464) Private

Ormeau

Ruffles Road, Willow Vale Forster PIF38774 et al. Private

Lanes Road, Wongawallan Leiper s.n. (AQ762862) Council Conserva-

tion Area

Crest Hill Drive, Wonga- unvouchered Private

wallan

Wongawallan Drive, Wonga- | unvouchered Council Conserva- 25

wallan i Area

Sunvalley Court, Guanaba Hauser s.n. (AQ655823) Private 0

Caballo Road Reserve, Can- | unvouchered Council Conserva- 2 __.

dy Creek, Guanaba tion Area

Northern Skies Terrace, unvouchered Crown Land

Maudsland (Riverstone

Guanaba Creek Road, unvouchered Private

Guanaba

Finnin Court, Maudsland White s.n. (AQ970833) Council Conserva-

—— Area

Roberts Drive, Maudsland Private

Tanby Court, Mudgeeraba Forster PIF47068 & Leiper | Council Conserva- =

tion Area

Clover Hill Farm, Mudgeer- | Forster PIF 47488 et al. Private GC. —

aba (D. Jinks pers. comm.

July 2021)

Acknowledgements BATES, H., TRAVOUILLON, K.J., K.J., COOKE, B., BECK,

R.M.D., HAND, S.J. & ARCHER, M. (2014). Three

The authors thank Mr Reece Taverner, new Miocene species of musky rat-kangaroos

assistance and additional fieldwork including GeSchIpUOn, _paylogencos and” paledevalapy,

! ies oo i Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 34: 383-

collecting specimens and providing images. 396.

References BUNNEY, K., ROBERTSON, M. & BOND, W. (2019). The

historical distribution of megaherbivores does

not determine the distribution of megafaunal

fruit in southern Africa. Biological Journal of

the Linnean Society 128: 1039-1051.

BARRY, S. & THOMAS, G. (1994). Threatened vascular

rainforest plants of south-east Queensland.

Report prepared for ANCA Endangered Species

Program.

168

CHRISTOPHEL, D.C. & RowetTT, A.I. (1996). Leaf and

cuticle atlas of Australian leafy Lauraceae.

Flora of Australia Supplementary Series 6: 104,

PL. 21C, 52E, F. Australian Biological Resources

Study: Canberra.

(2004). Fruits of the

Rainforest. Nokomis

COOPER, W. & COOPER, W.I.

Australian Tropical

Editions: Melbourne.

DEC | DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND

CONSERVATION (NSW)] (2004). Recovery Plan

for Endiandra floydii (Crystal Creek Walnut).

Department of Environment and Conservation

(NSW): Hurstville.

DEE [DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND ENERGY

(AUSTRALIAN GOVERNMENT)| (2021).

Collaborative Australian Protected Areas

Database (CAPAD Terrestrial 2018) database.

https://www.environment.gov.au/land/nrs/

science/capad/2018.

DENNIS, A.J. (2002). The diet of the musky rat-

kangaroo, Hypsiprymnodon moschatus, arainforest

specialist. Wildlife Research 29: 209-219.

—— (2003). Scatter-hoarding by Musky Rat-Kangaroos,

Hypsiprymnodon moschatus, a Tropical Rain-

Forest Marsupial from Australia: Implications

for Seed Dispersal. Journal of Tropical Ecology

19: 619-627.

FLoyD A.G. (2008). Rainforest trees of mainland South-

eastern Australia (Revised Edition). H. & N.

Nicholson (eds.). Terania Rainforest Publishing:

The Channon.

ForSTER, P.I., Bostock, P.D., Birp, L.H. & BEAN, A.R.

(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for SouthEast

Queensland. Queensland Herbarium: Brisbane.

GALETTI, M., MOLEON, M., JORDANO, P., PrRES, M.M.,

GUIMARAES JR., P.R., PAPE, T., NICHOLS, E.,

HANSEN, D., OLESEN, J.M., MUNK, M., DE

MatTTos, J.S., SCHWEIGER, A.H., OWEN-SMITH,

N., JOHNSON, C.N., MARQUIS, R.J. & SVENNING,

J-C. (2018). Ecological and evolutionary legacy

of megafauna extinctions. Biological Reviews

93: 845-862.

GCCC [GoLtp Coast City CounciL] (2021).

Wongawallan history. https://web.archive.org/

web/20140419030918/http://www.goldcoast.

qld.gov.au/thegoldcoast/wongawallan-

history-2679.html, accessed 25 August 2021.

GRAY, B. (2020). Endiandra inopinata B.Gray

(Lauraceae), a new species from Queensland’s

Wet Tropics. Austrobaileya 10: 639-644.

HARDEN G.J. (2020). Endiandra floydii. In PlantNET

(The NSW Plant Information Network System).

Royal Botanic Gardens and Domain Trust,

Sydney. http://plantnet.rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au,

accessed 16 October 2020.

Austrobaileya 11: 155—169 (2021)

HARDEN G.J., MCDONALD W.J.F. & WILLIAMS J.B.

(2006). Rainforest trees and shrubs: a field

guide to their identification. Gwen Harden

Publishing: Nambucca Heads.

HOCKNULL, S.A., ZHAO, J.-X., FENG, Y.-X. & WEBB, G.E.

(2007). Responses of Quaternary rainforest

vertebrates to climate change in Australia.

Earth & Planetary Science Letters 264: 317-

331.

Hopper, S.D. (2009). OCBIL theory: towards an

integrated understanding of the evolution,

ecology and conservation of biodiversity on

old, climatically buffered, infertile landscapes.

Plant Soil 322: 49-86.

Hopper, S.D., LAMBERS, H., SILVEIRA, F.A.O. &

FIELDER, P.L. (2021). OCBIL theory examined:

reassessing evolution, ecology and conservation

in the world’s ancient, climatically buffered and

infertile landscapes. Biological Journal of the

Linnean Society 133: 226-296.

HyYLAND, B.P.M. (1989). A revision of Lauraceae in

Australia (excluding Cassytha). Australian

Systematic Botany 2: 135-367.

IUCN [IUCN STANDARDS AND PETITIONS COMMITTEE]

(2019). Guidelines for Using the IUCN Red List

Categories and Criteria. Version 14. Prepared

by the Standards and Petitions Committee.

http://www.iucnredlist.org/documents/

RedListGuidelines.pdf.

JESSUP, L.W. (1994). Lauraceae. In R.J.F. Henderson

(ed.), Queensland Vascular Plants: Names

and Distribution, pp. 156-160. Queensland

Herbarium, Department of Environment &

Heritage: Indooroopilly.

— (1997). Lauraceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.),

Queensland Plants: Names and Distribution,

pp. 99-101. Queensland Herbarium,

Department of Environment: Indooroopilly.

—— (2002). Lauraceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.),

Names and Distribution of Queensland Plants,

Algae and Lichens, pp. 98-100. Queensland

Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency:

Brisbane.

— (2020). Lauraceae. In G.K. Brown & P.D. Bostock

(eds.), Census of the Queensland Flora 2020.

https://www.data.qld.gov.au/dataset/census-

of-the-queensland-flora-2020, accessed 5

February 2021.

JOHNSON, C.N. (2009). Ecological consequences of

Late Quaternary extinctions of megafauna.

Proceedings of the Royal Society, B. 276: 2509—

219;

LE CUSSAN, J. & HYLAND, B.P.M. (2007). Lauraceae. In

A.S. George (ed.), Flora of Australia 2: 106-—

223. Australian Biological Resources Study:

Canberra.

Weber & Forster, Endiandra wongawallanensis

LEIPER, G., GLAZEBROOK, J., Cox, D. & RATHIE, K.

(2017). Mangroves to Mountains, 2" edition.

Logan River Branch, Society for Growing

Australian Plants (Qld Region) Inc.: Browns

Plains.

Miiier, A.H. (1962). The history and significance of

the fossil Casuarius lydekkeri. Records of the

Australian Museum 25: 235-238.

PRIMACK, R.B. & Miao, S.L. (1992). Dispersal can limit

local plant distribution. Conservation Biology

6: 513-519.

RICH, P.V., PLANE, M. & SCHROEDER, N. (1988). A pygmy

cassowary (Casuarius lydekkeri) from late

Pleistocene bog deposits at Pureni, Papua New

Guinea. BMR Journal of Australian Geology &

Geophysics 10: 377-389.

RoHWER, J.G. & RUDOLPH, B. (2005). Jumping genera:

the phylogenetic positions of Cassytha,

Hypodaphnis, and Neocinnamomum

(Lauraceae) based on different analyses of the

trnK intron sequences. Annals of the Missouri

Botanical Garden 92: 153-178.

RoHWER, J.G., DE MorAgs, P.L.R., RUDOLPH, B. & VAN

DER WERFF, H. (2014). A phylogenetic analysis

of the Cryptocarya group (Lauraceae), and

relationships of Dahlgrenodendron, Sinopora,

Triadodaphne, and Yasuna. Phytotaxa 158:

111-132.

Rossetto, M., KOOYMAN, R., SHERWIN, W. & JONES,

R. (2008). Dispersal limitations rather than

bottlenecks or habitat specificity can restrict

the distribution of rare and endemic rainforest

trees. American Journal of Botany 95: 321-329.

169

RosseTTo, M., KOOYMAN, R., YAP, J.-Y.S. & LAFFAN,

S.W. (2015). From ratites to rats; the size of

fleshy fruits shapes species’ distributions and

continental rainforest assembly. Proceedings of

the Royal Society, B. 282: 20151998.

SONG, Y., YU, W-B., TAN, Y-H., JIN, J-J., WANG, B., YANG,

J-B., Lru, B. & CoRLeTT, R.T. (2019). Plastid

phylogenomics improve phylogenetic resolution

in the Lauraceae. Journal of Systematics and

Evolution 58: 423—439.

STERLI, J. (2015). A review of the fossil record of

Gondwanan turtles of the clade Meiolaniformes.

Bulletin of the Peabody Museum of Natural

History 56: 21—45.

VAN DER MERWE, M., CRAYN, D.M., FoRD, A., WESTON,

P.H. & Rossetto, M. (2016). Evolution of

Australian Cryptocarya (Lauraceae) based

on nuclear and plastid phylogenetic trees:

evidence of recent landscape-level disyunctions.

Australian Systematic Botany 29: 157-166.

WEBER, L. (2013). Plants that miss the megafauna.

Wildlife Australia 50: 22—25.

WEBER, L.C., VANDERWAL, J., SCHMIDT, S., MCDONALD,

W.F.J. & SHoo, L.P. (2014). Patterns of rain

forest plant endemism in subtropical Australia

relate to stable mesic refugia and species

dispersal limitations. Journal of Biogeography

41: 222-238.

WILEY E.O. (1978). The evolutionary species concept

reconsidered. Systematic Biology 27: 17-26.